DataFuse

Annotation Hub

Annotation Hub empowers users to highlight, comment on, and collaborate around specific data points in real-time. This feature enhances communication and encourages a thorough exploration of insights, allowing team members to share their expertise and perspectives easily, resulting in more informed decision-making and enriched data discussions.

Requirements

Real-time Highlighting

"As a data analyst, I want to highlight important data points in real-time so that my team can focus on specific insights during discussions and make informed decisions quickly."

Description

The Real-time Highlighting requirement enables users to instantly highlight key data points on the dashboard during collaborative sessions. This functionality allows for improved visibility of important information, fostering engagement among team members. The benefit derived from this feature is the immediate accessibility and recognition of critical insights, which aids in efficient discussions and decision-making processes. This capability must seamlessly integrate with the existing DataFuse platform, requiring minimal setup and intuitive use for all team members to maximize impact and alignment on project goals.

Acceptance Criteria

User highlights critical sales data during a team meeting to discuss quarterly performance metrics.

Given the user is in a collaborative session, when they select a data point on the dashboard and choose the highlight option, then the data point should be visibly highlighted on the dashboard for all participants.

A project manager wants to draw attention to a drop in customer engagement metrics during a virtual presentation.

Given the project manager is sharing their screen in a virtual meeting, when they highlight the engagement metric, then all team members should see the highlight in real-time without any delay.

Team members collaborate on a dashboard during a data analysis session and need to comment on specific highlighted data points.

Given that a user highlights a data point, when they add a comment to that highlight, then the comment should be visible to all other participants in the session immediately.

A data analyst is referring to a newly released data set and wants to emphasize trends observed in the data during a live discussion.

Given the data analyst highlights specific trends in the data set, when they switch to a different dashboard view, then the highlights should remain visible and accessible in the new view.

A user wishes to clear previously highlighted points to focus on a new analysis during a follow-up meeting.

Given the user has highlighted multiple data points, when they choose the clear option, then all previously highlighted points should be removed from the dashboard for all participants.

During a strategy discussion, a team needs to track which highlights are receiving the most interaction.

Given multiple users can highlight data points, when a user highlights a point, then the number of total highlights on that point should increment, indicating real-time interaction.

Several departments are using the highlighting feature simultaneously in a cross-departmental meeting to align on goals.

Given multiple users are highlighting different points, when they add their highlights, then the system should visually distinguish between different users' highlights by color coding them.

Commenting System

"As a project manager, I want to add comments to highlighted data points so that my team can discuss different perspectives and contribute to a shared understanding of the data."

Description

The Commenting System requirement introduces functionality that allows users to leave comments on highlighted data points. This feature is designed to enhance communication by enabling team members to share their thoughts, ask questions, and provide insights related to specific data highlights. The commenting feature is crucial for collaborative analysis and helps build a knowledge repository for future reference. Integration with notifications will ensure users are alerted to new comments, thus enhancing responsiveness and engagement across teams.

Acceptance Criteria

User leaves a comment on a highlighted data point in real-time during a team meeting.

Given a user highlights a data point and clicks on the comment feature, when they type and submit a comment, then the comment should be visible to all team members in real-time.

User receives notification for new comments on highlighted data points they are following.

Given a user has commented on a data point, when another team member leaves a new comment on the same data point, then the user should receive a notification alerting them of the new comment.

A user edits or deletes their own comment on a data point after it has been submitted.

Given a user submits a comment, when they choose to edit or delete the comment, then the comment should be successfully updated or removed without affecting other comments.

A user attempts to comment on a data point when not logged in to the platform.

Given a user is not logged in, when they try to submit a comment on a highlighted data point, then they should receive a prompt to log in before commenting.

Users can view all comments related to a highlighted data point.

Given a user clicks on a highlighted data point, when they open the comments section, then all comments related to that data point should be displayed in chronological order.

Multiple users add comments on the same highlighted data point simultaneously during a discussion.

Given that multiple users are viewing the same highlighted data point, when they submit their comments, then all comments should appear in real-time without delays or failures.

User filters comments by tags or keywords to find relevant discussions.

Given that comments have been tagged with keywords, when a user applies a filter, then only the comments matching the specified tags or keywords should be displayed.

Collaborative Workspace

"As a team leader, I want a collaborative workspace so that my team can work together on data analysis in real-time, regardless of our physical locations, to enhance productivity and maintain a cohesive workflow."

Description

The Collaborative Workspace requirement establishes a virtual environment where team members can work simultaneously on the DataFuse platform. This feature must allow multiple users to view and interact with the dashboard in real time, facilitating joint analysis and discussion. Essential for remote teams, this functionality promotes a sense of collaboration and enhances decision-making speed as members can share insights and solutions instantaneously. The workspace should be integrated with the system's security protocols to ensure data integrity and user permissions are maintained.

Acceptance Criteria

Collaborative analysis of sales data during a team meeting where users highlight key performance indicators and provide comments in real-time.

Given multiple users are logged into the Collaborative Workspace, when a user highlights a data point and adds a comment, then all other users should see the highlight and comment immediately without refreshing their dashboard.

A remote team needs to analyze the quarterly performance metrics while ensuring data integrity and user permissions are respected within the workspace.

Given users have different permissions, when a user tries to access a restricted data point, then they should receive a notification stating they do not have permission, and access should be denied.

Team members want to collaborate on a data report, discussing specific insights and adjustments directly in the dashboard interface.

Given a user edits a data point and saves their changes, when other users refresh their dashboards, then they should see the updated data point and a log of the changes made, including the name of the user who made the changes and the timestamp.

A project manager conducts a review meeting with stakeholders to assess the performance of various campaigns using the Collaborative Workspace.

Given the manager has shared the dashboard with stakeholders, when stakeholders join the Collaborative Workspace, then they should be able to see the same view of the dashboard and engage in real-time discussions via embedded chat features.

During a brainstorming session, users are sharing insights about data trends while actively annotating the data points in the dashboard.

Given users are annotating data points simultaneously, when one user creates an annotation, then all other users in the workspace should receive a real-time notification about the new annotation with the option to view or comment on it.

A data analyst is troubleshooting an anomaly in the dashboard while collaborating with the data engineering team.

Given that users can highlight or flag anomalies on the data dashboard, when one user flags an anomaly, then all users in the workspace should receive a highlighted alert on the relevant data point, indicating a collaborative troubleshooting effort.

Tagging System

"As a data analyst, I want to tag highlighted insights with relevant keywords, so that I can easily search and retrieve important discussions in the future without sifting through all comments."

Description

The Tagging System requirement allows users to categorize and tag highlighted data points for enhanced organization and retrieval. Users can create custom tags and link them to relevant insights or comments, facilitating easier navigation and comprehension of discussions. This feature fosters better search capabilities within the Annotation Hub, ensuring that pertinent information can be quickly located, thus streamlining workflows. The tagging system must be intuitive and user-friendly to encourage widespread adoption across teams.

Acceptance Criteria

User wants to categorize a highlighted data point within the Annotation Hub to make it easier for team members to find later.

Given a highlighted data point, when the user selects the tagging option and creates a custom tag, then the tag should be successfully applied to the data point and visible to all team members.

A team member searches for a specific tag in the Annotation Hub.

Given that a user searches for a custom tag, when the search is executed, then all relevant data points associated with that tag should be displayed in the search results.

A user attempts to create a tag that already exists within the system.

Given a user tries to create a tag that already exists, when the user submits the tag, then a message should prompt the user that the tag already exists and suggest they reuse it.

A user requires a way to filter data points by tags for better organization during discussions.

Given multiple data points with various tags, when the user applies a filter by a specific tag, then only data points associated with that tag should be displayed in the Annotation Hub.

A team member wants to view all comments associated with a specific tag in a streamlined manner.

Given a tag is selected, when the user views the tag details, then all comments linked to data points under that tag should be displayed clearly.

A user wants to edit an existing tag associated with a data point.

Given a user selects an existing tag, when they opt to edit the tag, then the changes should be saved and reflected in all linked data points.

A new user accesses the tagging system for the first time and seeks guidance on how to use it.

Given a new user visits the tagging section, when they open the tagging help guide, then clear and comprehensive instructions should be available to assist them in creating and managing tags.

Export Annotation Report

"As a business analyst, I want to export a report of all annotations and comments made during a project so that I can share insights with stakeholders who do not have access to the platform."

Description

The Export Annotation Report requirement provides users with the ability to generate and download reports of all annotations, highlights, and comments made on the dashboard. This feature is vital for maintaining records of discussions, insights, and decision points within projects. Reports can be exported in various formats (PDF, CSV, etc.), enhancing flexibility for users who may need to share findings outside of the DataFuse platform. This integration should ensure that the exported report captures all relevant metadata for comprehensive analysis.

Acceptance Criteria

User generates an export report of all annotations made during a project review session.

Given the user has annotated multiple data points in the Annotation Hub, When the user selects the 'Export Annotation Report' option and chooses a format (PDF, CSV), Then the report is generated successfully including all annotations, highlights, comments, and relevant metadata.

User exports an annotation report and checks its format compatibility.

Given the user has successfully generated an export report from the Annotation Hub, When the user opens the report in a selected application (such as PDF reader or spreadsheet software), Then the report should be fully readable and formatted correctly without any data loss or corruption.

User requires a report summarizing annotations that includes timestamps and user details.

Given the user exports an annotation report, When the report is generated, Then the report must include timestamps of when the annotations were made and details about the users who created them, ensuring comprehensive tracking of contributions.

User wants to share the export report with external stakeholders.

Given the user has generated and downloaded the export annotation report, When the user sends this report to an external stakeholder, Then the stakeholder should be able to access and understand the report without requiring additional context or explanations.

User tests the performance of the export function with a large volume of annotations.

Given the user has a project with a high volume of annotations, When the user initiates the export function, Then the report should be generated within an acceptable time frame (e.g., less than 5 seconds), confirming system efficiency.

User encounters an error when trying to export an annotation report and seeks a resolution.

Given the user initiates an export that fails due to a system error, When an error message is displayed, Then the message must clearly state the issue and provide suggested actions for the user to take.

User needs to deselect specific annotations from the export report.

Given the user is in the Annotation Hub with several annotations present, When the user selects specific annotations to exclude from the export, Then the generated report should only include the selected annotations, confirming the functionality works as intended.

Task Builder

Task Builder transforms insights into actionable items by allowing users to create tasks directly from the data discussions. Each task can be assigned to team members with deadlines and visibility settings, streamlining workflow and ensuring that crucial insights lead to concrete actions and follow-ups.

Requirements

Task Creation Interface

"As a team member, I want to create tasks directly from insights I have reviewed so that I can ensure that critical actions are initiated based on data analysis."

Description

The Task Creation Interface allows users to easily create tasks from any data insight discussed within the platform. Users can add relevant details, including task names, descriptions, priority levels, and deadlines. This requirement aims to simplify the task creation process by providing an intuitive interface that is seamlessly integrated with the existing analytics views in DataFuse. This feature enhances the user experience by enabling direct action from insights, thereby improving workflow efficiencies and accountability among team members.

Acceptance Criteria

User is logged into DataFuse and views a specific data insight that highlights an opportunity for improvement. They decide to create a task to address this insight directly from the analytics dashboard.

Given a user is viewing a data insight, when they click on the 'Create Task' button, then a task creation form should open allowing them to enter task name, description, priority level, and deadline.

A user is creating a task from a data insight, and they are required to select a priority level before saving the task. They need to ensure this requirement is enforced in the interface.

Given the task creation form is open, when the user tries to save the task without selecting a priority level, then an appropriate error message should be displayed, indicating that priority level is required.

Once a task is created from a data insight, it needs to be clearly visible in the user's task management dashboard for accountability and follow-up purposes.

Given a task has been successfully created, when the user navigates to the task management dashboard, then the newly created task should appear in the task list with all the relevant details (name, description, priority, deadline).

A user has created a task and wishes to edit the details of that task later. They should be able to do so without losing any of the information previously entered.

Given a user selects a task from the task management dashboard, when they click the 'Edit' button, then the task details should be pre-filled in the edit form, allowing them to make adjustments and save changes.

Users may wish to assign tasks to specific team members when creating a task from an insight to ensure accountability and clarity in responsibilities.

Given the task creation form is open, when the user selects a team member to assign the task, then that team member's name should be shown in the task details upon saving the task.

A user completes a task that was created from a data insight. They need to mark the task as completed within the task management dashboard.

Given a user has completed a task, when they click on the 'Complete' button next to the task in the task management dashboard, then the task status should update to 'Completed' and should be visually differentiable from active tasks.

Task Assignment Functionality

"As a project manager, I want to assign tasks to specific team members so that I can ensure that each task is followed up on and completed effectively."

Description

The Task Assignment Functionality allows users to assign created tasks to specific team members. Team members can receive notifications when a task is assigned, ensuring timely awareness and responsibility. Users should be able to select team members from a drop-down list, which will help streamline the assignment process. This requirement is essential for fostering accountability and collaboration within teams, ensuring that all tasks derived from insights are actively managed and tracked.

Acceptance Criteria

User assigning a new task to a team member during a team meeting after discussing insights from a recent data report.

Given the user is viewing the insights report, when they click on 'Create Task', then they can select a team member from a drop-down list.

Team member receives notification of a newly assigned task after it has been created by a user.

Given a task has been assigned, when the task is created, then the team member receives an email notification about the task assignment.

User views the task assignment interface to ensure it is user-friendly and functions as expected.

Given the user is on the task assignment page, when they interact with the drop-down list, then the list displays all active team members available for assignment.

User sets a deadline for the assigned task and checks if the input is stored correctly in the system.

Given a user assigns a task to a team member and sets a deadline, when they save the task, then the task is displayed with the correct deadline in the task list.

Manager reviewing the task progress to ensure accountability and tracking of tasks assigned to team members.

Given the manager is on the task overview page, when they filter tasks by team member, then they can see all tasks assigned to that member along with their status.

User attempts to assign a task without selecting a team member from the drop-down list.

Given the user does not select a team member and tries to create a task, when they submit the task, then an error message is displayed prompting them to select a team member.

Team member completes their assigned task and marks it as done in the system.

Given that the team member views their tasks, when they mark a task as completed, then the task status updates to 'Completed' and is reflected in the task overview.

Deadline and Reminder Settings

"As a team member, I want to set deadlines and reminders for my tasks so that I can manage my time better and ensure timely completion of the assigned tasks."

Description

The Deadline and Reminder Settings feature enables users to set deadlines for each task. Users should be able to choose a specific date and time for task completion, as well as configure reminders that notify assigned team members ahead of deadlines. This functionality is important for maintaining accountability and ensuring that tasks are completed within a timely manner, ultimately leading to improved project management and effectiveness of the Task Builder feature.

Acceptance Criteria

User sets a deadline and reminder for a task from the insights generated during a data discussion.

Given a task is created, When the user selects a specific date and time for the task deadline and configures reminder settings, Then the task should reflect the chosen deadline and reminder notifications should be scheduled accordingly.

Team member receives reminder notifications for upcoming task deadlines.

Given a task is assigned with a deadline and reminder, When the deadline is approaching, Then the assigned team member should receive a notification as per the configured reminder settings (e.g., 1 day before, 1 hour before).

User edits the deadline and reminder settings of an existing task.

Given an existing task has been created with a set deadline and reminder, When the user edits the deadline or reminder settings, Then the changes should be saved and the updated deadline and reminders should be reflected accurately.

System prevents users from setting deadlines in the past.

Given the task creation interface is open, When the user attempts to set a deadline in the past, Then an error message should be displayed indicating that past deadlines are not allowed.

User views a summary of tasks with their deadlines and reminders on the dashboard.

Given the user is on the dashboard, When the user opens the tasks section, Then a summary view should display all tasks with their corresponding deadlines and reminder settings in a clear format.

User removes a reminder for a specific task after it has been set.

Given a task exists with reminder settings configured, When the user chooses to remove the reminder, Then the reminder should be deleted and the task should show updated reminder status accordingly.

Visibility Control Options

"As a team leader, I want to control the visibility of tasks so that I can manage sensitive information better and encourage collaboration on team tasks where needed."

Description

The Visibility Control Options allow users to set the visibility level of tasks created through the Task Builder. Users can choose whether tasks are private (visible only to the creator) or public (visible to all team members). This functionality is critical for maintaining confidentiality for sensitive tasks while also promoting transparency and collaboration on tasks that require group involvement or feedback.

Acceptance Criteria

User creates a new task using the Task Builder and chooses a private visibility setting to ensure confidentiality for sensitive information.

Given a user is logged into DataFuse, when they create a new task and select 'private' visibility, then the task should only be visible to the task creator and no other team members.

User creates a public task through the Task Builder that should be visible to all team members for collaboration purposes.

Given a user is logged into DataFuse, when they create a task and select 'public' visibility, then the task should be visible to all team members and accessible in the shared dashboard.

User later changes the visibility of a task from private to public to enhance collaboration on that task.

Given a user has created a private task, when they change the visibility setting to 'public', then the task should immediately become visible to all team members without delay.

User attempts to view a private task created by another user and should receive a notification that they do not have access.

Given a user is not the creator of a private task, when they try to view that task, then the system should display a notification denying access and informing them of the task's privacy setting.

User needs to filter tasks in the Task Builder to view only the public tasks for team collaboration on ongoing projects.

Given a user is using the Task Builder, when they apply a filter to view only public tasks, then the system should display only those tasks marked as public in the task list.

User initiates a conversation on a public task within the Task Builder to gather group feedback.

Given a public task exists and a user wants to comment, when they post a comment on the task, then all team members should receive a notification of the new comment and be able to respond.

User navigates through tasks and detects an error in the visibility settings that prevents a task from being viewed by intended team members.

Given an error has occurred during task creation, when the user checks the visibility settings, then the system should indicate the specific error and allow the user to correct it with clear instructions.

Task Progress Tracking

"As a manager, I want to track the progress of tasks so that I can assess team productivity and ensure that all critical tasks are being attended to."

Description

The Task Progress Tracking feature provides users with the ability to monitor the status of each task. Users can view whether a task is open, in progress, or completed. This requirement enhances the workflow by providing real-time insights into task progress, enabling users to follow up on pending tasks efficiently and manage workload distribution among team members effectively.

Acceptance Criteria

User is in the Task Builder interface and has created multiple tasks from data insights. The user wants to monitor the progress of these tasks to ensure timely completion and distribution of workload among team members.

Given a user has created tasks, when they access the Task Progress Tracking feature, then they should see the status of each task showing whether it is open, in progress, or completed.

A project manager wants to review the status of all tasks assigned to their team during a weekly meeting. The manager needs to quickly identify any tasks that are falling behind schedule.

Given a project manager is in the Task Progress Tracking dashboard, when they filter the tasks by 'In Progress', then they should see only the tasks currently being worked on along with their assigned team members.

A team member has completed a task and wants to update its status in the system to reflect that it is now completed, ensuring that the project manager is notified of the change.

Given a team member has marked a task as completed, when they save their changes, then the task's status should be updated to 'Completed' and the project manager should receive a notification of this change.

The team lead wants to generate a report at the end of the week to assess the overall progress of all tasks. They need to export the progress of each task for reporting purposes.

Given the team lead is in the Task Progress Tracking feature, when they select the 'Export Report' option, then a downloadable file should be generated containing the status of all tasks.

The user is experiencing slow loading times when trying to view task statuses during peak usage. They want to ensure that the Task Progress Tracking feature performs efficiently regardless of user load.

Given a user accesses the Task Progress Tracking feature during peak hours, then the system should load and display task statuses within 3 seconds for a standard number of tasks.

A user accidentally marks a task as completed instead of in progress. They want to revert this change quickly to align with the real status of the task.

Given a user has marked a task as completed, when they select the 'Undo' option, then the task status should revert to 'In Progress' without losing any other task details.

Integration with Notifications System

"As a team member, I want to receive notifications about my assigned tasks and their deadlines so that I can prioritize my workload and stay informed about my responsibilities."

Description

The Integration with Notifications System ensures that users receive timely alerts and reminders about task assignments, deadlines, and updates. This requirement is essential for keeping team members informed and engaged with their tasks, thus fostering a proactive approach to task management within the platform. Notifications can be customized based on user preferences for maximum relevance and effectiveness.

Acceptance Criteria

User receives a notification after a task has been assigned to them within the DataFuse platform.

Given a user has been assigned a task, When the task is created, Then the user should receive a notification via their preferred communication channel indicating the new task assignment with details.

Users can customize their notification settings within their profile for different types of task updates.

Given a user is in their profile settings, When they select notification preferences, Then they should be able to customize their alerts for task assignments, deadlines, and updates according to their choices.

Team members receive reminders for pending tasks as deadlines approach.

Given a task has a deadline approaching in 24 hours, When the system checks for reminders, Then all assigned users should receive a reminder notification about the task, regardless of their online status.

Users can opt-in or opt-out of notifications for specific types of tasks.

Given a user is managing their notification settings, When they choose to opt-out of notifications for certain task types, Then those specific notifications should no longer appear for that user.

Notifications should be delivered in real-time as tasks are created or updated.

Given a task is created or updated, When the action occurs in the system, Then all relevant users should receive the notification within 5 seconds of the action being taken.

Users receive aggregated daily summaries of their tasks and notifications.

Given a user has tasks assigned to them, When the end of the day is reached, Then the user should receive a summary notification containing all tasks assigned, completed, and pending.

Users can view a complete history of their notification settings and changes.

Given a user requests their notification history, When they access their notification settings page, Then they should see a log of all changes made to their notification preferences and settings with timestamps.

Shared Insights Board

The Shared Insights Board is a central repository where team members can curate and showcase significant data insights from discussions. This visual board not only allows for easy access to valuable information but also fosters collaboration by letting users upvote, comment, and build upon shared insights, enhancing knowledge sharing across teams.

Requirements

User Authentication

"As a team member, I want to securely log into the Shared Insights Board so that I can share and collaborate on important insights without the risk of unauthorized access."

Description

The User Authentication requirement ensures that only authorized users can access the Shared Insights Board. This involves implementing a secure login mechanism, such as OAuth or SSO, which allows users to authenticate with their existing credentials from other platforms. By implementing this requirement, DataFuse not only protects sensitive insights but also enhances user trust, ensuring that collaboration occurs within a secure environment where insights can be shared freely without the risk of unauthorized access. The implementation might also include role-based access control to define who can share, upvote, and comment on insights, further refining the security measures around sensitive data.

Acceptance Criteria

User successfully logs into the Shared Insights Board using OAuth credentials from Google account.

Given a user has an active Google account and is on the login page, when they enter their Google credentials and click 'Login', then they should be redirected to the Shared Insights Board displaying their insights.

User receives an error message when attempting to log in with incorrect credentials.

Given a user is on the login page, when they enter incorrect credentials and click 'Login', then an error message should be displayed indicating that the credentials are invalid.

User is able to see the role-based access options on the Shared Insights Board after a successful login.

Given a user has successfully logged into the Shared Insights Board, when they navigate to the settings, then they should see options to manage roles for viewing, commenting, and upvoting insights.

User is logged out after a period of inactivity.

Given a user is logged into the Shared Insights Board, when they remain inactive for 15 minutes, then they should be automatically logged out and redirected to the login page.

User with specific roles can successfully upvote and comment on insights.

Given a user with 'editor' role is logged into the Shared Insights Board, when they click on an insight, then they should be able to upvote and leave a comment without restrictions.

User cannot access the Shared Insights Board without logging in.

Given an unauthorized user attempts to access the Shared Insights Board URL, when they try to enter, then they should be redirected to the login page.

Admin can manage user permissions on the Shared Insights Board.

Given an admin user is logged into the Shared Insights Board, when they navigate to the user management section, then they should be able to add, edit, or remove user access and roles.

Insight Upvoting System

"As a team leader, I want my team members to upvote valuable insights on the Shared Insights Board so that we can prioritize our discussions around our most important findings."

Description

The Insight Upvoting System allows users to express their agreement or preference for certain insights on the Shared Insights Board. By implementing a simple upvote mechanism, where users can add their vote to ideas they find valuable, the development team can prioritize discussions based on collective interest. This system not only encourages user engagement but also helps identify the most valuable insights quickly, making it easier for teams to focus their collaborative efforts on the ideas that matter most. Additionally, the data collected from the voting process can be analyzed to track popular trends and sentiment within the organization.

Acceptance Criteria

User votes on a significant insight from the Shared Insights Board.

Given a logged-in user on the Shared Insights Board, when the user clicks the upvote button next to an insight, then the insight's vote count should increment by one and a confirmation message should be displayed.

User views the updated vote count after upvoting an insight.

Given a user has upvoted an insight, when the user refreshes the Shared Insights Board, then the vote count for that insight should reflect the updated total, including the user's vote.

User attempts to upvote an insight they have already voted for.

Given a logged-in user who has previously upvoted an insight, when the user clicks the upvote button again, then a warning message should be displayed indicating that the user cannot upvote more than once.

Team member reviews the insights based on vote counts.

Given multiple insights on the Shared Insights Board, when a user sorts insights by highest vote count, then the system should display insights in descending order of their vote counts.

User adds a comment to an insight after upvoting.

Given a user has upvoted an insight, when the user inputs a comment and submits it, then the comment should be displayed under the relevant insight along with the user's name and timestamp.

Data analytics team reviews voting trends over time.

Given a data analytics team member, when they access the voting statistics report page, then the system should display the number of votes per insight over time, including visual representations such as graphs or charts.

User deletes their upvote on an insight.

Given a logged-in user who has previously upvoted an insight, when the user clicks the 'remove vote' button, then the insight's vote count should decrement by one and a confirmation message should be displayed confirming the removal.

Commenting Functionality

"As a user, I want to comment on insights shared in the Shared Insights Board so that I can ask questions and provide additional context to foster collaboration with my team."

Description

The Commenting Functionality requirement allows users to leave feedback and engaging discussions on specific insights shared in the Insights Board. This feature will enable team members to build upon insights through threaded comments, facilitating deeper discussions and knowledge sharing. Additionally, notifications will be sent to users when their insights receive comments, ensuring active participation and prompt responses. This functionality not only enhances collaboration but also captures the context of discussions, creating a comprehensive history of insights and interactions that can be referenced later. Comments can also be tagged for better organization, connecting them to relevant themes or topics.

Acceptance Criteria

Users can leave comments on specific insights shared on the Shared Insights Board.

Given a user is viewing the insights board, when they click on the comment icon next to an insight, then they should be able to enter a comment and post it successfully.

Users can engage in threaded discussions by replying to existing comments.

Given a user has posted a comment, when another user clicks on the reply icon under that comment, then they should be able to enter a reply and view the complete thread of comments.

Users receive notifications when their insights receive comments.

Given a user has shared an insight, when another user comments on that insight, then the original user should receive a notification informing them about the new comment.

Users can tag comments to organize discussions by relevant themes or topics.

Given a user is entering a comment, when they select relevant tags from a predefined list, then those tags should be displayed with the comment for better organization.

Users can view the history of comments for insights on the Insights Board.

Given a user clicks on an insight, when they navigate to the comments section, then they should see all previous comments displayed in order with timestamps.

Users can upvote comments on the insights board to highlight valuable feedback.

Given a user is viewing the comments section of an insight, when they click the upvote icon on a comment, then the upvote count for that comment should increase by one.

Admins can moderate comments to ensure appropriate content on the insights board.

Given an admin is reviewing comments, when they select a comment for moderation, then they should have options to edit or delete that comment.

Dashboard Customization

"As a frequent user of the Shared Insights Board, I want to customize my dashboard view so that I can highlight the most relevant insights according to my projects and areas of interest."

Description

The Dashboard Customization requirement enables users to personalize their view of the Shared Insights Board to suit their individual preferences and working styles. This may include options to filter insights based on categories, tags, or the number of upvotes, and the ability to hide or display specific insights according to relevance. By providing a customizable experience, users can improve their efficiency in navigating the insights and focusing on the most pertinent information without being overwhelmed. This feature aligns with DataFuse's goal of simplifying complex data and ensuring that users find actionable insights tailored to their needs quickly.

Acceptance Criteria

User applies multiple filters on the Shared Insights Board to narrow down the displayed insights based on desired categories and tags.

Given the user is on the Shared Insights Board, when they select multiple filter options for categories and tags and click 'Apply', then only insights matching the selected filters should be displayed on the board.

User customizes the visibility of specific insights on the Shared Insights Board based on relevance and personal preferences.

Given the user is on the Shared Insights Board, when they choose to hide an insight by selecting 'Hide', then the hidden insight should not display on the board until the user opts to show it again.

User sorts the insights by the number of upvotes to prioritize the most valued insights within the Shared Insights Board.

Given the user is on the Shared Insights Board, when they select to sort insights by the 'Number of Upvotes', then the insights should display in descending order based on the total upvotes received.

User saves their customized dashboard settings for future visits to the Shared Insights Board.

Given the user has made changes to their filtering and sorting preferences, when they click on 'Save Preferences', then their customization settings should be saved and automatically applied when they return to the board later.

User receives feedback from team members after sharing an insight on the Shared Insights Board.

Given a user shares an insight, when team members comment or upvote that insight, then the insight should reflect the total number of upvotes and the comments should be displayed below the insight for others to see.

User resets all filters and visibility settings to see the default view of the Shared Insights Board.

Given the user has applied various filters and hidden insights, when they click on 'Reset Filters', then all filters should clear, and all hidden insights should become visible again on the board.

Insights Analytics Dashboard

"As a project manager, I want to view analytics on the insights shared in the Shared Insights Board so that I can assess team engagement and identify areas for improvement in collaboration."

Description

The Insights Analytics Dashboard has the capability to analyze user engagement, upvote trends, and comment activity on the Shared Insights Board. This backend analytics tool will help team leaders and administrators understand how insights are being utilized, what topics are trending among team members, and where engagement might be waning. Through visualized data such as charts and graphs, this analytics dashboard will facilitate informed decision-making about which insights to prioritize and how to enhance collaboration among teams. Integrating this feature into DataFuse supports its mission to empower businesses with actionable insights backed by comprehensive analytics.

Acceptance Criteria

As a team leader, I want to view the user engagement metrics on the Insights Analytics Dashboard to understand which insights are gaining the most attention.

Given that the Insights Analytics Dashboard is open, when I navigate to the user engagement section, then I should see a graph depicting the number of views per insight over the past month.

As an administrator, I want to analyze upvote trends for the Shared Insights Board to identify which topics are most popular among team members.

Given that I am on the Insights Analytics Dashboard, when I select the upvote trends tab, then I should see a chart displaying the number of upvotes received by each insight for the last quarter.

As a team member, I want access to comment activity metrics on the Insights Analytics Dashboard to gauge discussions around specific insights.

Given that I am on the Insights Analytics Dashboard, when I view the comment activity section, then I should see a list of insights along with the total number of comments made on each insight in the past week.

As a product manager, I want to receive alerts on declining engagement figures to proactively address issues with user interaction.

Given that engagement metrics are being tracked, when an insight receives less than 5 views in a week, then an alert should be generated for the product manager.

As a team member, I want to see visual representations of trending topics over specific timeframes to better understand shifts in user interest.

Given that I am using the Insights Analytics Dashboard, when I select the trending topics feature, then I should see a visual representation, such as a bar chart, of the top three insights based on user engagement for the past month.

As an administrator, I want to export metrics from the Insights Analytics Dashboard for reporting purposes.

Given that I am viewing the dashboard, when I select the export data option, then I should be able to download engagement, upvote, and comment metrics as a CSV file.

As a team leader, I want to customize the date range for analytics to view specific periods of engagement data.

Given that I am on the Insights Analytics Dashboard, when I adjust the date range filter, then the displayed metrics should update to reflect only the data within the selected timeframe.

Real-time Notifications

"As a user, I want to receive real-time notifications on updates to the insights I am following so that I can engage promptly with my team when discussions evolve."

Description

The Real-time Notifications feature ensures that users are promptly informed of activities related to insights they are following, including new comments, upvotes, and any insights that have been shared. This functionality will keep users actively engaged and informed about developments, improving responsiveness and collaboration across teams. By utilizing push notifications or email alerts, the feature ensures that critical insights or discussions do not go unnoticed, which is crucial for timely decision-making. This can be integrated with user preferences, allowing them to set notification levels according to their desired engagement.

Acceptance Criteria

User receives notifications for new comments on insights they follow.

Given a user is logged into their account, when a new comment is added to an insight they are following, then the user receives a real-time notification via their preferred method (push notification or email).

User receives notifications for upvotes on insights they follow.

Given a user is logged into their account, when an insight they are following receives an upvote, then the user receives a real-time notification via their preferred method (push notification or email).

User can customize notification settings.

Given a user is logged into their account, when they access the notification settings, then they can select their preferred methods and frequency for receiving notifications (e.g., for comments, upvotes, or shared insights).

Users receive notifications when new insights are shared.

Given a user is logged into their account, when a new insight is shared in the Shared Insights Board, then the user receives a real-time notification via their preferred method (push notification or email).

User receives aggregated notifications at a scheduled time.

Given a user has selected to receive a daily digest of notifications, when the schedule time arrives, then the user receives a summary email detailing all activities related to insights they are following (new comments, upvotes, and shared insights).

User can turn off notifications for specific insights.

Given a user is logged into their account, when they choose to turn off notifications for a specific insight, then they no longer receive any notifications related to that insight until they choose to turn it back on.

Real-Time Collaboration Space

The Real-Time Collaboration Space allows team members to work together on data insights simultaneously, with features like live chat and screen sharing integrated. This eliminates delays in decision-making as users can brainstorm ideas, share feedback instantly, and collaboratively analyze data within a single environment.

Requirements

Live Chat Integration

"As a team member, I want to communicate with my colleagues in real time so that I can quickly share insights and feedback without waiting for email or other delayed communication methods."

Description

The live chat integration feature will allow team members to communicate in real time while collaborating on data insights. This functionality ensures that users can ask questions, share insights, and provide feedback immediately, streamlining the collaboration process and reducing time spent in decision-making. By embedding a chat interface within the platform, users can keep conversations contextual to the data being analyzed, enhancing productivity and cohesiveness of thought. The implementation of this feature supports a more interactive environment, significantly increasing user engagement and facilitating smoother workflows.

Acceptance Criteria

Team members are collaborating on a data analysis project using DataFuse. They want to discuss insights directly related to the visualizations they are analyzing, thus initiating a live chat session within the Real-Time Collaboration Space.

Given that a user is on the data visualization page, when they click on the 'Start Chat' button, then a chat window should open allowing users to send messages in real time.

A team is working on a tight deadline and needs to use live chat to share quick updates and insights on data trends. They need to ensure conversations about specific data points are easily accessible for future reference.

Given that the live chat window is open, when a user sends a message containing a reference to a specific data point, then that message should be tagged with the corresponding data visualization for easy retrieval.

As data analysts work together on DataFuse, users need to interact through live chat without missing any important context related to the data, even if they navigate to different sections of the platform.

Given that a user navigates away from the chat window to another part of the platform, when they return to the chat, then the chat history should remain intact and easily accessible.

During a live session, a team is facing technical issues with the chat feature and needs assistance to resolve them without interrupting their analysis workflow.

Given that the live chat is experiencing technical difficulties, when a user clicks on the 'Report Issue' feature, then a pop-up should appear allowing users to send a quick description of the issue and submit it to support.

Users are reviewing data together and want to ensure productive communication without the distraction of unrelated chats.

Given that multiple users are in the chat, when any user sends a message that is tagged as 'off-topic,' then they should receive a notification reminding them to keep discussions relevant to the current data being analyzed.

After completing a collaborative data analysis session, users want to save the chat history for future reference and to document discussions late in the project.

Given that the collaboration session has ended, when users click on 'Save Chat History,' then the entire chat conversation should be stored in a downloadable format for later use.

Screen Sharing Capability

"As a team member, I want to share my screen with my colleagues so that we can analyze data together and discuss insights visibly and collectively."

Description

The screen sharing capability will enable users to share their screens with team members within the Real-Time Collaboration Space. This feature allows for hands-on demonstrations and direct engagement with the data being analyzed. Users can highlight specific areas of interest and walk through data together, resulting in a deeper understanding and more fruitful discussions. seamless integration of this feature within the platform will encourage collaboration and facilitate a shared experience, minimizing miscommunication and maximizing clarity during reviews and brainstorming sessions.

Acceptance Criteria

User initiates a screen sharing session to demonstrate a data visualization during a team meeting.

Given that the user is within the Real-Time Collaboration Space, When the user clicks on the 'Share Screen' button, Then the screen sharing feature initiates successfully, allowing others to view the user's screen.

Participants want to provide feedback during a screen sharing session by marking specific areas on the shared screen.

Given that the screen is being shared, When participants use the annotation tool to highlight areas on the screen, Then the annotations are visible to all participants in real-time and can be saved for future reference.

A user wants to stop screen sharing after demonstrating their data analysis.

Given that the user is sharing their screen, When the user clicks the 'Stop Sharing' button, Then the screen sharing stops immediately and participants revert to their individual views without losing any session data.

A user attempts to share their screen with multiple participants at the same time.

Given that multiple users are in the Real-Time Collaboration Space, When the user shares their screen, Then all participants can view the shared screen simultaneously without any lag or connection issues.

A new user joins the Real-Time Collaboration Space during an ongoing screen sharing session.

Given that a new user joins the session, When the screen is already being shared, Then the new user is automatically granted access to view the shared screen without needing additional permissions.

Participants need to adjust the volume settings while watching a shared screen that includes audio.

Given that the screen being shared includes audio, When participants adjust the volume slider, Then all users can manage their audio levels independently without affecting the shared sound.

A user wants to present content from different applications during their screen sharing session.

Given that the user has multiple applications open, When the user selects a different application to share, Then the shared content updates instantly to reflect the new application's data.

Activity Tracking and History

"As a team leader, I want to track the history of our collaborative sessions so that I can ensure all contributions are acknowledged and decisions can be revisited if needed."

Description

The activity tracking and history feature will provide users with a log of actions taken during a collaborative session. This functionality allows team members to review contributions, decisions, and changes made within the collaboration space. Having access to this history aids in accountability and transparency, allowing teams to revisit discussions and ensure that all voices are heard when making data-driven decisions. This feature enhances the product's usability by providing context and reference points for future discussions and strategic planning actions.

Acceptance Criteria

User reviews the history of actions taken during a collaborative session to ensure accountability and revisit previous decisions made by team members.

Given a user is in the Real-Time Collaboration Space, when they access the activity tracking section, then they should see a comprehensive log of all actions taken during the collaborative session, including timestamps and user identifiers.

A team member wants to verify their contributions in a collaborative session to assess their input effectively.

Given a user is logged into the Real-Time Collaboration Space, when they filter the activity log by their user identifier, then they should see only the actions taken by them during the selected session.

A project manager needs to present a summary of decisions made during a previous collaboration session in a team meeting for transparency.

Given a project manager is in the Real-Time Collaboration Space, when they retrieve the activity history for a specific session, then they should be able to export a summary report that includes all decisions, discussions, and contributions from that session.

A new team member joins an existing collaboration session and needs to understand past discussions and contributions.

Given a new team member joins the Real-Time Collaboration Space, when they access the activity tracking feature, then they should see a detailed view of all actions taken prior to their joining, with the ability to scroll through the history chronologically.

The user wants to ensure that all team members' voices were considered during a collaborative decision-making process.

Given a user accesses the activity tracking feature, when they review the history of contributions, then they should see a complete list of all participants' inputs and actions recorded during the session, ensuring transparency.

A team leader wants to assess how frequently team members interact during collaborative sessions by reviewing past logs.

Given a team leader is in the activity tracking section, when they analyze the logs, then they should be able to generate insights on the frequency of individual contributions and interactions during the sessions.

Multi-user Access Control

"As a team administrator, I want to control who can access and edit our data insights so that I can protect our sensitive information and maintain data integrity."

Description

The multi-user access control feature will enable administrators to manage permissions for different users within the Real-Time Collaboration Space. This functionality is essential for ensuring that sensitive data is only accessible to authorized team members. By implementing customizable access permissions, team leaders can control which users can view or edit certain data sets, fostering a secure collaborative environment while allowing flexibility for collaboration among appropriate stakeholders. This feature addresses security needs and reinforces the organization's data governance policies.

Acceptance Criteria

Administrator sets up multi-user access control for a new project in the Real-Time Collaboration Space, defining which team members can view or edit sensitive data sets.

Given an administrator has access to the settings, When they create a new access control profile, Then they can assign view and edit permissions to individual team members based on their roles.

A team member attempts to access protected data sets to which they do not have permission within the Real-Time Collaboration Space.

Given a team member without edit permissions tries to access a sensitive data set, When they attempt to open the data set, Then they receive an error message stating insufficient permissions to view or edit the data.

An administrator modifies an existing user's permissions to restrict access to certain data sets during an ongoing project.

Given an administrator is editing user permissions in the access control settings, When they save the changes, Then the specified user immediately loses access to the restricted data sets while maintaining access to the allowed ones.

A user with permission to edit data sets collaborates in real-time with other team members in the Real-Time Collaboration Space.

Given a user has edit permissions, When they make changes to a data set in real-time, Then all other users with access see the updates immediately without refreshing the page.

The administrator generates a report on user access and permission settings for audit purposes.

Given the administrator requests a user access report, When the report is generated, Then it displays a comprehensive list of all users, their roles, and the data sets they have access to.

A new team member is onboarded and added to a project with specific view-only permissions set by the administrator.

Given the administrator has added the team member with view-only permissions, When the new team member logs in, Then they can view the data sets but cannot make any edits or changes.

An existing user tries to modify a data set they do not have permission to edit.

Given a user attempts to edit a data set with restricted permissions, When they click the edit button, Then they are prompted with a message indicating that editing is not allowed due to permission settings.

Integration with External Tools

"As a user, I want to connect our collaboration space with tools I already use, so that I can access all relevant data in one location and enhance our analysis without switching platforms."

Description

The integration with external tools feature will allow the Real-Time Collaboration Space to connect seamlessly with third-party applications, such as project management tools or CRM systems. This capability enables teams to pull data from various sources and share them within the collaboration space without leaving the platform. Such integration supports a more holistic view of projects and analyses and enhances data-driven decision-making by allowing users to leverage insights from external tools directly within their collaborative discussions. This feature significantly enriches the user experience by providing easy access to all relevant tools and data in one place.

Acceptance Criteria

Integration of Third-Party Project Management Tool with Real-Time Collaboration Space

Given a user is logged into DataFuse, when they connect their project management tool to the Real-Time Collaboration Space, then they should be able to view, share, and analyze project data directly within the platform.

Real-Time Data Sharing from External Data Source

Given multiple users are collaborating in the Real-Time Collaboration Space, when one user updates data from a connected external tool, then all other users should see the updated data in real-time without needing to refresh the page.

Collaboration Functionality with CRM Integration

Given that users have integrated a CRM system, when they discuss leads and opportunities in the Real-Time Collaboration Space, then they must be able to access lead information, add comments, and sync changes back to the CRM without leaving the platform.

User Notifications for External Tool Updates

Given a user has integrated external tools into the collaboration space, when updates occur in those external tools, then the user should receive a notification within DataFuse indicating the changes made.

User Permissions and Security Settings for External Tool Integration

Given different team members are collaborating, when an external tool is integrated, then permissions should be set based on user roles, ensuring sensitive data is only accessible to authorized users.

Performance Check for Seamless Integration of External Tools

Given a user accesses the Real-Time Collaboration Space, when they utilize features from an integrated external tool, then the performance should not drop below a specified threshold (e.g., 3 seconds for loading data) during use.

Interactive Polls and Surveys

Interactive Polls and Surveys enable team members to gather insights and opinions quickly from colleagues regarding specific data points or insights being discussed. This feature fosters engagement and inclusiveness, ensuring all team voices are heard, which can lead to more robust strategies based on collective input.

Requirements

Poll Creation Tool

"As a team member, I want to create interactive polls and surveys so that I can quickly gather insights and opinions from my colleagues on specific topics, ensuring everyone's voice is heard in our decision-making process."

Description

The Poll Creation Tool is a user-friendly interface that allows team members to design and customize polls and surveys quickly. This feature enables users to select different question types (multiple choice, rating scales, open-ended), customize responses, and set polling parameters such as anonymity and response time limits. The tool integrates seamlessly into the DataFuse dashboard, allowing teams to collect real-time feedback on specific data points or insights. By streamlining the polling process, this capability fosters a culture of engagement and collaboration, as users can instantly gather diverse opinions, leading to more informed decision-making based on collective input.

Acceptance Criteria

As a team member, I want to create a poll using the Poll Creation Tool to gather real-time feedback on the latest project strategy during a team meeting.

Given I am logged into my DataFuse account, when I access the Poll Creation Tool, then I should be able to select at least three different question types (multiple choice, rating scales, open-ended).

As a team member, I want to customize my poll by setting response options to ensure it fits the context of our discussion.

Given I have selected a question type, when I customize the responses, then I should be able to add, edit, and delete response options before finalizing the poll.

As a team member, I want to set parameters like anonymity and response time limits for the poll to ensure participants feel comfortable and can respond timely.

Given I am creating a poll, when I configure the polling parameters, then I should be able to toggle anonymity settings and specify a response time limit of up to 10 minutes.

As a user, I want to preview the poll before launching it to ensure it displays correctly and collects the intended feedback.

Given I have completed creating my poll, when I select the preview option, then I should see a simulated view of how the poll will appear to respondents.

As a team member, I want to integrate the poll I created into a specific section of the DataFuse dashboard for easy access and visibility during discussions.

Given I have created and saved the poll, when I navigate to the designated section of the DataFuse dashboard, then I should see the poll displayed prominently alongside related data points.

As a team member, I want to receive instant notifications regarding poll responses as they come in to analyze feedback in real-time.

Given I have launched my poll, when responses are submitted, then I should receive instant notification updates on my dashboard about the number of responses received.

Real-time Results Display

"As a team member, I want to view real-time results of polls and surveys so that I can stay informed about the collective opinions of my colleagues while discussing key topics."

Description

The Real-time Results Display is an essential feature that provides instant visualization of poll and survey responses as they come in. This component presents data in an easy-to-understand format, including charts and graphs that update in real-time, allowing users to track engagement levels and see collective opinions live. Integrating this feature enhances the collaborative experience by keeping team members engaged and informed while discussions are taking place, ensuring decisions can be made based on the most current insights rather than delayed analytics.

Acceptance Criteria

User Views Real-Time Poll Results During a Team Meeting

Given a user has initiated a poll, when responses start coming in, then the results should update on the dashboard in real-time without the need to refresh the page.

Results Visualization is Accessible to All Team Members

Given that a poll has been launched, when team members are viewing the results, then all should have access to the same visualization formats like charts and graphs simultaneously.

Monitoring Engagement Levels Throughout the Poll Duration

Given that a poll is active, when the user views the dashboard, then they should see a continuous display of engagement metrics such as response rate percentage and number of respondents.

User Sees Consistent Update Frequency of Results Display

Given that the polling process is ongoing, when I check the results display, then the updates should occur at least every 5 seconds without delays.

Results Display Shows Cumulative Responses by Category

Given that a poll allows for multiple-choice responses, when the results are displayed, then the user should see cumulative results categorized accurately with percentages and total counts for each option.

Real-time Results Are Easily Interpreted by Users

Given that the results display is active, when a team member views the outputs, then they should be able to easily interpret data via colors, labels, and legends in the visualizations.

User Receives Notification of New Responses

Given that a poll is actively gathering responses, when a new response is recorded, then the user should receive a notification that alerts them to the new input.

Automated Summary Reports

"As a team leader, I want to receive automated summary reports of poll and survey results so that I can share key insights with my team efficiently and facilitate informed decision-making."

Description

The Automated Summary Reports feature generates comprehensive summaries of poll and survey results, including key findings, participant demographics, and engagement metrics. These reports can be automatically generated at the conclusion of each poll, allowing users to disseminate insights quickly within the team or organization. This functionality saves time and enhances accessibility to collective insights, enabling better strategic planning and decision-making based on data-driven feedback from team members. Additionally, it supports accountability and transparency in organizational processes.

Acceptance Criteria

Automated summary reports generated at the end of a team survey conducted via the Interactive Polls and Surveys feature, capturing key findings and participant demographics for distribution among team members.

Given a completed survey, when the report is generated, then it should include at least 5 key findings, participant demographics such as age and department, and engagement metrics like response rate.

Users access the automated summary report from the DataFuse dashboard after completing a poll to review insights and share them with stakeholders.

Given a user navigates to the dashboard, when they access the completed poll section, then an automated summary report should be available for download in a PDF format and viewable directly in the dashboard.

A project manager requests a summary report for a completed survey to present at the weekly team meeting, necessitating real-time accessibility and clarity of information.

Given a survey is completed and a summary report is generated, when the project manager requests the report, then the report should be prepared within 2 minutes and contain a clear overview of findings, supporting data visualizations, and be easily understandable.

The automated report functionality is tested during a trial poll to ensure it accurately captures and formats data as specified in the requirement outline.

Given a trial poll with a known dataset, when the report is generated, then the output should match the expected results, accurately reflecting the inputs with no discrepancies in data representation.

The organization conducts multiple polls simultaneously, necessitating separate automated summary reports for effective management and distribution.

Given that multiple polls are conducted concurrently, when the reports are generated, then each report should be individually accessible and labeled correctly according to the respective poll, ensuring no overlap or data confusion.

A user attempts to share an automated summary report via email directly through the DataFuse platform to relevant team members.

Given a summary report is generated, when the user clicks the 'Share' option, then they should be able to successfully send the report via email to multiple recipients with confirmation of successful delivery.

User feedback is gathered regarding the usefulness and clarity of the automated summary reports after a month of use in various projects.

Given user feedback is collected, when analyzed, then at least 80% of users should rate the automated summary reports as useful and easy to understand, providing actionable insights.

Anonymity Option for Responses

"As a team member, I want to participate anonymously in polls and surveys so that I can provide honest feedback without fear of judgment from my colleagues."

Description

The Anonymity Option for Responses allows users to participate in polls and surveys without revealing their identities. This feature is crucial for gathering candid feedback and encouraging honest opinions, especially on sensitive topics. By providing an option for anonymity, this functionality helps increase participation rates and the quality of responses. The anonymity feature would be clearly indicated during the poll creation phase and would be easily toggled on or off, offering flexibility to the poll creators based on the specific context or needs of the survey.

Acceptance Criteria

User initiates a poll and chooses the option to allow anonymity for responses, ensuring that their colleagues can provide feedback without revealing their identities.

Given a user is creating a poll, when they toggle on the anonymity option, then the poll should clearly indicate that responses are anonymous to participants.

A team member views a poll that has the anonymity option enabled, ensuring that they feel confident in providing their honest opinion.

Given a poll with anonymous responses is opened, when a team member views the poll, then they should not see any identifying information associated with any other respondents' answers.

The poll creator decides to disable the anonymity option for a specific poll to collect identifiable feedback from team members.

Given a user is creating a poll, when they toggle off the anonymity option, then the poll should show participant names next to their responses in the results view.

A team member submits a response to a poll while the anonymity option is enabled, and seeks assurance that their identity remains confidential.

Given a team member submits an anonymous response, when they check the poll results, then they should see their answer reported without any identifying information.

Admin or moderators need to review anonymous poll results for insights while ensuring compliance with privacy standards.

Given a poll has anonymous responses, when an admin accesses the results, then they should see aggregated data without access to individual identities or responses.

Poll creators receive feedback from stakeholders about the effectiveness of the anonymity feature in enhancing engagement and honest responses.

Given a poll has been conducted with the anonymity option enabled, when feedback is collected, then the response rate and qualitative feedback should reflect increased participation and honesty due to anonymity.

Integration with Calendar Events

"As a project manager, I want to link polls and surveys with calendar events so that I can ensure maximum participation from my team during key discussions."

Description

The Integration with Calendar Events feature allows users to schedule polls and surveys in sync with team meetings or events. This capability ensures that polls are conducted at the most opportune times, maximizing participation and engagement from all team members. By linking polls to calendar events, reminders can be sent out automatically, encouraging team members to reflect on specific topics beforehand, leading to more thoughtful responses during the polling session. This feature not only enhances logistic efficiency but also ensures that team insights are gathered at the right moments for decisions.

Acceptance Criteria

Scheduling a poll during a team meeting after syncing with the calendar

Given a scheduled team meeting in the calendar, when the user sets a poll to coincide with this meeting, then the poll should appear in the calendar invite and all invited members should receive an automatic reminder.

Generating reminders for polls linked to calendar events

Given a poll scheduled with a timestamp linked to a calendar event, when the event time approaches, then all team members should receive a push notification and an email reminder about the poll.

Editing polls after they have been scheduled alongside a calendar event

Given a scheduled poll linked to a calendar event, when the user edits the poll details, then those changes should automatically update in the calendar event and reflect in all notifications sent to team members.

Collecting real-time responses during a scheduled meeting poll

Given a poll initiated during a team meeting, when team members start submitting their responses, then the system should track and display real-time results to all participants in the meeting.

Visualizing poll results post-meeting based on calendar scheduling

Given a completed poll that was scheduled during a calendar event, when the user accesses the poll results, then the results should be aggregated and presented in a visual format on the dashboard.

Syncing changes for recurring meeting polls and associated surveys

Given a recurring team meeting linked to a poll, when changes are made to one instance of the meeting poll, then those changes should automatically apply to all future instances in the series.

Ensuring data security for calendar integrated polls

Given a created poll linked to a calendar event, when team members participate in the poll, then the responses should be encrypted and stored securely in compliance with data protection regulations.

Insight History Log

The Insight History Log automatically tracks all discussions, annotations, and decisions made around specific data points. This feature allows users to revisit past conversations and decisions, providing context for current analyses and ensuring continuity in collaborative efforts.

Requirements

Automatic Data Annotations

"As a data analyst, I want to annotate data points directly within the system so that my team can access specific insights and collaborate more effectively on data interpretations."

Description

The Automatic Data Annotations feature will allow users to append comments and annotations directly to specific data points within the Insight History Log. This functionality will significantly enhance collaboration by enabling team members to communicate insights and actions taken in real-time, ensuring all relevant context is captured. The annotations will be timestamped and linked to individual user accounts, creating a transparent history of interactions that can be reviewed or referenced later. This will not only improve decision-making but also maintain a detailed record of all discussions and insights surrounding each data point.

Acceptance Criteria

User adds a new annotation to a specific data point in the Insight History Log during a team meeting to provide context for the decision being made.

Given a user is logged into DataFuse, when they select a specific data point and add an annotation, then the annotation should be saved with a timestamp and the user's account linked, visible in the Insight History Log.

After multiple users have added annotations to the same data point, a user wants to view all historical annotations to understand the context of the decision-making process.

Given multiple annotations have been added to a data point, when a user accesses the Insight History Log for that data point, then all annotations should be displayed in chronological order with corresponding timestamps and user identifiers.

An administrator wants to review annotations added over a specific period to ensure compliance and collaboration among team members.

Given a range of dates is selected, when the administrator filters annotations in the Insight History Log, then only the annotations made within that date range should be displayed with all relevant details (user, timestamp).

A user seeks to clarify previously made decisions by reviewing annotations made by others on a specific data point.

Given a user selects a data point, when they view the Insight History Log, then the system should show all annotations made by other users, enabling the user to easily read and understand the context behind those decisions.

A user wants to delete an inappropriate or irrelevant annotation they previously made to a data point in the Insight History Log.

Given a user has permission to edit annotations, when they select an annotation and choose to delete it, then the annotation should be removed from the history log and a confirmation prompt should appear before final deletion.

A user adds an annotation that exceeds the character limit, requiring the system to enforce input validation.

Given a user is attempting to add an annotation that exceeds the maximum character limit, when they try to save the annotation, then the system should display an error message indicating the character limit has been exceeded without saving the annotation.

Customizable Insight Filters

"As a project manager, I want to apply filters to view only relevant insights so that I can efficiently gather information for my presentation and avoid unnecessary details."

Description

Customizable Insight Filters will enable users to create and apply specific filters to the Insight History Log, allowing them to quickly locate relevant conversations, annotations, and decisions based on parameters like date, user, or specific data points. This will simplify the retrieval of past discussions, improve workflow efficiency, and enhance the overall user experience by allowing users to tailor the displayed information according to their current analytical needs.

Acceptance Criteria

User applies a custom filter to view only annotations made by a specific team member within a selected date range in the Insight History Log.

Given that the user navigates to the Insight History Log, when they apply a custom filter for annotations by a specific user and within a date range, then only the relevant annotations should appear in the log.

User creates a filter that retrieves discussions related to a particular data point, ensuring easy access to historical decisions and conversations.

Given that the user has access to the Insight History Log, when they implement a filter for a specific data point and submit the filter, then all discussions linked to that data point should be displayed correctly.

User wants to modify an existing filter to include additional parameters for better insights, such as a combination of user and date.

Given that a filter is already in place, when the user modifies it to include an additional parameter (user or date) and applies the changes, then the filtered results displayed should reflect the new parameter settings accurately.

User verifies the application of multiple filters simultaneously to ensure results are relevant and meet their analytical needs.

Given that the user applies multiple filters to the Insight History Log, when they execute the filters, then the displayed data should only include entries that match all specified filter criteria.

User wishes to save a custom filter configuration for future use, enhancing their workflow efficiency.

Given that the user has created a custom filter, when they choose to save this filter configuration, then it should be available for future retrieval and application within the Insight History Log.

Multiple users apply various custom filters on the Insight History Log concurrently, ensuring system scalability and performance.

Given that multiple users are interacting with the Insight History Log and applying filters simultaneously, when they do so, then the system should maintain performance and correctly display the filtered data for each individual user without delay.

Version Control for Insights

"As a team lead, I want to track the version history of insights so that I can understand how decisions have evolved and ensure that we are aligned with the latest context before moving forward."

Description

The Version Control for Insights feature will maintain a history of changes made to insights recorded in the Insight History Log. Each change—whether an annotation, decision, or discussion—will be automatically saved as a new version, enabling users to track the evolution of insights over time. This feature will ensure that users can revert to previous versions of insights when needed, providing them with the flexibility to adapt and refine their strategies based on historical context.

Acceptance Criteria

As a user, I want to view a history of changes made to specific insights in the Insight History Log to understand how the insights have evolved over time.

Given an insight has multiple recorded changes, when the user accesses the Insight History Log, then the user should see a chronological list of all versions with timestamps and a summary of changes made in each version.

As a team member, I want to be able to revert to a previous version of an insight if the latest version does not meet our needs.

Given a user is viewing the current version of an insight, when the user selects a previous version from the Insight History Log, then the system should revert to that previous version and update the current view accordingly.

As a project manager, I need to ensure that all discussions related to changes in insights are archived and easily accessible for reference during future meetings.

Given a discussion occurs around a specific insight, when the discussion is saved, then an entry should be created in the Insight History Log that includes the participants, date, and summary of the discussion.

As a data analyst, I want to filter versions of insights based on specific dates or keywords to quickly locate relevant changes.

Given multiple versions exist for an insight, when the user applies a date or keyword filter in the Insight History Log, then the system should display only the relevant versions that match the filter criteria.

As a user, I want to receive an alert when a significant change is made to an insight I am following so that I can stay informed about relevant updates.

Given a user is following an insight, when a new version is saved that meets the criteria for significant changes, then the user should receive a notification indicating the change has occurred.

As a software engineer, I need to ensure that the version control mechanism is built to handle concurrent edits to insights efficiently without data loss.

Given multiple users may edit an insight simultaneously, when changes are saved, then the system should merge the changes without losing any data or creating conflicts.

Real-time Collaboration Notifications

"As a collaborator, I want to receive real-time notifications about changes in the Insight History Log so that I can promptly contribute to ongoing discussions and stay engaged with my team."

Description

Real-time Collaboration Notifications will alert users of new discussions, annotations, or decisions added to the Insight History Log in real-time. This feature will facilitate immediate awareness of updates, allowing team members to stay informed without having to constantly check for changes. Notifications will be customizable, allowing users to set preferences for which types of updates they wish to be notified about, thereby enhancing collaboration and ensuring timely responses to discussions.

Acceptance Criteria

User receives real-time notifications for new discussions in the Insight History Log while collaborating with team members on data analysis.

Given the user has opted into real-time notifications, when a new discussion is added to the Insight History Log, then the user should receive a notification immediately.

User can customize the types of notifications they receive for specific updates in the Insight History Log.

Given the user is in the notification settings, when they select their preferences for discussions, annotations, and decisions, then their preferences should be saved and reflected in the notification system.

User is alerted when an important decision is made in the Insight History Log that affects their current analysis task.

Given the user is actively working on a related analysis task, when a decision related to that analysis is logged in the Insight History Log, then the user should receive a high-priority notification about this decision.

User receives notifications on mobile devices and desktop applications simultaneously for updates in the Insight History Log.

Given the user is logged into both the mobile app and desktop application, when a new annotation is added, then notifications should appear on both devices within 5 seconds.

User wants to review past notifications to ensure they have not missed any important discussions from the Insight History Log.

Given the user accesses the notification history, when they view the list, then they should see all notifications from the past 30 days along with timestamps and related discussions.

User needs to quickly enable or disable notifications based on their current focus or workload.

Given the user is on the dashboard, when they toggle a switch to enable or disable notifications, then the change should take effect immediately without requiring a page refresh.

Searchable Insight History

"As a data engineer, I want to search the Insight History Log for specific terms so that I can efficiently retrieve relevant discussions to support my data analysis work."

Description

The Searchable Insight History functionality will allow users to perform keyword searches within the Insight History Log. This feature will enable users to quickly locate specific discussions, annotations, or decisions without having to scroll through the entire log. The search will support advanced filters such as date range and user involvement, making it often easier for users to find the exact information they need to aid their current analysis or decision-making processes.

Acceptance Criteria

User searches for discussions related to a specific data point within the Insight History Log.

Given a populated Insight History Log, when a user enters a keyword in the search bar, then the system should return all relevant discussions, annotations, or decisions containing that keyword with no more than a 2-second response time.

User applies a date range filter while searching in the Insight History Log.

Given a user-defined date range and a keyword, when the user initiates the search, then the system should only display results that fall within the specified date range and contain the search keyword.

User filters search results by the person involved in discussions or decisions within the Insight History Log.

When a user selects a specific user from the filter options and enters a search keyword, then the system should display only those results authored or participated in by the selected user, ensuring a clear and focused search outcome.

User performs a search with no returning results.

Given a keyword that does not exist in the Insight History Log, when the user searches, then the system should notify the user that no results were found and provide suggestions to refine the search criteria.

User conducts a search with multiple filters applied simultaneously.

When a user applies both a keyword and a date range filter, then the system should return results that satisfy both conditions, ensuring accurate and comprehensive search results.

User interaction with the search results displayed in the Insight History Log.

When a user clicks on a search result, then the system should navigate to the corresponding section of the Insight History Log, allowing the user to view discussions or annotations in their original context.

Integration with Communication Tools

This feature enables seamless integration with popular communication platforms, like Slack or Microsoft Teams, so users can share insights, comments, and updates directly through their preferred channels. This flexibility enhances collaboration by bringing data discussions into familiar workflows, making it easier for teams to stay in sync.

Requirements

Slack Integration

"As a data analyst, I want to integrate DataFuse with Slack so that I can easily discuss data insights with my team without leaving my primary communication platform."

Description

This requirement entails implementing a seamless integration with Slack, allowing users to share insights, data updates, and comments directly within their Slack workspace. This integration aims to enhance collaboration by enabling real-time discussions around data without the need to switch between platforms. The expected outcome is improved communication and efficiency as teams can engage in data-driven conversations directly where they work, fostering a culture of collaboration and swift decision-making.

Acceptance Criteria

User shares a data insight from DataFuse into their Slack channel during a team meeting.

Given the user is logged into both DataFuse and Slack, when the user selects an insight and clicks the 'Share to Slack' button, then the insight should appear in the selected Slack channel with a corresponding message.

User receives notifications in Slack when a new data report is available in DataFuse.

Given the user has subscribed to notifications, when a new report is generated, then an automatic message should be sent to the user's designated Slack channel informing them of the newly available report.

User comments on a shared insight in Slack and expects the comment to be reflected back in DataFuse.

Given the user comments on a data insight in the Slack channel, when the comment is submitted, then the comment should appear in the DataFuse application associated with that specific insight.

User wants to view previously shared insights in Slack directly from DataFuse.

Given the user navigates to the 'Shared Insights' section in DataFuse, when they select a date range, then a list of insights shared to Slack within that date range should be displayed with corresponding links to the original insights.

User needs to ensure that data shared to Slack complies with company policies on data privacy.

Given the user shares insights to Slack, when the data includes sensitive information, then a warning should appear advising the user to confirm sharing sensitive data, with an option to cancel the sharing.

User configures their preferences for Slack notifications related to data updates.

Given the user accesses their notification settings in DataFuse, when they enable or disable Slack notifications for specific insights, then the preferences should be saved and applied without any errors.

User tests sharing a large dataset to Slack and expects the process to be smooth.

Given the user selects a large dataset to share, when the user clicks the 'Share to Slack' button, then the system should process the request without lag and confirm the successful sharing within 5 seconds.

Microsoft Teams Integration

"As a team lead, I want to connect DataFuse with Microsoft Teams so that my team can efficiently collaborate and share updates within our existing workflow."

Description

This requirement focuses on integrating DataFuse with Microsoft Teams, enabling users to share insights, data comments, and updates through Teams channels. This integration will streamline communication and collaboration, allowing teams to discuss data findings and make quick decisions within the Microsoft Teams environment. It aims to simplify the workflow by reducing context-switching, ultimately enhancing productivity and ensuring that data-driven discussions remain centralized for better decision-making.

Acceptance Criteria

User shares a data insight from DataFuse into a Microsoft Teams channel during a team meeting.

Given the user is logged into DataFuse, when they click the 'Share to Teams' button on a data insight, then the insight should be successfully posted in the selected Teams channel with a link back to the DataFuse dashboard.

Team members receive notifications in Microsoft Teams when a new data comment is added in DataFuse.

Given that a team member adds a comment to a data insight in DataFuse, when the comment is submitted, then all members of the designated Teams channel should receive a notification about the new comment.

User collaborates with team members on data findings in a Teams channel.

Given the user shares a data insight in a Teams channel, when team members reply to the shared post, then all replies should be visible in the Teams channel and links to the original data insight should be accessible.

User switches between DataFuse and Microsoft Teams to discuss data issues.

Given that the user is logged into both DataFuse and Microsoft Teams, when they copy a link to a data dashboard in DataFuse and paste it into a Teams chat, then the link should be clickable and direct users to the correct dashboard in DataFuse.

User filters insights in DataFuse and shares filtered results in a Teams channel.

Given the user applies filters to the data insights in DataFuse, when they share the filtered results through Teams, then the posted insights should reflect the applied filters accurately in the Teams channel post.

User requests specific data insights while in a Teams channel discussion.

Given that the user is participating in a Teams channel discussion, when they type a command to request specific data from DataFuse, then the system should return the requested data accurately in the channel conversation within 5 minutes.

Data Insights Notifications

"As a project manager, I want to receive notifications in Slack about new data insights so that I can quickly inform my team about crucial changes and make timely decisions."

Description

The requirement aims to create a notification system that alerts users in their communication tools (like Slack and Microsoft Teams) whenever new insights or updates are generated in DataFuse. This feature will help users stay informed about important data changes and trends in real-time, ensuring that teams are always aware of the latest developments. By having contextual notifications within their preferred platforms, users can respond timely to insights, enhancing operational agility.

Acceptance Criteria

User receives a notification in Slack when a new data insight related to their project is available in DataFuse.

Given a user is subscribed to insights regarding their project, When a new data insight is generated, Then the user should receive a notification in their Slack channel with the relevant details.

User can customize notification settings within DataFuse for the communication tool integration.

Given a user accesses notification settings, When the user modifies the notification preferences, Then those changes should be saved and applied to future insights notifications in Slack or Microsoft Teams.

User receives a notification in Microsoft Teams when an important trend is detected in their data.

Given a user has defined criteria for important trends, When a trend matching those criteria is detected, Then the user should receive an immediate notification in their Microsoft Teams channel with a summary of the trend.

User gets a summary notification that compiles all data insights received over the past week.

Given it’s the end of the week, When the user checks their designated communication tool, Then they should see a summary notification of all insights received in the past week, including key changes and updates.

Users can disable notifications for specific types of data insights they do not wish to receive.

Given a user is in the notification settings, When the user selects specific types of data insights to disable, Then the user should no longer receive notifications for those types in their communication tool.

User Role Management

"As an administrator, I want to manage user roles and permissions in DataFuse so that I can control who has access to sensitive data shared in Slack and Teams."

Description

This requirement involves developing a user role management system within DataFuse that integrates with communication tools. It will allow administrators to set specific permissions for data sharing and collaboration within Slack and Microsoft Teams. By controlling who can view or comment on data insights, this feature enhances security and ensures that sensitive information is only accessible to authorized personnel. This functionality will help maintain compliance and protect data integrity across platforms.

Acceptance Criteria

User Role Assignment for Data Insights Sharing in Slack

Given an administrator is logged into DataFuse, when they navigate to the User Role Management section and assign a role to a user, then the user should receive a notification in Slack confirming their access permissions.

Permission Verification for Comments in Microsoft Teams

Given a team member is logged into Microsoft Teams, when they access a shared data insight, then they should only see the comment section if their role permissions allow commenting on that specific data insight.

Unauthorized Access Attempt Notification

Given a user attempts to access a data insight without proper permissions, when the system detects this unauthorized access attempt, then it should log the attempt and notify the administrator via email.

Creating Custom Roles in User Management

Given an administrator is logged into DataFuse, when they create a new custom user role, then the new role should appear in the role assignment dropdown menu for all users in the User Role Management section.

Role-Specific Data Access Validation

Given a user is assigned a specific role with limited permissions, when they try to access restricted data insights, then the system should prevent access and display a relevant error message.

Bulk User Role Update Functionality

Given an administrator is logged into DataFuse, when they select multiple users to update roles in bulk, then the system should successfully apply the changes and notify users via email of their new roles.

Interactive Dashboard Sharing

"As a data scientist, I want to share interactive dashboards via Microsoft Teams so that my colleagues can explore data visualizations in real-time during our discussions."

Description

This requirement focuses on enabling users to share interactive dashboards and data visualizations directly through communication platforms like Slack and Microsoft Teams. Users will be able to send links to live dashboards that recipients can access and interact with, enhancing collaborative analysis and discussions. This functionality bridges the gap between data insights and practical applications, promoting a data-driven culture within organizations by making data easily shareable in collaborative environments.

Acceptance Criteria

User successfully shares a live dashboard link in a Slack channel during a team meeting.

Given the user has created a live dashboard, When the user clicks the 'Share' button and selects 'Slack', Then a link to the live dashboard should be generated and sent to the selected Slack channel.

User shares a live dashboard link with specific team members on Microsoft Teams.

Given the user is in the Microsoft Teams environment, When the user selects 'Share via Teams', Then the specified team members should receive the link and be able to access the live dashboard.

Recipients access the shared live dashboard link and interact with the data visualizations.

Given the recipient receives the link to the dashboard, When they click on the link, Then they should be redirected to the live dashboard and be able to interact with the visualizations without any errors.

The system tracks the number of times a live dashboard link has been shared by users.

Given a user has shared a live dashboard link, When the link is accessed by any recipient, Then the system should record this access in the user's activity log.

Users receive a notification when a live dashboard is shared in their communication tool.

Given a user is part of a communication platform where a dashboard link is shared, When another user shares a live dashboard link, Then the recipient should receive a notification alerting them of the new dashboard sharing.

Users confirm success after sharing a dashboard link through the preferred communication tool.

Given a user shares a live dashboard link, When the link is sent successfully, Then the user should see a confirmation message stating, 'Dashboard link shared successfully.'

Users can easily share interactive dashboards from mobile devices.

Given that a user is on a mobile device with the DataFuse app, When they select an interactive dashboard and choose 'Share', Then they should have the option to share via their installed communication apps.

Trend Spotter

Trend Spotter analyzes historical data patterns and identifies emerging trends relevant to the user’s industry and role. By providing actionable insights into market movements, users can proactively adapt their strategies, ensuring they stay ahead of the competition and capitalize on new opportunities.

Requirements

Real-time Data Processing

"As a business analyst, I want real-time data processing so that I can quickly identify and respond to emerging trends without delays."

Description

The Real-time Data Processing requirement ensures that the Trend Spotter feature can process incoming data streams instantly, enabling users to receive immediate insights as data is updated. This functionality is crucial for making timely decisions based on the latest information. The integration of real-time processing within the platform will not only enhance user experience but also provide significant competitive advantage by allowing businesses to react swiftly to market changes.

Acceptance Criteria

As a Trend Spotter user, I want to receive real-time insights on market trends so that I can make informed decisions quickly after any data update.

Given that I have access to the Trend Spotter feature, when a new data stream is processed, then the insights are updated and displayed within 5 seconds.

As a business analyst using Trend Spotter, I need to ensure that multiple data streams can be processed simultaneously to provide a comprehensive view of trends.

Given that multiple data streams are being ingested at the same time, when I access the dashboard, then I can see insights from all active data streams without lag or delays.

As a system administrator for DataFuse, I want to ensure the accuracy of real-time insights to prevent misleading information from affecting business decisions.

Given the real-time data processing is active, when a known data set is pushed through, then the insights generated should match the expected outputs accurately.

As a user, I want to verify that the platform maintains performance standards during peak data load times to ensure consistent service.

Given a peak load scenario where data streams increase by 100%, when I access the system, then the response time should remain under 3 seconds for insights retrieval.

As a Trend Spotter user, I need to have access to historical data trends alongside real-time insights to analyze changes over time effectively.

Given that I request historical trends, when the insights are rendered, then I can view past data context alongside the current real-time insights.

As a product manager, I want to ensure that the user interface updates in real-time to reflect the latest insights without requiring a page refresh.

Given that the user is actively using the Trend Spotter feature, when new data insights are generated, then the screen should automatically refresh the display without user intervention.

Customizable Trend Alerts

"As a marketing manager, I want customizable trend alerts so that I can be notified when trends that affect my campaigns arise."

Description

This requirement allows users to set personal preferences for trend alerts based on specific criteria relevant to their industry or role. Users should be able to receive notifications when significant trends are detected, ensuring they can take immediate action. This feature will enhance user engagement by allowing them to tailor the insights according to their specific needs, promoting active participation in the analytical process.

Acceptance Criteria

User sets personalized trend alert preferences based on industry-specific criteria.

Given a user is logged into the DataFuse platform, when they navigate to the Trend Spotter settings and define their specific criteria for trend alerts, then the system should save these preferences and confirm successful updates via an on-screen notification.

User receives notifications for significant trends that match their specified alert preferences.

Given a user has set trend alert preferences, when a trend meeting or exceeding their specified criteria is detected, then the user should receive a notification via their chosen medium (email, SMS, in-app alert) within five minutes of the trend identification.

User can modify existing trend alert preferences at any time.

Given a user is on the Trend Spotter settings page, when they choose to modify their existing trend alert preferences and save the changes, then the system should update the preferences and display a confirmation message.

User can view a history of past trend alerts received.

Given a user has received trend alerts in the past, when they navigate to the past alerts section in the Trend Spotter, then they should be able to see a comprehensive list of alerts received, along with the date, time, and details of each alert.

User can deactivate trend alerts when they are no longer needed.

Given a user is in the Trend Spotter settings, when they choose to deactivate their trend alerts and confirm the action, then the system should disable notifications for trend alerts and display a confirmation message that alerts have been deactivated.

User receives additional insights related to the detected trends in the alerts.

Given a user receives a trend alert, when they click on the notification, then they should be directed to a detailed page that provides insights on the identified trend, including data visualizations and recommended actions.

Visualization of Trend Data

"As a sales director, I want to visualize trend data so that I can easily understand market movements and make strategic decisions accordingly."

Description

The Visualization of Trend Data requirement focuses on providing users with various graphical representations of identified trends. This may include charts, graphs, and dashboards that highlight critical data points and patterns. Effective visualization is essential for comprehension and interpretation of trend data, enabling users to make informed decisions quicker. The integration of visual tools will aid in better storytelling of data and improvements in decision-making processes.

Acceptance Criteria

Visualizing Trend Analysis for Market Strategy Adjustment

Given a user has access to Trend Spotter, when they select the visualization option for their historical trend data, then they can view interactive graphs and charts that illustrate key trends over the last 12 months.

Dashboard Integration with Real-Time Data Updates

Given that the user is viewing the trend data visualization dashboard, when real-time data updates occur, then the visualizations should refresh automatically without the need for manual intervention.

Customization of Visualization Tools for User Preferences

Given a user accesses the trend visualization tools, when they choose to customize their view, then they can select different chart types (bar, line, pie) and save their preferences for future use.

Exporting Visual Trend Data for External Reporting

Given a user wants to share trend data insights, when they select the export option, then they can successfully download the visualizations in PDF and Excel formats for external distribution.

Interactivity of Visualizations for Deeper Insights

Given the user is analyzing a specific trend on the dashboard, when they hover over data points in a graph, then they can view detailed information such as values and percentage changes.

Accessibility Options for Visualizing Trend Data

Given a user requires accessibility features, when they access trend visualizations, then they have the option to enable voiceover support and alternate text descriptions for all visual elements.

Industry Benchmarking

"As a business owner, I want industry benchmarking so that I can see how my performance compares with the competition and make informed business decisions."

Description

This requirement involves integrating a benchmarking tool that compares user data against industry standards and competitors. By identifying where users stand relative to their peers, they can better understand their performance and discover areas for improvement. This benchmarking feature will elevate the analytical capabilities of DataFuse, fostering data-driven strategic planning.

Acceptance Criteria

User accesses the Industry Benchmarking feature from the DataFuse dashboard after logging in, seeking to compare their performance metrics against industry standards.

Given the user is logged into DataFuse, when they navigate to the Industry Benchmarking section, then the system should display a comparison chart that highlights their performance metrics alongside industry standards and competitor data.

A user inputs their performance data into the benchmarking tool and triggers an analysis to view how they stack up against competitors.

Given the user has input their performance data and clicked the analyze button, when the data processing is complete, then the system should generate a detailed report that identifies gaps and areas for improvement in comparison with industry standards.

A user wants to filter the benchmarking results based on specific industry categories to view targeted comparisons.

Given the user is viewing the benchmarking report, when they apply filters for specific industry categories, then the system should refresh the displayed results to show only the relevant benchmarking data for the selected categories.

The user needs to export their benchmarking report for a stakeholder meeting, requiring downloadable formats such as PDF and Excel.

Given the user has accessed the benchmarking report, when they click on the export button, then the system should provide options to download the report in both PDF and Excel formats without loss of data integrity.

A user is notified of significant changes in industry benchmarks through the Trend Spotter feature, prompting them to reassess their strategies.

Given the user has opted in for notifications, when the Trend Spotter identifies significant shifts in industry benchmarks, then the system should send an alert to the user, summarizing the changes and suggesting areas for strategic reassessment.

The user explores historical benchmarking data to track their performance over multiple reporting periods.

Given the user has selected a reporting period for historical data analysis, when they view the historical benchmarking section, then the system should display time-series graphs showing the user’s performance trends in relation to industry benchmarks over the selected period.

Collaborative Trend Analysis

"As a project manager, I want collaborative trend analysis features so that my team can collectively assess trends and develop strategies together."

Description

The Collaborative Trend Analysis requirement will facilitate teamwork, allowing users to share insights and discuss findings in real-time. This feature will enable multiple users to interact with trend data, fostering collaboration among teams. By integrating messaging and commenting functionalities, teams can provide contextual evaluations of trends, leading to richer discussions and better strategic outcomes.

Acceptance Criteria

Multiple users collaborate on identifying trends during a team meeting, using the Trend Spotter feature to discuss insights they've gathered from historic data.

Given multiple users are logged into the DataFuse platform, when they access the Trend Spotter feature, then they can share their insights through a real-time messaging board within the application.

A user wants to provide feedback on a specific trend identified within the Trend Spotter feature, allowing other team members to see and respond to their comments.

Given a trend is displayed in the Trend Spotter analysis, when a user clicks on the comment icon, then they can leave feedback which is visible to all users currently viewing that trend.

Team members need to view a historical trend analysis while discussing strategies via the integrated messaging system, ensuring all context is available.

Given a historical trend is selected, when team members open the messaging system within the Trend Spotter, then they receive a contextual snapshot of that trend alongside their chat interface.

Project managers want to ensure that all insights shared via messaging are stored for future reference and decision-making processes.

Given any message or comment is posted regarding a trend, when the user selects the option to save discussions, then those insights are recorded in a dedicated history log for future retrieval.

Users wish to tag colleagues in their comments to prompt responses and ensure that key team members are involved in the discussion about particular trends.

Given a comment is being composed in the Trend Spotter feature, when a user mentions a colleague using '@username', then that colleague receives a notification to check the comment thread.

During a collaborative analysis session, users need to filter trends based on certain criteria to focus discussions on relevant data points only.

Given users are in a collaborative session within the Trend Spotter, when they apply a filter based on date or industry, then only the trends that meet those criteria are displayed for discussion.

Users want to evaluate how collaborative discussions impact their decision-making processes in real-time as data is updated dynamically.

Given users are participating in a trend discussion, when new data is uploaded to the Trend Spotter, then discussions are automatically updated with the latest insights without needing to refresh the page.

Smart Action Prompts

Smart Action Prompts deliver context-aware suggestions based on users’ past actions and data interactions. This feature guides users on the next best steps to take, effectively reducing decision fatigue and streamlining workflows, so they can focus on execution rather than analysis.

Requirements

Contextual Suggestions Engine

"As a data analyst, I want to receive contextual suggestions based on my previous actions so that I can quickly understand the next steps to take without wasting time deciding."

Description

The Contextual Suggestions Engine is designed to provide dynamically tailored action prompts based on users' historical interactions and data patterns within the DataFuse platform. By leveraging advanced machine learning algorithms, this engine analyzes user behavior and identifies the most relevant next steps to recommend, thereby enhancing the decision-making process. Its implementation will not only minimize analysis time but also improve user productivity by offering guidance that aligns with their work style and data usage patterns. Ultimately, this requirement aims to foster a more intuitive user experience by simplifying workflows and reducing cognitive load associated with data analysis.

Acceptance Criteria

As a user, I want to receive contextual suggestions the moment I land on the dashboard, based on my previous actions and data interactions, enabling me to make informed decisions quickly.

Given I am logged into the DataFuse platform, when I access the dashboard, then I should receive at least three relevant context-aware action prompts tailored to my recent activity.

As a user, I want the Smart Action Prompts to adapt in real-time as my data interactions change through the session, improving the timeliness of the suggestions I receive.

Given I have modified my data inputs or filters, when I update my data interactions, then the contextual suggestions should refresh to reflect the most current data and offer at least three new relevant action prompts.

As a user, I need to understand the rationale behind the contextual suggestions, so I can trust and validate the recommendations provided by the Contextual Suggestions Engine.

Given that I receive a suggestion, when I hover over or click on the prompt, then I should see a tooltip or a sidebar explaining why that specific action was recommended based on my historical data.

As a user, I want to be able to override or dismiss Smart Action Prompts if they do not align with my intended actions, ensuring I maintain control over my workflow.

Given I receive a Smart Action Prompt, when I choose to dismiss it, then the prompt should disappear, allowing me to continue my work without interruption and the suggestion should not reappear during the current session.

As a user, I want to evaluate how often I am receiving relevant contextual suggestions to assess the feature's effectiveness in enhancing my decision-making process.

Given I have used the platform for a week, when I view the suggestions log, then I should see an analytics report indicating the frequency and relevance of the Smart Action Prompts pertaining to my user profile.

As a user, I want to receive contextual suggestions that not only highlight the next best steps but also consider my past successes and failures in similar scenarios, fostering more informed decision-making.

Given I have a history of actions taken, when I receive contextual suggestions, then the prompts should incorporate feedback based on the outcomes of my previous decisions, enhancing their relevance and applicability.

As a user, I want to see continuous improvements in the relevance of recommendations over time, ensuring the Contextual Suggestions Engine evolves with my preferences and usage patterns.

Given I have used the platform for an extended period, when I analyze my suggestions at regular intervals, then I should observe a measurable increase in the relevance of action prompts based on ongoing usage and behavior patterns.

User Interaction Tracking

"As a product manager, I want to track how users interact with the platform so that I can refine the actions suggested to improve user experience."

Description

The User Interaction Tracking feature will meticulously record and analyze each user's actions and data queries within the DataFuse platform. This functionality will serve as the foundation for the Smart Action Prompts, enabling the identification of common workflows and habits among users. By understanding how each user interacts with the platform, DataFuse can deliver more personalized and relevant action prompts, thus enhancing user engagement and satisfaction. This requirement is vital for the effective functioning of the Smart Action Prompts feature, as it directly correlates user behavior with actionable insights.

Acceptance Criteria

User Interaction Tracking records the actions of a user when they log into their DataFuse account and navigate through different dashboards and analytics tools, capturing each click and data query to analyze their workflow.

Given a user logs into DataFuse and interacts with various dashboards, When the user selects different data sets and adjusts filters, Then all user interactions are logged accurately with timestamps and user identifiers in the tracking system.

When a user performs a search for specific data points within the DataFuse platform, the User Interaction Tracking should register the search term and the results accessed, enabling analysis of frequently searched items.

Given a user enters a search term in the DataFuse search bar, When the search results are displayed, Then the search term and accessed results are recorded in the user interaction log without errors.

A user frequently accesses a specific feature within DataFuse; the User Interaction Tracking should allow for the analysis of this pattern to generate Smart Action Prompts tailored to the user's behavior.

Given a user consistently accesses a particular feature in DataFuse, When the user interaction data is analyzed over a defined period, Then the system identifies the feature as a frequent action, leading to relevant action prompts being generated.

When a user utilizes the Smart Action Prompts based on their interaction history, the effectiveness of these prompts should be tracked to ensure they align with user needs and reduce decision fatigue.

Given a user receives Smart Action Prompts based on their recorded interactions, When the user selects a suggestion from a prompt, Then the selection should be recorded alongside the impact of the prompt on the user's subsequent actions.

The User Interaction Tracking must ensure compliance with data privacy regulations, capturing only the necessary interactions without storing personal identifiable information unnecessarily.

Given the nature of user interactions logged in DataFuse, When the user interaction data is reviewed, Then it must be confirmed that only relevant actions are tracked and personal data is anonymized as per compliance standards.

The system should provide a dashboard for administrators to view aggregated user interaction data, allowing them to easily identify common behaviors and adapt Smart Action Prompts accordingly.

Given an administrator accesses the user interaction dashboard, When they request data on user behaviors, Then the dashboard displays real-time analytics summarizing user actions and trends in an intuitive format.

When implementing User Interaction Tracking, the system should be tested for performance to ensure it does not delay the user's experience while navigating through the platform.

Given the User Interaction Tracking is developed, When a load test is conducted with multiple simultaneous users, Then the system must maintain performance standards with response times under a specified threshold to avoid degradation of the user experience.

Action Prompt Customization

"As a project leader, I want to customize the action prompts I receive so that they align with my team's specific needs and workflow preferences."

Description

The Action Prompt Customization feature will allow users to modify the types of suggestions they receive based on personal preferences or specific project needs. Users can select categories of prompts, set thresholds for suggestions, and choose how prominently they want these suggestions displayed within their workflow. This customization empowers users to shape their experience in DataFuse, ensuring that the Smart Action Prompts enhance their efficiency rather than disrupt their workflow. By meeting individual user expectations, this requirement supports broader adoption of the feature and encourages user satisfaction.

Acceptance Criteria

User Customization of Action Prompts Preferences

Given a registered user on the DataFuse platform, when they access the Action Prompt Customization settings, then they should be able to select categories of suggestions they wish to receive, adjust thresholds, and choose the display prominence of these prompts, and the settings should save successfully without errors.

Integration of Customization with User Behavior

Given a user has customized their Action Prompt settings, when they perform actions within the platform, then they should receive suggestions that align with their selected categories and thresholds set in their customization settings, without irrelevant prompts appearing.

Prompt Testing and Feedback Mechanism

Given a user has interacted with the Smart Action Prompts after customization, when they provide feedback on the relevance of these suggestions, then that feedback should be recorded correctly and accessible for future feature enhancements.

Display of Action Prompts in Workflow

Given a user has opted for higher prominence in the display of suggestions, when they are working on a project in DataFuse, then the Smart Action Prompts should appear in a noticeable location, ensuring they catch the user's attention without disrupting their workflow.

Restoration of Default Settings

Given a user has previously customized their Action Prompt settings, when they choose to restore defaults, then the system should revert to the original suggestion categories and display settings without retaining any prior user preferences.

Performance Impact Assessment of Customization

Given that a user has customized their Action Prompt settings, when they interact with the platform, then the system's performance in delivering these customized prompts should remain fast, with no noticeable delays in response time compared to the default settings.

Real-time Data Synchronization

"As a business intelligence analyst, I want real-time updates for action prompts so that my next steps are based on the latest data available."

Description

The Real-time Data Synchronization feature ensures that the Smart Action Prompts reflect the most up-to-date information from various data sources integrated into the DataFuse platform. This functionality will facilitate immediate access to fresh data insights, ensuring that the suggestions provided are pertinent and actionable regarding the latest available data. By maintaining continuity between data ingestion and prompt generation, this requirement will enhance the accuracy and relevance of the suggestions, ultimately informing better decision-making for the users.

Acceptance Criteria

As a user of DataFuse, I want to receive Smart Action Prompts based on real-time data updates so that I can make timely decisions without having to manually refresh or check data sources.

Given that data is updated in real-time, when I access the Smart Action Prompts, then I should see suggestions that reflect the latest data changes within 2 seconds.

As a data analyst familiar with DataFuse, I need to validate that Smart Action Prompts align with the latest sales data after it has been ingested, ensuring my team can act on the most relevant insights.

Given that the last sales data has been integrated, when I check the Smart Action Prompts, then the suggestions should directly correlate with the most recent sales figures displayed on the dashboard.

As a manager using DataFuse, I want to ensure that the Smart Action Prompts provide me with proactive recommendations based on the latest customer interactions, so I can quickly follow up.

Given that customer interaction data is updated in real-time, when I review my Smart Action Prompts, then the recommendations should be based on the latest 10 customer interaction records.

As a project lead, I need to rely on Smart Action Prompts that are reflective of the latest project milestones, ensuring my team is working on the most relevant tasks.

Given that project milestone data has been updated, when I view the Smart Action Prompts, then the tasks suggested should match the latest project timeline status and identifying risks.

As an executive utilizing DataFuse, I must confirm that the Smart Action Prompts are based on the latest financial data to make informed investment choices.

Given that financial reports are updated in real-time, when I analyze the financial Smart Action Prompts, then the insights should incorporate any changes in revenue or expenditure within the last hour.

As a user engaging with Smart Action Prompts, I want to ensure that the feature correctly indicates when the data is being synchronized, so I am aware of the timing of the information provided.

Given that a data synchronization is in progress, when I access the Smart Action Prompts, then a notification should clearly indicate that the prompts are being updated and will refresh once the sync completes.

As a product owner, I need to validate that all user groups receive the Smart Action Prompts appropriate to their subscription level based on the real-time data available to them.

Given that different user groups have varying access rights, when they view the Smart Action Prompts, then each group should see recommendations tailored to their permissions and access to real-time data.

User Feedback Loop

"As a user, I want to provide feedback on the action prompts I receive so that the system can learn and improve its suggestions over time."

Description

The User Feedback Loop feature will enable users to provide feedback on the action prompts they receive, allowing for continued improvement of the suggestion engine. Incorporating user ratings, comments, and preferences, this feedback mechanism will be instrumental in training the underlying algorithms to enhance the quality of the Smart Action Prompts over time. By integrating users into the feedback process, DataFuse can ensure that the Smart Action Prompts not only meet existing user needs but also evolve according to changing expectations and behaviors.

Acceptance Criteria

User submits feedback on the Smart Action Prompt after receiving suggestions for task prioritization.

Given a user has received action prompts, when they provide a rating and comments on at least one prompt, then the feedback should be recorded and associated with that specific prompt in the feedback database.

User accesses the feedback interface to review previously submitted feedback on action prompts.

Given a user navigates to the feedback section, when they view their past feedback, then all submitted feedback should be displayed with corresponding timestamps and action prompt details.

Admin reviews aggregate user feedback to identify trends in the effectiveness of Smart Action Prompts.

Given the admin accesses the analytics dashboard, when they select 'User Feedback Analysis', then they should see summarized trends, average ratings, and common comments for action prompts over the past month.

User adjusts feedback settings to receive tailored Smart Action Prompts based on their preferences.

Given a user is in the settings menu, when they update their feedback preferences, then the system should confirm the changes and subsequently adjust the prompts accordingly within 24 hours.

User receives a confirmation message after successfully submitting feedback on an action prompt.

Given a user submits feedback on an action prompt, when the feedback is successfully recorded, then a confirmation message should be displayed indicating successful submission.

User deletes feedback on a previously submitted action prompt.

Given a user has submitted feedback, when they choose to delete their feedback, then that feedback should no longer appear in the feedback history and should be confirmed as deleted.

Analytics Dashboard Integration

"As a dashboard user, I want to see analytics on how effective the action prompts are so that I can assess their impact on my decision-making processes."

Description

The Analytics Dashboard Integration will incorporate a dedicated section within the DataFuse dashboard that displays insights related to the effectiveness of the Smart Action Prompts. This feature will allow users to visualize engagement metrics, success rates of actions taken based on prompts, and areas for improvement. By providing users with a clear understanding of how effective the prompts are in facilitating their decision-making processes, this requirement supports ongoing refinement of the feature and enhances overall user satisfaction.

Acceptance Criteria

User navigates to the Analytics Dashboard to review the effectiveness of Smart Action Prompts after a week of usage.

Given the user has logged into DataFuse and accessed the Analytics Dashboard, When the user views the Smart Action Prompts section, Then the section should display engagement metrics including the number of prompts presented, actions taken, and user responses as a structured overview.

User interacts with the insights provided by the Analytics Dashboard for the Smart Action Prompts to determine areas for improvement.

Given the user is viewing the Analytics Dashboard, When the user selects an insight related to success rates, Then the system should provide detailed views into individual action outcomes, highlighting both successful and unsuccessful actions based on the prompts.

User receives a weekly summary on the effectiveness of Smart Action Prompts through the Analytics Dashboard.

Given the current week has ended, When the user logs into the Analytics Dashboard, Then they should receive a weekly summary notification that outlines engagement metrics, prompt success rates, and overall trends in decision-making.

User wants to filter insights related to Smart Action Prompts based on specific time frames.

Given the user is on the Analytics Dashboard, When the user selects a specific date range using the filter options, Then the displayed insights should refresh to reflect only those engagements and outcomes that fall within the selected time frame.

User is reviewing the data on the effectiveness of Smart Action Prompts to present to their team in a meeting.

Given the user has accessed the Analytics Dashboard, When the user views the effectiveness metrics, Then they should be able to export the data into a report format that includes charts and graphs for easy presentation during the team meeting.

Admin reviews user feedback regarding the Smart Action Prompts while analyzing the performance metrics in the Analytics Dashboard.

Given the admin has accessed the Analytics Dashboard, When they view the section on user feedback, Then feedback should be grouped by action types and linked to the corresponding metrics, providing a holistic view of user sentiment and performance.

Custom AI Insights

Custom AI Insights allows users to set preferences for the types of insights they want to receive based on their business goals. This personalization helps tailor recommendations, ensuring that users receive the most relevant and impactful information that aligns with their specific objectives.

Requirements

User Preference Setup

"As a small business owner, I want to set specific preferences for the AI insights I receive so that I can align the recommendations with my business goals and make informed decisions that drive growth."

Description

The User Preference Setup requirement focuses on enabling users to define and customize their preferences for AI insights. This functionality includes options for selecting key performance indicators (KPIs), data sources, and types of insights that align with individual business objectives. By allowing users to personalize their experience, this requirement increases the relevance and actionability of insights received. The User Preference Setup will also integrate seamlessly into the DataFuse dashboard, allowing users to easily navigate and modify their preferences as their business needs evolve. This ensures that users are continuously empowered with the most pertinent information, enhancing strategic decision-making and operational effectiveness.

Acceptance Criteria

User is setting up their preferences for AI insights to receive tailored recommendations based on their specific business goals.

Given the user is logged into DataFuse, when they navigate to the User Preference Setup section, then they should see options to select KPIs, data sources, and types of insights available for customization.

User selects their preferred KPIs and sets them for receiving custom AI insights.

Given the user has accessed the User Preference Setup, when they select KPIs from the provided list and save their preferences, then the system should confirm the preferences have been successfully saved and display the selected KPIs.

User modifies their preferences for AI insights as their business objectives change.

Given the user has previously set up their AI insights preferences, when they revisit the User Preference Setup, then they should be able to modify their selected KPIs, data sources, and types of insights without issues.

User attempts to reset their preferences for AI insights to default settings.

Given the user is in the User Preference Setup, when they choose the option to reset preferences to default, then the system should restore all settings back to preset default values and notify the user of the reset.

User tries to view the recommendations provided by the AI based on their selected preferences.

Given the user has successfully set their preferences, when they access the analytics dashboard, then the AI should display insights and recommendations that reflect the user's defined preferences and objectives.

User needs help understanding how to set up their preferences for AI insights.

Given the user is on the User Preference Setup page, when they click on the help icon or FAQ section, then they should see a comprehensive guide that explains how to set up and customize their preferences effectively.

Real-time Insight Delivery

"As a data analyst, I want to receive real-time alerts for insights that match my preferences so that I can act quickly and capitalize on emerging trends before they change."

Description

The Real-time Insight Delivery requirement ensures that the personalized AI insights are delivered to users immediately after being generated. This feature leverages cloud-based technologies to process data in real-time, providing users with the most up-to-date information relevant to their custom preferences. The delivery mechanism will include notifications within the platform and potential integration with email alerts or mobile notifications, ensuring that users are alerted about critical insights without delay. This timely access to insights is paramount in enabling users to react swiftly to trends and anomalies in their data, ultimately supporting proactive decision-making.

Acceptance Criteria

User receives personalized AI insights immediately upon their generation based on defined preferences.

Given a user has set their preference for AI insights, When new data relevant to those preferences is processed, Then the user should receive a notification within the platform and an optional email alert within 1 minute of the insight being generated.

Multiple users receive actionable insights simultaneously without delay.

Given multiple users have different insights preferences set, When relevant data is processed, Then each user should receive their personalized insights notifications simultaneously and with no more than a 1-minute delay after generation.

The user can configure notification settings for insights delivery.

Given a user is in the settings section, When they adjust their notification preferences, Then the changes should be saved and reflected for all future insights without reverting, and the user should receive a confirmation message.

Users can access their historical insights within the platform.

Given the user is viewing the insights dashboard, When they select the historical insights tab, Then they should see a list of past insights delivered, along with date and time of delivery, sorted by relevance.

Emergency alerts for critical insights are delivered effectively.

Given a critical insight is generated, When the system recognizes the urgency based on the user’s settings, Then the user should receive an immediate push notification on their mobile device and an email alert within 30 seconds of generation.

Users can test the effectiveness of insight delivery preferences.

Given a user has different preferences set for AI insights delivery, When they conduct a test using the 'Test Insight Delivery' feature, Then they should receive multiple test notifications according to their specific settings without delays within 5 minutes.

AI Training for Custom Insights

"As a frequent user of DataFuse, I want the system to learn from my feedback about the insights provided so that I receive increasingly accurate and relevant recommendations tailored to my evolving needs."

Description

The AI Training for Custom Insights requirement involves developing algorithms that learn from user interactions, choices, and feedback to refine the AI's recommendations over time. This entails building a machine learning model that continuously adapts based on the relevance of the insights provided and user satisfaction ratings. This feature will not only personalize the insights further but also improve their accuracy and impact. Additionally, the training component will allow users to provide feedback on insights received, facilitating a learning loop that ultimately enhances the quality of the AI-driven recommendations within the platform.

Acceptance Criteria

User preferences are set for receiving insights based on business goals.

Given a user has logged into DataFuse, when they navigate to the 'Custom AI Insights' settings and select their business goals preferences, then the system should successfully save these preferences and reflect the updated choices in the insights provided.

User feedback is collected after receiving AI insights.

Given a user has received AI insights, when they provide feedback on the relevance and usefulness of those insights, then the feedback should be accurately recorded in the system and used to adjust future recommendations accordingly.

AI model accurately adapts to user interactions over time.

Given a user interacts with the AI insights on multiple occasions, when they consistently rate the insights and adjust preferences, then the AI model should exhibit an observable increase in the relevance of the insights over a defined number of iterations of user interaction.

System handles scenarios where no preference is set by the user.

Given a user has not set any preferences for insights, when they access the Custom AI Insights feature, then the system should provide a default set of insights based on general analytics without any errors or performance issues.

User receives actionable insights that align with their set preferences.

Given a user has set specific preferences for their AI insights, when the user accesses the insights dashboard, then the system should display insights that are tailored to those preferences, demonstrating relevance based on user-defined goals.

Training data is updated based on user interactions and feedback.

Given a user provides feedback on multiple insights, when the feedback is submitted, then the training data should be updated in the AI model within an acceptable time frame, ensuring the AI learns from this new data input.

Performance metrics for the AI recommendations are monitored.

Given the AI has been in operation for a defined period, when a report on the accuracy and relevance of the insights generated is requested, then the report should reflect metrics showing at least a 75% satisfaction rating from user feedback.

Forecasting Assistant

Forecasting Assistant utilizes predictive analytics to project future performance based on current and historical data. By providing users with estimated outcomes and scenarios, this feature enhances strategic planning and helps organizations prepare for various possibilities in their business landscape.

Requirements

Predictive Scenario Generator

"As a business analyst, I want to generate multiple predictive scenarios so that I can understand the potential impacts of different business strategies and make informed recommendations to my management team."

Description

The Predictive Scenario Generator feature provides users with the ability to generate various potential business outcomes based on specific inputs and historical data. This requirement will utilize advanced algorithms to analyze past trends, allowing users to create different scenarios such as best case, worst case, and most likely outcomes. By enabling businesses to visualize potential future states, it enhances strategic planning and prepares organizations for various possibilities. It integrates seamlessly with existing data sources, ensuring that the projections are grounded in real-time data, thereby improving decision-making efficacy and risk management.

Acceptance Criteria

User generates multiple forecasting scenarios based on varying historical data inputs for a quarterly performance review.

Given the user accesses the Predictive Scenario Generator, when they input historical data and select scenario parameters (best case, worst case, most likely), then they should see a set of generated outcomes displayed with relevant metrics (e.g., revenue, expenses, net profit).

A user tests the Predictive Scenario Generator with different historical datasets to validate the accuracy of generated outcomes.

Given the user selects a specific historical dataset and runs the scenario generator, when they compare the generated outcomes to actual performance data from the same period, then the accuracy of the outcomes should be within a 10% margin of actual results.

User integrates the Predictive Scenario Generator with existing data sources to ensure real-time data is reflected in scenario predictions.

Given the user connects the Predictive Scenario Generator to live data sources, when they generate a new scenario, then the output should reflect the most current data available from all connected sources without any delay.

A user saves a forecasting scenario for future reference and retrieves it for later analysis.

Given the user has generated and saved a forecasting scenario, when they navigate to the saved scenarios section, then the saved scenario should be listed with an option to view or edit the details.

A user collaborates with team members to refine a generated forecasting scenario by adding comments and adjustments.

Given the user is viewing a generated scenario, when they add comments and suggest adjustments, then the changes should be visible to all team members in real-time, and a notification should be sent to all collaborators.

User generates a forecast and exports the results as a PDF report for presentation.

Given the user generates a forecast using the Predictive Scenario Generator, when they choose the export option, then they should successfully download a PDF report that includes all metrics and visualizations related to the generated scenario.

A user looks for help or guidance within the Predictive Scenario Generator to understand how to use its features.

Given the user accesses the help section within the Predictive Scenario Generator, when they search for guidance on specific functionalities, then they should receive relevant articles or tooltips that accurately explain how to use those features.

Automated Reporting

"As a project manager, I want to receive automated reports on forecasting outcomes so that I can quickly access key insights without spending time on manual data compilation."

Description

The Automated Reporting requirement facilitates the generation of comprehensive reports summarizing predictive analytics findings, including trends, insights, and scenario-based forecasts. This feature will automatically compile necessary data and present it in a visually appealing format that is easy to understand for stakeholders. By streamlining the reporting process, organizations can save time and ensure that critical insights derived from the Forecasting Assistant are quickly communicated to decision-makers. The reports can be customized based on user preferences, enhancing their relevance and usability within the organization.

Acceptance Criteria

User is logged into DataFuse and navigates to the Forecasting Assistant dashboard to generate an automated report.

Given the user has access to the Forecasting Assistant, When they select the 'Generate Report' button, Then an automated report summarizing predictive analytics findings is generated within 10 seconds and displayed on the dashboard.

User customizes the automated report by adding specific parameters based on their reporting needs.

Given the user is on the automated report configuration page, When they adjust filters such as date range, data sources, and metrics, Then the system allows the user to save their custom parameters for future reports.

User wants to download the automated report in various formats for distribution.

Given the user has generated an automated report, When they select the 'Download' option, Then they can download the report in PDF, Excel, and CSV formats without any data loss, and the download completes successfully within 5 seconds.

Stakeholders wish to receive automated email notifications containing the generated reports.

Given the user has set up email preferences in DataFuse, When the automated report is generated, Then stakeholders receive an email containing the report as an attachment within 15 minutes of report generation.

A user accesses a previously generated automated report from the report archive.

Given the user is on the reports archive page, When they search for a specific report by date range or project name, Then the correct report should be retrievable and openable within 5 seconds.

The system needs to ensure that the data visualizations within the report are accurate and reflect the latest analytics.

Given the user views the generated report, When they compare the data visualizations with the Forecasting Assistant’s output, Then the figures in the report must match the output displayed in the Forecasting Assistant with a 100% accuracy rate.

Collaboration Tools Integration

"As a team member, I want to share forecasting insights through our collaboration platform so that my colleagues can promptly discuss strategies and actions based on the latest data."

Description

The Collaboration Tools Integration requirement allows teams to share insights and forecasts generated by the Forecasting Assistant seamlessly within popular collaboration platforms such as Slack, Microsoft Teams, or email. By integrating communication tools, team members can easily discuss and collaborate on predictive outcomes, improving collective decision-making processes. This feature will include real-time notifications and the ability to tag specific users for discussions, ensuring that important information is highlighted and shared promptly, thereby fostering a more collaborative work environment.

Acceptance Criteria

Integration of Collaboration Tools for Forecast Sharing

Given a user is logged into DataFuse, when they generate a forecast using the Forecasting Assistant, then they can share this forecast directly to Slack, Microsoft Teams, or via email with a single click.

Real-Time Notifications for Collaboration Tool Integrations

Given a user shares a forecast in a collaboration tool, when a team member comments on that forecast, then all users tagged in the forecast receive a real-time notification.

Tagging Users in Collaborative Discussions

Given a user is viewing a forecast shared in a collaboration tool, when they tag another user in the comments, then the tagged user receives a notification and can see the comment thread in their respective collaboration platform.

Visibility of Shared Forecasts in Collaboration Tools

Given a forecast has been shared in a collaboration tool, when a user accesses that tool, then they should see the forecast with an accurate timestamp and the list of users who have viewed it.

Access Control for Forecast Sharing

Given a forecast is shared, when another user attempts to access it via collaboration tools, then they should only be able to view the forecast if they are part of the original share or appropriately tagged.

Historical Access to Shared Forecasts

Given a forecast was shared in a collaboration tool, when a user searches for past shared forecasts, then they should be able to see all shared forecasts with their corresponding shared date and comments related to those forecasts.

Integration Setup for Collaboration Tools

Given an admin is setting up integrations in DataFuse, when they connect a collaboration tool, then they should be guided through a step-by-step process that confirms successful integration before enabling users to share forecasts.

User-defined Variables

"As a data scientist, I want to define variables that influence forecasting so that I can tailor predictions to better fit our unique market conditions and improve decision-making accuracy."

Description

The User-defined Variables requirement allows users to set customized parameters to refine the predictive analytics output according to specific business needs. By enabling users to specify variables such as market trends, seasonal influences, or unique business conditions, the forecasting tool becomes more adaptable and relevant for individual organizations. This customization ensures that the forecasts reflect user-defined priorities and expectations, thus improving the accuracy and applicability of the predictive analysis in making strategic decisions.

Acceptance Criteria

User customizes variables for market trends to gauge potential revenue growth.

Given the user accesses the User-defined Variables feature, when they input specific market trend data and save the changes, then the forecasting tool should reflect these variables in the predictive analytics output.

User adjusts seasonal influences to improve forecast accuracy for holiday sales.

Given the user navigates to the seasonal influences section, when they define expected seasonal trends and apply them, then the forecasts should adjust to incorporate these seasonal effects.

User sets unique business conditions to analyze the impact on future performance.

Given the user accesses the custom conditions interface, when they enter specific business scenarios and save, then the forecasting tool should utilize these conditions to modify predictions accordingly.

User wants to view the impact of changing variables on forecasting results.

Given the user has customized multiple variables, when they select a preview option, then the system should display a comparative report of forecasts reflecting the original and adjusted variables side by side.

User requires validation of inputted variables to ensure data integrity.

Given the user enters variables that do not meet predefined criteria (e.g., out of range, invalid formats), when they attempt to save, then the system should prompt an error message detailing the input issues before saving can proceed.

User seeks to save variable presets for future use.

Given the user has customized variables, when they select the option to save presets, then the system should allow them to name and store the settings for future selection without needing to re-enter data.

Sensitivity Analysis

"As a risk manager, I want to perform sensitivity analyses on forecasts to understand potential variations in outcomes and to prepare contingency plans for various scenarios."

Description

The Sensitivity Analysis feature will enable users to assess how different variables impact the forecasts generated by the Forecasting Assistant. By conducting sensitivity analyses, users can identify which factors have the most significant influence on predictions, allowing for smarter strategic adjustments. This requirement is crucial for organizations to understand the variability of their forecasts and mitigate risks associated with unforeseen changes in key parameters. The analyses will be presented in user-friendly visuals that highlight the impact of changes in variables on predicted outcomes.

Acceptance Criteria

User conducts a sensitivity analysis on various forecasting models to understand how variable changes impact predictive outcomes.

Given a set of forecasting data, when the user adjusts the variable parameters, then the system should display corresponding changes in the forecast outcomes visually and numerically, ensuring clarity in the impact of each variable.

User needs to view the results of a sensitivity analysis conducted on the Forecasting Assistant for strategic decision-making.

Given the completion of a sensitivity analysis, when the user accesses the results, then the user should be presented with a visual dashboard displaying key insights and interactive components to further analyze specific variables' impacts.

User wants to compare the impact of multiple variables on forecast results within the sensitivity analysis feature before making strategic plans.

Given multiple variables selected for analysis, when the user runs the sensitivity analysis, then the system should output a comparative visual that highlights the degree of impact of each variable on forecast predictions.

User is exploring what-if scenarios through sensitivity analysis in the Forecasting Assistant to prepare for potential business changes.

Given a set of predefined scenarios, when the user runs the sensitivity analysis, then the system should generate a report detailing changes in forecasts based on the selected what-if variables, making it easy for users to draw conclusions.

User conducts a sensitivity analysis to present to stakeholders in a decision-making meeting.

Given the completion of the sensitivity analysis, when the user exports the findings, then the output should be in a presentation-ready format that includes charts, graphs, and key insights clearly laid out for stakeholder discussions.

Recommendation Feedback Loop

The Recommendation Feedback Loop allows users to provide feedback on the AI-generated recommendations. This feature ensures continuous improvement of the algorithm's accuracy over time, tailoring future insights to better align with user preferences, goals, and industry changes.

Requirements

User Feedback Submission

"As a user of DataFuse, I want to easily submit feedback on the AI-generated recommendations so that I can help improve the accuracy and usefulness of the insights provided for my business decisions."

Description

The User Feedback Submission requirement allows users to easily submit their feedback on the AI-generated recommendations provided by the platform. This functionality includes a user-friendly interface that prompts users to rate recommendations, add comments, and select categories of feedback (e.g., helpful, not helpful, needs improvement). Collecting structured feedback will enable DataFuse to capture user sentiments effectively and will aid in identifying patterns and common issues that need addressing. This requirement is crucial for implementing a feedback mechanism that informs the AI model's learning process, ultimately improving the accuracy and relevance of recommendations. By integrating feedback channels directly within the platform, users feel engaged and empowered in their data-driven journey, enhancing trust in the AI services offered by DataFuse.

Acceptance Criteria

User Feedback Submission for AI Recommendations on Marketing Insights

Given a user receives an AI-generated recommendation, when they access the feedback interface, then they should be able to rate the recommendation with a scale from 1 to 5, add a comment, and select a category of feedback.

User Feedback Submission for AI Recommendations on Sales Forecasts

Given a user evaluates an AI-generated sales forecast recommendation, when they submit their feedback, then the system should capture the rating, comment, and category, and confirm submission with a success message.

User Feedback Submission Access from Recommendation Dashboard

Given the user is on the recommendation dashboard, when they click on a specific recommendation, then the feedback submission form should open without any technical errors, allowing the user to enter and submit their feedback.

Data Display of Submitted User Feedback

Given multiple users submit feedback on recommendations, when an admin views the feedback reports, then the summary should display average ratings, common comments, and categorized feedback without discrepancies.

User Experience for Feedback Editing

Given a user has submitted feedback, when they access their previously submitted feedback, then they should be able to edit their rating and comments, and see the changes reflected immediately upon resubmission.

Feedback Categories and Their Definitions

Given the feedback categories available for user selection, when a user clicks on the help icon, then the system should display a clear definition for each feedback category.

Email Notification for Feedback Submission Confirmation

Given a user has submitted feedback on an AI recommendation, when the submission is successful, then the user should receive a confirmation email containing their feedback summary.

Feedback Analysis Dashboard

"As a product manager at DataFuse, I want to access a dashboard that visualizes user feedback on AI recommendations so that I can make data-driven decisions to improve our algorithm's performance over time."

Description

The Feedback Analysis Dashboard requirement entails the development of a dedicated dashboard that aggregates and visualizes feedback data from users. This dashboard will display key metrics such as overall feedback ratings, trends over time, and categories of feedback. The analytics will include filters to segment feedback by various parameters, such as timeframe, recommendation type, and user demographics. This capability will allow the DataFuse team to quickly assess the effectiveness of AI recommendations, recognize areas for enhancement, and prioritize adjustments based on actionable insights. By leveraging this dashboard, stakeholders can make informed decisions regarding updates to the AI model and foster an iterative improvement process that responds to user needs.

Acceptance Criteria

User accesses the Feedback Analysis Dashboard to review feedback data on AI-generated recommendations after a recent campaign launch.

Given a user has logged into DataFuse, when they navigate to the Feedback Analysis Dashboard, then they should see a visual representation of feedback data, including overall ratings and trends over time.

An analyst filters feedback data on the dashboard by recommendation type to assess which recommendations received the most positive feedback.

Given a user is on the Feedback Analysis Dashboard, when they apply a filter for recommendation type, then only feedback relevant to that specific recommendation type should be displayed.

A stakeholder wants to export the filtered feedback data for a presentation to highlight user satisfaction and feedback trends.

Given a user has filtered data displayed on the Feedback Analysis Dashboard, when they select the export option, then a CSV file containing the filtered data should be generated for download.

The system aggregates feedback data from multiple users and calculates average ratings for different timeframes.

Given a user is viewing the Feedback Analysis Dashboard, when they select a specific timeframe, then the dashboard should display average ratings calculated from user feedback within that timeframe.

A user wants to visualize trends in feedback over the past three months to identify patterns in user satisfaction with AI recommendations.

Given a user is on the Feedback Analysis Dashboard, when they select a three-month view, then the dashboard should show a graphical representation of feedback trends over the chosen period.

The DataFuse team examines user demographic data to understand preferences better and improve recommendations.

Given a user is on the Feedback Analysis Dashboard, when they select demographic filters, then the dashboard should display segmented feedback that corresponds to the selected demographics.

Automated Feedback Loop Integration

"As a data scientist, I want the feedback from users to automatically influence the AI training process so that the recommendations can evolve in real-time with user needs and preferences."

Description

The Automated Feedback Loop Integration requirement focuses on creating a seamless process for integrating user feedback directly into the AI training pipeline. This process would utilize machine learning techniques to analyze incoming feedback and adjust recommendation algorithms dynamically, improving accuracy based on user inputs. The system should prioritize feedback based on frequency and severity, ensuring that the most critical issues are addressed promptly. This capability is essential for maintaining a high level of relevance in insights provided by DataFuse, as it will automate the responsiveness of the AI model to user preferences and industry trends, fostering an adaptive learning environment.

Acceptance Criteria

User submits feedback on the AI-generated recommendations after receiving insights from the DataFuse dashboard for a specific marketing campaign.

Given the user is on the feedback page, when they select a recommendation and provide feedback, then the feedback should be recorded in the system and acknowledged immediately.

The system analyzes the received feedback based on frequency and severity to prioritize it for the training algorithm.

Given the system has received multiple feedback responses, when it processes the feedback, then it should prioritize feedback with the highest severity and frequency for model improvement.

Feedback provided by users should reflect in the AI recommendations within the next training cycle of the algorithm.

Given the user has submitted feedback, when the next training cycle is initiated, then the AI recommendations should reflect the changes informed by the received feedback.

Users can view a summary of the implemented changes from their feedback on the dashboard.

Given a user accesses the feedback summary section, when changes have been implemented based on their feedback, then they should see a report detailing the adjustments made to AI recommendations.

The system should ensure that the feedback loop operates without manual intervention to maintain an automated process.

Given the automated feedback system is active, when new user feedback is submitted, then the feedback should automatically trigger updates to the training pipeline without requiring manual input.

Users receive notification when their feedback leads to significant adjustments in the AI's recommendations.

Given the user has provided feedback that resulted in important changes, when the changes are implemented, then the user should receive a notification detailing the modifications made based on their input.

The feedback processing system should adapt its learning rate based on the volume of feedback received over time.

Given varying amounts of feedback data, when the system receives an unusually high volume of feedback, then it should adjust its learning rate accordingly to incorporate the feedback efficiently into the training model.

User Education and Support Materials

"As a user of DataFuse, I want to access clear and informative resources on providing feedback on AI recommendations so that I can maximize my contribution to improving the insights I receive."

Description

The User Education and Support Materials requirement involves creating comprehensive documentation and support resources which guide users on how to provide feedback effectively. This will include FAQs, step-by-step guides, video tutorials, and in-platform tooltips that explain the feedback process and its importance. Effective user education is vital for maximizing the participation rates in the feedback loop, ensuring that users understand how to articulate their experiences with recommendations to enhance product improvement. With these resources, users will feel more confident in their ability to contribute valuable insights, leading to richer and more constructive feedback.

Acceptance Criteria

User attempts to access the feedback documentation within the platform.

Given the user is logged in to DataFuse, when they navigate to the 'Help' section and click on 'Feedback Documentation', then they should be able to view a clear and comprehensive guide on providing feedback on recommendations.

User views video tutorials about how to give feedback on AI recommendations.

Given the user is on the feedback documentation page, when they select the 'Video Tutorials' section, then they should see at least three videos demonstrating how to provide feedback effectively, with clear, high-quality visuals and sound.

User interacts with tooltips while providing feedback on recommendations.

Given the user is on the feedback submission form, when they hover over each field, then informative tooltips should display, explaining what information is needed and why it is important for improving AI recommendations.

User accesses the FAQ section to understand the feedback process better.

Given the user has navigated to the FAQ section regarding feedback, when they search for 'how to give feedback', then they should find a relevant FAQ that outlines common questions and answers about the feedback process.

User submits feedback and receives confirmation that their input was received.

Given the user has completed the feedback submission form, when they click 'Submit', then they should see a confirmation message indicating their feedback has been received successfully.

User reviews the feedback statistics to see how their input has influenced AI recommendations.

Given the user has submitted feedback in the past, when they navigate to the 'My Feedback' section, then they should see a summary of their feedback contributions and how it has impacted AI recommendation adjustments over time.

Feedback Notification System

"As a user who provides feedback, I want to receive acknowledgment of my input and updates on its impact so that I feel valued and motivated to continue providing insights for improvement."

Description

The Feedback Notification System requirement is designed to inform users when their feedback has been received and taken into consideration in the recommendation process. It will include an automated email or in-app notification system that acknowledges user submissions and provides updates on how feedback is being utilized to improve recommendations. This transparency enhances user engagement and trust, as users will see the direct impact of their contributions. Additionally, this feature will foster ongoing communication with users, inviting them to continue participating in the feedback loop.

Acceptance Criteria

User submits feedback through the DataFuse platform regarding AI-generated recommendations.

Given a user submits feedback, when the submission is successful, then an automated email notification should be sent to the user acknowledging receipt of their feedback.

User wants to check the status of their feedback after submitting it.

Given a user accesses their feedback history, when viewing the submitted feedback, then the user should see a status update indicating how their feedback is being utilized in the recommendation process.

User receives feedback on their feedback submissions.

Given a user has provided feedback multiple times, when the user opens their email or in-app notifications, then they should see updates on how their previous feedback has been incorporated into the recommendation system.

User wants to ensure they continue receiving updates on their feedback submissions.

Given a user opts in for notifications, when feedback is submitted, then the user should receive ongoing notifications related to the feedback they provided, at least once a month.

User interacts with the platform dashboard to engage with recent feedback insights.

Given a user logs into the DataFuse platform, when checking the dashboard, then the user should see a dedicated section for recent feedback insights and recommendations generated from user feedback.

An administrator wants to analyze feedback system performance.

Given the admin accesses the feedback system analytics, when analyzing the data, then they should see metrics indicating user engagement levels and the impact of user feedback on recommendation accuracy.

Collaborative Insights

Collaborative Insights enables teams to share and discuss AI-generated recommendations within the platform. This feature fosters a collaborative environment where team members can weigh in on suggested actions, leading to more informed and collective decision-making across departments.

Requirements

AI Recommendations Sharing

"As a team member, I want to share and discuss AI-generated recommendations with my colleagues so that we can make informed decisions collectively and leverage each other’s insights."

Description

This requirement involves the ability for teams to easily share AI-generated recommendations within the DataFuse platform. The functionality should allow users to post insights directly from the AI engine to a shared space, where colleagues can comment, discuss, and vote on the appropriateness of the suggested actions. This feature enhances collaboration by ensuring that all team members have access to the same information, thereby facilitating a collective decision-making process. Integrating this functionality into the existing dashboard will streamline communication around data insights and improve the overall efficiency of strategy development.

Acceptance Criteria

User sharing AI-generated recommendations with their team in a collaborative workspace.

Given a user has generated AI recommendations, When they select a recommendation and choose to share it, Then the recommendation should be posted in the shared space with a timestamp and the user's name.

Team members commenting on shared AI recommendations in real time.

Given a shared AI recommendation is posted, When a team member opens the post, Then they should be able to add comments that are visible to all users with access to the shared space.

Collaborative discussions around AI recommendations involve voting on suggestions by team members.

Given a shared AI recommendation, When team members see the option to vote, Then they should be able to vote up or down on the recommendation and the total vote count should update in real-time.

Visibility and access to shared AI recommendations are limited to authorized team members.

Given a team member tries to access the shared AI recommendations space, When they are not authorized, Then they should receive a message indicating they do not have permission to view the content.

AI recommendations can be edited before sharing them.

Given a user has an AI-generated recommendation, When they choose to edit the recommendation, Then the user should be able to modify the content before sharing it in the collaborative space.

Notifications are sent to team members when new AI recommendations are shared.

Given a new AI recommendation is shared in the collaborative workspace, When the recommendation is posted, Then all members of the team should receive a notification alerting them of the new recommendation in real-time.

Commenting System for Insights

"As a user, I want to comment on AI recommendations so that I can express my thoughts or concerns, helping my team evaluate the insights critically."

Description

The commenting system allows users to provide feedback on AI-generated insights. Users can add comments, make suggestions, or ask questions regarding the recommendations presented. This requirement is essential to foster a two-way communication process where insights are not just shared, but are also critically evaluated and enhanced through peer feedback. Integrating this feature into the Collaborative Insights section will create an interactive space for teams to engage more deeply with the data and facilitate a more robust analysis before final decisions are made.

Acceptance Criteria

User adds a comment on an AI-generated insight.

Given a user views an AI-generated insight, when the user adds a comment and submits it, then the comment should be displayed under the corresponding insight immediately without any refresh required.

User edits an existing comment on an AI-generated insight.

Given a user has previously commented on an AI-generated insight, when the user edits the comment and submits the changes, then the updated comment should replace the old comment and be displayed accurately.

User deletes their own comment on an AI-generated insight.

Given a user has commented on an AI-generated insight, when the user selects the delete option for their comment, then the comment should be removed from the system and no longer visible under the insight.

User receives notifications for replies to their comments.

Given a user has commented on an AI-generated insight, when another user replies to their comment, then the original commenter should receive a notification about the reply in their notifications panel.

Multiple users collaborate by commenting on the same AI-generated insight.

Given multiple users are viewing the same AI-generated insight, when one user comments and another user comments simultaneously, then both comments should be shown in real-time without conflict.

User can view all comments associated with an AI-generated insight.

Given a user views an AI-generated insight, when the user scrolls down to the comments section, then all comments made by all users on that insight should be visible and correctly attributed to the respective users.

User can toggle the visibility of comments on an insight.

Given a user is viewing an AI-generated insight, when the user selects the option to hide or show comments, then the comments section should either be collapsed or expanded accordingly without any error.

Notification System for New Insights

"As a user, I want to receive notifications about new AI recommendations and comments so that I can stay updated and engage with my team promptly."

Description

This requirement outlines the need for a notification system that alerts users to new AI-generated recommendations and comments on shared insights. The notifications will pop up or send an alert through the platform to ensure team members are timely informed about updates, promoting active participation in collaborative discussions. Implementing this feature will help maintain engagement and keep the team informed, ensuring that no critical recommendations or discussions are missed during the decision-making process.

Acceptance Criteria

User receives a notification for a new AI-generated recommendation while logged into DataFuse.

Given the user is logged into DataFuse, when a new AI-generated recommendation is created, then the user receives a pop-up notification on their dashboard within 5 seconds.

User receives a notification about comments made on a shared insight.

Given a shared insight has received new comments, when the user is logged into DataFuse, then the user receives an alert indicating the new comments in the notification panel.

User can customize notification settings for different types of insights.

Given the user is on the notification settings page, when they adjust the settings for AI-generated recommendations and comments, then those preferences are saved and applied correctly upon the next notification trigger.

Users can dismiss notifications without losing track of the insights.

Given the user has received a notification, when the user clicks 'Dismiss' on the notification, then the notification should be removed and not appear again until a new recommendation or comment is generated.

The notification delivery system should not impact the performance of the DataFuse platform.

Given the DataFuse platform is running, when multiple notifications for new insights are generated simultaneously, then the platform should maintain a response time of under 2 seconds for user interactions.

Users can view a history of notifications related to insights and recommendations.

Given the user accesses the notification history section, when they navigate to this section, then they should see a list of all past notifications with timestamps and the nature of the alerts.

Version Control for Recommendations

"As a team member, I want to track changes made to AI recommendations over time so that I can understand the evolution of our decisions and revisit past insights if necessary."

Description

The version control feature will allow teams to track changes made to AI-generated recommendations over time. This includes the ability to view prior versions and see what changes were made and when. The main benefit of this requirement is to enhance accountability and clarity regarding the evolution of ideas and decisions. It helps teams to retrace their steps if needed and ensures a clear understanding of how recommendations developed, fostering a more transparent decision-making process.

Acceptance Criteria

Version History View for Recommendations

Given a user accesses the version control feature, when they select a specific recommendation, then they should see a list of all previous versions of that recommendation with timestamps and user information.

Change Tracking for Recommendations

Given a user views a specific version of a recommendation, when they click on the 'View Changes' button, then they should see a detailed comparison of changes made between the selected version and the previous version, highlighting additions and deletions.

User Access Levels for Version Control

Given an administrator manages user roles, when a user attempts to access the version control feature, then they should be granted access only if their role is authorized for viewing recommendation changes.

Retracing Recommendations Workflow

Given a team is analyzing past recommendations, when they select a specific version to restore, then the system should allow users to revert to that prior version and confirm the action with a modal dialogue.

Notification of Changes in Recommendations

Given a team member updates a recommendation, when the update is saved, then all relevant team members should receive a notification about the change via email and in-platform alerts.

Audit Log of Version Changes

Given an admin views the audit log, when they filter for a specific recommendation, then they should see all changes made to that recommendation, including what was changed, by whom, and when.

Collaboration Comments on Version Updates

Given a team member is viewing a recommendation's version history, when they select a version, then they should be able to add comments or notes regarding that version, which are saved and accessible for future reference.

User Access Controls for Insights

"As a manager, I want to set user access controls on AI recommendations so that I can ensure sensitive information is only shared with authorized team members, maintaining data confidentiality."

Description

This requirement specifies the need for user access controls to manage who can view, comment on, or share AI-generated recommendations. The ability to set permissions will enhance the security and confidentiality of sensitive insights and ensure that discussions remain focused and relevant to particular teams or projects. This feature is crucial for compliance with data governance policies while still enabling collaboration where appropriate.

Acceptance Criteria

As a project manager, I need to configure user permissions for team members to control who can view AI-generated insights relevant to our project, ensuring sensitive information is only accessible to authorized personnel.

Given that the project manager is on the User Access Controls page, when they set user permissions, then only selected team members should have the ability to view the AI-generated insights.

As a team member, I want to comment on AI-generated recommendations, but only if I have permission to do so, to ensure comments are relevant to my team's actions and discussions.

Given that a team member is viewing an AI-generated insight, when they attempt to comment, then they should be able to comment only if their user permissions allow it.

As a compliance officer, I need to ensure that sensitive insights are only shared with authorized departments to maintain data governance policy requirements.

Given that a compliance officer reviews user permissions, when I check the access control settings, then the system should clearly list all users with defined permissions related to the sensitive insights.

As a department lead, I need to share AI-generated insights with my team while ensuring that other departments cannot access this information to maintain focus on our specific objectives.

Given that the department lead is sharing an insight, when the lead selects the team for sharing, then only members from that specific department should receive access to the insight.

As an administrator, I need to review and modify user access controls to ensure they remain aligned with the current team structure and responsibilities.

Given that the administrator accesses the User Access Controls, when they modify the permissions for a user, then the changes should be reflected in real-time in the access settings.

As a user, I need to be promptly notified if my access to specific AI-generated insights has been modified to keep me informed of changes that may affect my work.

Given that a user has their access modified, when the changes are saved, then the user should receive an email notification detailing the change in their permissions.

As a business owner, I want to be assured that the access control system effectively mitigates unauthorized access to sensitive AI-generated insights, safeguarding our business information.

Given that unauthorized attempts are made to access restricted insights, when those attempts occur, then the system should log the attempted access and alert the administrator immediately.

Contextual Knowledge Database

Contextual Knowledge Database provides users access to a rich repository of industry standards, best practices, and case studies alongside AI recommendations. This feature ensures users have comprehensive context for implementing suggested actions, optimizing their strategies with informed decisions.

Requirements

AI Recommendation Engine

"As a business analyst, I want personalized AI-driven suggestions so that I can make informed decisions that optimize our operations without extensive data mining."

Description

The AI Recommendation Engine provides users with intelligent suggestions based on their data inputs and interactions within the Contextual Knowledge Database. This feature helps in automating decision-making processes by analyzing trends and delivering customized insights tailored to each user's business context. By leveraging machine learning algorithms, the engine continually learns from user behavior, improving the accuracy and relevance of its recommendations over time. This capability enhances user engagement, drives better decision-making, and ensures that businesses can respond swiftly to changing market dynamics.

Acceptance Criteria

AI Recommendation Engine suggests actions for a user analyzing sales data from last quarter.

Given the user inputs last quarter's sales data into the Contextual Knowledge Database, when they request recommendations, then the AI Recommendation Engine should provide at least three actionable insights based on the analysis of the data.

User checks AI-generated recommendations against industry standards in the Knowledge Database.

Given a user has accessed the Contextual Knowledge Database, when they view the AI-generated recommendations, then they should be able to see supporting industry standard references for each recommendation provided.

The AI Recommendation Engine learns from user interactions to improve future recommendations.

Given that a user interacts with the recommendations and provides feedback, when they check recommendations on a later occasion, then the suggestions should reflect adjustments based on past user behavior and feedback.

User evaluates the effectiveness of the AI recommendations in the Contextual Knowledge Database.

Given that a user has implemented suggestions from the AI Recommendation Engine, when they measure the outcomes using predefined KPIs, then they should see a minimum increase of 10% in performance metrics relevant to the implemented recommendations.

The AI Recommendation Engine updates its knowledge base automatically with new industry insights.

Given there are updates to relevant industry standards and practices, when the AI Recommendation Engine refreshes its database, then it should incorporate the latest information without any user intervention and make this information available for future recommendations.

User gets notified when new relevant AI recommendations are generated.

Given the user has opted in for notifications, when the AI Recommendation Engine generates new recommendations relevant to the user's business context, then the user should receive a timely notification via email or in-app alert.

User customizes their profile to receive tailored AI recommendations.

Given the user inputs specific business goals and context into their profile, when they interact with the AI Recommendation Engine, then the recommendations provided should align closely with their defined goals and context.

Industry Standards Repository

"As a compliance officer, I want access to current industry regulations so that I can ensure our processes are aligned and compliant with legal standards."

Description

The Industry Standards Repository serves as a centralized database containing relevant industry standards, regulations, and compliance guidelines. By integrating this repository into the Contextual Knowledge Database, users will have direct access to up-to-date and authoritative industry information that affects their operations. This feature eliminates the need for external consultations, minimizes compliance risks, and empowers users to align their strategies with the latest regulatory frameworks, thereby enhancing operational integrity and reliability.

Acceptance Criteria

User accesses the Industry Standards Repository through the Contextual Knowledge Database to view compliance guidelines relevant to their industry.

Given a user is logged into DataFuse, when they navigate to the Contextual Knowledge Database and select the Industry Standards Repository, then they should be able to retrieve a list of up-to-date industry standards and compliance guidelines.

A user searches for a specific compliance regulation within the Industry Standards Repository.

Given a user is on the Industry Standards Repository page, when they enter a specific compliance regulation in the search bar and click 'search', then they should see accurate results related to that regulation within 2 seconds.

Users want to download a document from the Industry Standards Repository for offline access.

Given a user is viewing an industry standard document within the Industry Standards Repository, when they click the 'Download' button, then the document should download in PDF format without errors, and the file size should not exceed 5MB.

A user accesses the Industry Standards Repository from a mobile device and views compliance standards.

Given a user accesses DataFuse on a mobile device, when they navigate to the Industry Standards Repository, then the interface should be responsive, and all content should be accessible and readable without zooming in.

An admin updates the Industry Standards Repository with new compliance guidelines.

Given an admin is logged into the DataFuse platform, when they upload new compliance guidelines to the Industry Standards Repository, then the guidelines should be immediately accessible to all users, and a notification should be sent to users about the update.

Users receive AI-driven recommendations based on the compliance guidelines they select from the Industry Standards Repository.

Given a user has selected a specific compliance guideline, when they review the guideline's details, then they should see AI-generated recommendations relevant to the selected guideline displayed prominently in the context of their operational strategies.

The accuracy of the information in the Industry Standards Repository is validated against known regulations.

Given an independent audit of the Industry Standards Repository is conducted, when comparing the repository's content to verified industry standards, then at least 95% of the information should match accurately to ensure compliance integrity.

Best Practices Guidelines

"As a project manager, I want to review best practices from other companies so that I can apply proven strategies that will improve our project outcomes and efficiency."

Description

The Best Practices Guidelines feature presents users with a curated set of best practices derived from case studies and successful strategies employed by industry leaders. By providing contextualized insights and examples, this feature assists users in benchmarking their efforts against proven frameworks, facilitating continuous improvement. Users will benefit from actionable strategies that are relevant to their specific industry and operational challenges, thus enhancing their ability to effectively implement successful initiatives and drive growth.

Acceptance Criteria

As a small business owner, I want to access the Best Practices Guidelines so that I can find industry-specific strategies to improve my operations.

Given that the user accesses the Best Practices Guidelines section, when they select their industry, then the system should display a relevant list of best practices tailored to that industry.

As a user looking for actionable insights, I want to view case studies related to my selected best practice so that I can understand how to implement it effectively.

Given that the user has selected a best practice, when they click on 'View Case Studies', then the system should present at least three relevant case studies demonstrating successful implementation of the practice.

As a team leader, I want to share best practices with my colleagues so that we can collectively enhance our strategies.

Given that the user is viewing a list of best practices, when they select a practice and click on 'Share', then the system should allow sharing via email or collaboration tools with an included link to the practice.

As a data analyst, I want to evaluate the effectiveness of the recommended best practices so that I can measure their impact on our KPIs.

Given that the user has implemented a recommended best practice, when they access the performance analytics dashboard, then they should see a report highlighting measurable changes in relevant KPIs pre- and post-implementation.

As a user, I want to rate the best practices I implement so that the system can refine recommendations based on user feedback.

Given that the user has accessed a best practice, when they complete the implementation, then they should be prompted to rate the practice on a scale of 1 to 5 and provide optional comments, allowing for continuous improvement of the guidelines.

As a new user, I want a brief overview of the Best Practices Guidelines feature so that I can quickly understand its benefits.

Given that the user is in the onboarding process, when they reach the section introducing the Best Practices Guidelines, then the system should display a concise summary highlighting key features and user benefits.

Case Study Analysis Tool

"As a business leader, I want to learn from past case studies so that I can avoid similar pitfalls and replicate successes in our initiatives."

Description

The Case Study Analysis Tool allows users to explore detailed analyses of past business cases that illustrate successes and failures within their industry. Integrating real-world examples and outcomes, this tool enables users to derive valuable lessons and insights essential for making strategic decisions. Such analysis will support a deeper understanding of market behavior and provide a reference point for users to predict potential outcomes based on historical data, ultimately guiding better strategy development and execution.

Acceptance Criteria

User accesses the Case Study Analysis Tool to review a specific case study related to their industry.

Given a user is logged into the DataFuse platform, when they navigate to the Case Study Analysis Tool, then they should be able to select a case study from a list of available studies and view detailed insights and outcomes.

User utilizes the AI recommendations alongside the case studies to formulate a strategy for their business.

Given a user is within the Case Study Analysis Tool, when they have selected a case study, then the system must present relevant AI-generated recommendations based on the selected case study, highlighting potential strategies to consider.

User searches for case studies using various filters to find relevant content quickly.

Given a user is on the Case Study Analysis Tool page, when they apply filters such as industry, success rate, or keywords, then the displayed list of case studies should be dynamically updated to reflect the selected filters.

User assesses the effectiveness of the Case Study Analysis Tool by providing feedback after using it.

Given a user has completed reviewing a case study, when prompted, then they should be able to submit feedback regarding the usefulness of the insights and whether they would recommend this tool to others.

Admin adds new case studies to the Contextual Knowledge Database for user access.

Given an admin is logged into the DataFuse platform, when they navigate to the administrative section for the Case Study Analysis Tool, then they should be able to successfully upload a new case study and preview it before publishing.

User compares two different case studies directly side by side for deeper analysis.

Given a user is in the Case Study Analysis Tool, when they select two case studies to compare, then the system must generate a side-by-side analysis view that includes metrics, outcomes, and lessons learned for each case.

User accesses the Case Study Analysis Tool on a mobile device.

Given a user is using a mobile device to access DataFuse, when they navigate to the Case Study Analysis Tool, then the interface should adapt to provide a responsive layout allowing full functionality similar to the desktop version.

Contextual User Support

"As a new user, I want access to immediate help based on my current task so that I can quickly learn how to navigate the platform without feeling overwhelmed."

Description

The Contextual User Support feature provides on-demand help and support resources directly within the Contextual Knowledge Database. This includes FAQs, tutorials, and user guides tailored to the specific context of the user's current task or query. By delivering contextual assistance, this feature enhances the user experience, reduces frustration, and empowers users to effectively utilize the platform's capabilities without needing to seek external help. This contributes to more efficient workflows and a smoother overall experience with DataFuse.

Acceptance Criteria

User interacts with the Contextual Knowledge Database to solve a problem related to data integration in their current project.

Given the user is on the Contextual Knowledge Database page, when they click on the 'Help' icon, then the FAQs related to data integration should be displayed prominently on the screen.

A user searches for a specific tutorial about AI-driven insights on the platform.

Given the user enters 'AI-driven insights' in the search bar, when they click 'Search', then the tutorial relevant to 'AI-driven insights' should appear as the top result with a brief description.

A user is following a guided tutorial within the Contextual Knowledge Database interface.

Given the user is viewing a tutorial, when they complete all steps without leaving the tutorial interface, then they should receive a completion notification and have the option to provide feedback.

User requires assistance with understanding industry standards featured in the database.

Given the user is viewing a section on industry standards, when they hover over the 'Info' icon next to a standard, then a tooltip containing a brief description and a link to additional resources should appear.

A new user accesses the Contextual Knowledge Database for the first time.

Given the user is a new user logged into the platform, when they visit the Contextual Knowledge Database, then they should be presented with a beginner's guide prior to accessing other resources.

A user wants to submit a support request after reading through the Knowledge Database.

Given the user has not found adequate help in the Knowledge Database, when they click on the 'Contact Support' button, then a support request form should be displayed for them to fill out.

Critical Change Alerts

Critical Change Alerts notify users as soon as significant shifts occur in their key performance indicators (KPIs). This feature ensures that users can respond swiftly to unexpected changes, minimizing potential disruptions to business operations. By providing timely updates, it empowers users to adapt their strategies proactively and maintain operational stability.

Requirements

KPI Threshold Alerts

"As a data analyst, I want to set specific threshold values for my KPIs so that I can receive alerts when my metrics go beyond these limits and take immediate action."

Description

This requirement involves implementing a mechanism that allows users to set customizable thresholds for key performance indicators (KPIs). When the actual value of a KPI exceeds or falls below the defined threshold, the system should trigger an immediate alert to the user through their preferred communication channels (like email or SMS). This feature enhances user control over critical metrics, enabling timely interventions and adjustments to minimize negative impacts on business operations. The flexibility of setting personalized thresholds caters to varied user perspectives and is essential for maintaining operational efficiency.

Acceptance Criteria

User sets a threshold for KPI processing time to alert if it exceeds 5 seconds.

Given the user sets a KPI threshold for processing time to 5 seconds, when the actual processing time exceeds 5 seconds, then an alert is triggered and sent to the user's preferred communication channel.

User modifies an existing KPI threshold from 50% to 40% for sales conversion rates.

Given the user modifies the KPI threshold for sales conversion rates from 50% to 40%, when the changes are saved, then the new threshold should be reflected in the user’s dashboard without delays.

User receives an alert through SMS when the KPI for customer complaints surpasses the threshold of 10 complaints.

Given the user has set an SMS alert for customer complaints at the threshold of 10, when customer complaints reach 11, then the user receives an SMS alert immediately.

User logs in after a KPI alert has been triggered to view past alerts and metrics.

Given a KPI alert was triggered, when the user logs into their dashboard, then the user should be able to view a summary of past alerts and their corresponding KPI metrics.

System sends an email notification when the KPI for website traffic falls below a predefined threshold.

Given the user has set a threshold of 1000 visits for website traffic, when the website traffic drops to 999 visits, then an email notification should be sent to the user promptly.

Admin reviews and approves user-defined KPI thresholds.

Given an admin is in the process of reviewing user-defined KPI thresholds, when a user submits a threshold for approval, then the admin should see the submission in the pending approval section and be able to approve or reject it.

User wants to set multiple KPI thresholds for different metrics at once.

Given the user selects multiple KPIs to set thresholds for, when the user submits the thresholds, then all KPI thresholds should be recorded simultaneously without errors and confirmed by a success message.

Real-time Data Streaming

"As a business owner, I want to view real-time updates on my KPIs so that I can respond quickly to any emerging trends or issues affecting my business."

Description

This requirement focuses on integrating real-time data streaming capabilities into the DataFuse platform. By leveraging technologies such as Apache Kafka or similar, the platform will continuously ingest and analyze data from various sources, including APIs, databases, and IoT devices. The benefit of this integration is the ability to provide users with up-to-the-minute insights, facilitating faster decision-making processes. This feature is pivotal in scenarios where timely data is crucial for operational adjustments and strategy optimization.

Acceptance Criteria

Real-time Data Integration from Multiple Sources

Given that the system is integrated with three data sources, When data is generated in any of the sources, Then the DataFuse platform should reflect the changes within 5 seconds on the dashboard.

User Notification of Significant KPI Changes

Given that a user has set KPIs and thresholds, When a KPI threshold is crossed, Then an alert notification should be sent to the user within 1 minute.

API Reliability and Data Consistency

Given that data is streamed from an external API, When the API is temporarily unavailable, Then the system should queue the data for at least 10 minutes before dropping it, and notify the user of any delayed data.

Real-time Analytics Dashboard Refresh

Given that real-time data streaming is active, When the user is on the dashboard, Then the analytics dashboard should refresh automatically every 10 seconds to show the most current data.

Processing Multiple Data Streams

Given the platform is receiving data from at least five different sources, When the data is streamed continuously, Then the system should process and analyze all streams without any data loss and maintain an accuracy rate of 99% or higher.

User Activity Log of Data Stream Changes

Given that the user has logged in to the DataFuse platform, When data changes or alerts are generated, Then the system should log all activities related to data streams in the user activity log with timestamps and details within 1 minute.

AI-driven Insights Generation Based on Real-time Data

Given that sufficient data has been streamed in real-time, When the time interval set by the user reaches a specified duration, Then the system should generate actionable insights and recommendations based on the latest data within 2 minutes.

Alert History Log

"As a compliance officer, I want to access a detailed history of all alerts triggered in our system so that I can perform audits and analyze past performance trends."

Description

This requirement entails creating a feature that maintains a comprehensive history log of all alerts triggered within the system. The log should include details such as the type of alert, the date and time it was triggered, and the KPIs involved. Users will benefit from having an accessible log for reference, which can be invaluable for trend analysis, performance reviews, and auditing processes. This functionality integrates seamlessly with the existing alert system and enhances transparency and accountability.

Acceptance Criteria

User access the Alert History Log to review past alerts triggered by significant changes in KPIs.

Given that the user is logged in and navigates to the Alert History Log, when they view the log, then they should see a list of alerts with details such as type, date, time, and KPIs involved.

User needs to filter alerts in the Alert History Log based on specific KPIs.

Given that the user is on the Alert History Log page, when they apply a filter for a specific KPI, then only alerts related to that KPI should be displayed in the log.

User requires exporting the Alert History Log for offline analysis and auditing.

Given that the user has accessed the Alert History Log, when they select the export option, then the log should be downloaded in CSV or Excel format, preserving all alert details.

System responds to generating alerts within a specified time frame.

Given an alert has been triggered, when the user checks the log, then the alert should appear within the last 24 hours in the Alert History Log.

User wants to ensure the integrity and security of the Alert History Log against unauthorized access.

Given that the user is not logged in, when they attempt to access the Alert History Log, then they should be redirected to the login page without any data exposure.

User attempts to delete an alert from the Alert History Log after reviewing for performance assessments.

Given that the user has necessary permissions, when they select an alert and choose to delete it, then the alert should be permanently removed from the log without affecting other entries.

User uses the Alert History Log to perform trend analysis on alerts over the past month.

Given that the user accesses the Alert History Log, when they view the alerts, then they should be able to analyze patterns and trends based on the given KPIs for the last month.

User Notification Preferences

"As a user, I want to customize how and when I receive alerts about KPIs so that I can manage notifications in a way that best fits my workflow."

Description

This requirement is to develop a customizable user notification preferences feature, allowing users to define how they receive alerts regarding KPI changes. Users should be able to choose from various notification channels (email, SMS, in-app notifications) and set the frequency of updates (immediate, daily summary, weekly digest). This capability ensures that users receive critical information in a manner that suits their preferences and improves user engagement and satisfaction with the platform.

Acceptance Criteria

As a user, I want to set up my notification preferences to receive real-time alerts via email whenever there are significant changes in my KPIs, so that I can act swiftly with minimal disruption to my operations.

Given I am on the user notification preferences page, When I select email as my notification channel, Then I should be able to save my preferences successfully and receive an email alert within 5 minutes of any KPI change.

As a user, I want to receive daily summaries of KPI changes via SMS, so that I can stay updated without constant monitoring of the dashboard.

Given I have selected SMS as my notification channel and chosen daily summary, When a significant change occurs, Then I should receive a summary SMS at the specified time daily, detailing all significant KPI changes for the last 24 hours.

As a user, I want to customize the frequency of my in-app notifications for KPI changes, so that I can optimize my interaction with the platform based on my needs and workload.

Given I am on the user notification preferences page, When I choose in-app notifications and set the frequency to weekly digest, Then I should receive a single in-app notification summarizing all KPI changes for the week every Sunday.

As a user, I want to ensure I can change my notification preferences at any time, so that I can adapt my alert settings based on my current focus and business needs.

Given I have previously saved notification preferences, When I navigate back to the user notification preferences page and make changes, Then the updates should be saved successfully and reflected in my future notifications immediately.

As a product manager, I want to ensure that all user notification preferences are securely stored and only accessible by authenticated users, to protect sensitive business information.

Given I have saved my notification preferences, When I log out and log back in, Then I should only see my preferences if I am authenticated, and unauthorized access should be denied.

As a user, I want to receive a validation message when I successfully save my notification preferences, so that I know my settings have been applied.

Given I have selected and saved my notification preferences, When I save my changes, Then I should see a confirmation message indicating that my preferences have been saved successfully.

Threshold Customization

Threshold Customization allows users to set specific thresholds for their data metrics. Users can define what qualifies as a significant change, tailoring notifications to only trigger under conditions that matter most to them. This feature enhances relevance and reduces unnecessary alerts, ensuring that users focus only on critical insights relevant to their objectives.

Requirements

Dynamic Threshold Settings

"As a data analyst, I want to set dynamic thresholds for my metrics so that I can receive alerts only when significant changes occur, ensuring that I focus on the most important insights without being overwhelmed by notifications."

Description

This requirement allows users to define multiple threshold levels for key metrics, adjusting the sensitivity of alerts based on historical data. By doing so, users can finely tune what constitutes a significant change, enabling more relevant notifications and reducing alert fatigue. This feature integrates seamlessly into the existing alert system, enhancing user engagement and ensuring timely response to critical changes.

Acceptance Criteria

User sets multiple threshold levels for a key sales metric and receives alerts only when the metric breaches the defined thresholds.

Given the user has access to the threshold settings, when they set multiple threshold levels for the sales metric, then alerts are only triggered for changes that breach those thresholds, reducing unnecessary notifications.

User adjusts threshold sensitivity based on historical data and monitors the alert system for relevant notifications.

Given the user has historical data available, when they adjust the threshold sensitivity, then they should only receive notifications that correspond to significant changes based on their settings.

User tests the threshold customization feature by intentionally changing a key metric to meet and breach the defined thresholds.

Given the user has defined multiple thresholds, when they adjust the key metric to meet or exceed those thresholds, then the system must trigger notifications according to the preset conditions.

User is presented with a summary of active thresholds and corresponding alert history through the DataFuse dashboard.

Given the user accesses the DataFuse dashboard, when they view the alert summary, then it should display all active thresholds along with a historical record of triggered alerts for review.

User applies the dynamic threshold settings in a live environment during high-traffic periods to observe how the system manages alerts.

Given the user has configured threshold settings, when high volume data changes occur, then the system must effectively manage alerts, triggering only those that meet the set significant change criteria without causing overload.

User receives an onboarding walkthrough explaining how to effectively use the dynamic threshold settings within the platform.

Given the user accesses the Threshold Customization feature for the first time, when they initiate onboarding, then the user must receive a comprehensive walkthrough highlighting how to customize thresholds effectively.

User requests help or FAQs related to the dynamic threshold customization feature within the DataFuse platform.

Given the user is on the data customization settings page, when they access the help section, then they must find relevant FAQs and support options specifically addressing dynamic threshold settings.

Threshold Testing Functionality

"As a business manager, I want to test my threshold settings against past data so that I can ensure they are relevant and effective before relying on them for decision-making."

Description

This requirement introduces the ability for users to simulate thresholds and test their effectiveness against historical data. Users will be able to run scenarios to see how their defined thresholds would have triggered alerts in the past, allowing for better fine-tuning before implementation. This ensures that the thresholds are effective and relevant to actual circumstances, improving decision-making processes.

Acceptance Criteria

Testing thresholds against historical sales data during peak season to determine potential alerts for significant changes in purchasing behavior.

Given historical sales data from the past peak season, when a user runs a threshold simulation, then the system should display the number of alerts that would have been triggered based on the defined thresholds.

Simulating threshold responses to marketing campaign data to evaluate which changes would warrant alerts based on user settings.

Given historical data from previous marketing campaigns, when the user sets a specific threshold, then the system should generate a report showing how many alerts would have triggered during those campaigns.

Allowing users to adjust thresholds and immediately visualize the impact of those changes on historical data alerts.

Given existing thresholds set by the user, when the user adjusts the threshold value, then the system should update and display the simulated alerts in real-time based on that adjustment against historical data.

Applying multiple threshold conditions for various metrics and assessing their collective impact on alert generation over a defined historical period.

Given a set of multiple thresholds for different metrics, when a user tests these thresholds against a three-month historical dataset, then the system should list out all the triggered alerts for each metric separately and collectively.

Providing feedback to users on the effectiveness of their thresholds by comparing the simulated alerts with actual significant changes in historical data.

Given historical data that indicates actual significant changes, when the user tests their thresholds, then the system should provide a comparison report highlighting how many actual changes aligned with triggered alerts.

Custom Notification Preferences

"As a team leader, I want to customize my notification preferences for alerts so that I receive important updates through my preferred communication channels, ensuring I stay informed in real-time."

Description

This requirement enables users to customize how they receive alerts based on their preferences. Options will include email, SMS, and in-app notifications, allowing users to select the most convenient channels. This personalization aligns with user objectives and enhances the likelihood of critical metrics being acted upon promptly, improving overall responsiveness to data changes.

Acceptance Criteria

User sets custom notification preferences for data alerts via the DataFuse dashboard.

Given a user is logged into their DataFuse account, when they navigate to notification preferences, and select 'Email' as their preferred alert method, then they should receive email notifications for significant metric changes that meet their defined thresholds.

User modifies their notification preferences to include SMS alerts for critical metrics.

Given a user has previously set their notification preferences, when they add SMS as a preferred alert method and save the changes, then they should receive SMS notifications for any significant metric changes that occur thereafter.

User opts out of receiving in-app notifications for certain metrics.

Given a user is in their notification settings, when they uncheck the option for in-app notifications for a specific metric, then they should no longer receive these alerts for that metric, but will continue receiving alerts through their other selected channels.

User receives a notification for metrics that exceed the defined thresholds.

Given a user has set a threshold for a specific metric in DataFuse and selected their preferred notification method, when the metric exceeds the threshold, then the user should receive a notification via their selected method within five minutes of the threshold being crossed.

User attempts to set conflicting notification preferences for the same metric.

Given a user is in the notification preferences section, when they try to set both 'Email' and 'SMS' notifications for the same metric with conflicting thresholds, then the system should prompt an error message indicating that only one channel can be selected at a time for that metric.

User views a summary of their active notification preferences.

Given a user is in the notification preferences section, when they click on the 'Preview' button, then they should see a summary displaying all their currently active notification preferences for each metric, including the selected channels and thresholds.

User deletes their notification preferences.

Given a user is in the notification preferences section, when they select the option to delete all notification preferences, then all selected preferences for metrics should be removed, and a confirmation message should be displayed to the user.

Visual Threshold Indicators on Dashboard

"As a product manager, I want to see visual indicators for my metrics on the dashboard so that I can quickly assess their status and prioritize my responses accordingly."

Description

This requirement focuses on integrating visual indicators on the user dashboard to represent whether metrics are within, above, or below set thresholds. Color-coded alerts will provide immediate visual feedback, enabling users to quickly assess the health of their data at a glance, thus facilitating rapid decision-making and action where necessary.

Acceptance Criteria

User sets a threshold for sales data to determine when sales drop below a certain point during end-of-quarter evaluations.

Given a sales threshold set at $10,000, when the sales metric is reviewed on the dashboard, then the visual indicator should display in red if sales drop below the threshold.

User customizes thresholds for customer engagement metrics to avoid unnecessary notifications during low periods as per business hours.

Given a threshold for customer engagements set at 50 interactions per hour, when the dashboard is viewed during business hours, then visual indicators should remain green if customer interactions are above the threshold, and yellow if they are approaching it.

User analyzes performance metrics over a month to adjust product pricing strategies based on sales trends.

Given a threshold indicating significant changes set to a 15% increase in sales, when the user monitors the dashboard, then the visual indicator should show green for sales above the threshold and blue for marginal increases, reflecting actionable opportunities.

User wants to monitor inventory levels in real-time to prevent stockouts or overstock situations.

Given an inventory threshold for critical stock levels set to 100 units, when the inventory data is displayed, then the visual indicator should turn red if stock falls below the threshold and green if it's above.

User tracks marketing campaign performance with specific thresholds for interaction metrics to optimize future campaigns.

Given a threshold of 200 interactions set for campaign performance, when the dashboard is accessed, then the visual indicator will show green if interactions meet or exceed the threshold and red if they do not.

User wishes to establish operational efficiency benchmarks based on recent historical data to drive performance initiatives.

Given operational efficiency is benchmarked at 75%, when the dashboard is evaluated, then the visual indicator should show green if performance is above 75%, yellow for 65%-75%, and red for below 65%.

Threshold Recommendation System

"As a data strategist, I want a system to recommend threshold settings based on historical patterns so that I can optimize my alerts without deep diving into data analysis myself."

Description

This requirement involves the implementation of a machine learning-based recommendation system that suggests optimal threshold settings based on user behavior and historical data patterns. By providing these recommendations, users can make more informed decisions about their thresholds without needing extensive data analysis, facilitating more strategic alert usage.

Acceptance Criteria

User configures custom thresholds for their sales metrics based on historical sales data and receives recommendations from the system.

Given a user with access to sales metrics, When they navigate to threshold customization and enable recommendations, Then the system should display at least three threshold settings based on previous sales data within five seconds.

Sales manager checks the effectiveness of the implemented threshold recommendations after a month of usage.

Given the sales metrics have been tracked for at least one month, When the sales manager reviews the performance report, Then the metrics should show at least a 20% increase in timely insights triggered by the new thresholds compared to the previous settings.

User receives a notification when a significant change occurs that meets the custom threshold they set based on system recommendations.

Given a user has set a custom threshold based on recommendations, When a metric meets the criteria set by the threshold, Then the user should receive a notification within one minute of the threshold being breached.

User interacts with the threshold recommendation system to adjust their thresholds after initial setup.

Given a user has successfully set up initial thresholds, When they access the recommendation system again, Then they should be able to modify at least two thresholds based on new recommendations from the system within three minutes.

New users on the platform complete an onboarding session for threshold customization and recommendations.

Given a new user begins their onboarding session with DataFuse, When they complete the tutorial on threshold customization, Then they should successfully implement at least one customized threshold and receive initial recommendations before finishing the session.

User wishes to know the historical effectiveness of the threshold recommendations provided to them.

Given a user has received threshold recommendations over the last quarter, When they request a summary report, Then the system should provide a report detailing the accuracy and relevance of the recommendations, showing at least 75% of the recommended thresholds resulted in insights that were deemed critical by the user.

An administrator evaluates user feedback on the threshold recommendation system after deployment.

Given feedback forms have been distributed to users regarding the threshold recommendation system, When the administrator reviews the feedback after four weeks of implementation, Then at least 80% of user responses should indicate a positive impact on their decision-making process stemming from the recommendations provided.

Anomaly Detection Engine

The Anomaly Detection Engine employs advanced algorithms to identify unusual patterns in data and automatically alerts users to these anomalies. By catching unexpected behavior early, this feature helps users investigate root causes and take corrective actions before small problems escalate, ultimately protecting the integrity of business processes.

Requirements

Real-time Data Monitoring

"As a data analyst, I want to receive real-time alerts on unusual data patterns so that I can investigate and address potential issues before they escalate."

Description

The Real-time Data Monitoring requirement ensures that the Anomaly Detection Engine continuously processes incoming data streams and assesses them for unusual patterns or behaviors as they occur. This functionality is critical for enabling users to react promptly to any anomalies, thus reducing potential downtime or negative operational impact. The seamless integration of this monitoring capability within the DataFuse platform allows for an immediate response to anomalies through alerts or notifications, making it a vital component of maintaining data integrity and operational efficiency.

Acceptance Criteria

User receives real-time anomaly alerts when unusual patterns are detected in incoming data streams.

Given that the Anomaly Detection Engine is active and monitoring data streams, when an anomaly is detected, then a notification is sent to the user in less than 5 seconds.

User accesses the dashboard to view the status of real-time data monitoring for anomalies.

Given that the user is logged into the DataFuse platform, when they navigate to the monitoring dashboard, then they should see real-time data updates and a list of detected anomalies within 10 seconds.

System logs all detected anomalies for user review and historical analysis.

Given that an anomaly has been detected, when the system processes the anomaly, then it should log the anomaly details (time, type, and severity) in the database within 2 seconds.

User can customize alerts for specific data patterns or thresholds via the dashboard settings.

Given that the user accesses the alert settings, when they configure custom rules for alerts, then the system should allow saving of these rules without error, and apply them to future data monitoring.

System performs a health check of the Anomaly Detection Engine to ensure it's functioning correctly.

Given that the system initiates a health check, when the check is complete, then it should report the operational status as 'Operational' or 'Malfunctioning' accordingly, within 3 seconds.

User can dismiss or acknowledge anomaly alerts through the notification system.

Given that a user receives an anomaly alert, when they acknowledge or dismiss it, then the system should update the notification status and log this action within 2 seconds.

Customizable Alert Settings

"As a business manager, I want to customize my alert thresholds for anomaly detection so that I can focus on the most relevant issues affecting my operations."

Description

The Customizable Alert Settings requirement provides users with the ability to configure the thresholds and parameters for what constitutes an anomaly within their specific dataset. This will allow businesses to tailor the anomaly detection to fit their unique operational contexts, ensuring users are alerted only to the most relevant anomalies for their specific use case. Enhanced customization increases the effectiveness of the alerts, minimizes false positives, and leads to a more efficient analytical workflow.

Acceptance Criteria

User configures a threshold for anomaly alerts in the DataFuse dashboard for sales data, setting an upper limit of $10,000 in sales deviation.

Given the user has access to the customizable alert settings, when they set a threshold of $10,000, then the anomaly detection engine should only alert them for sales deviations exceeding this amount.

User adjusts the anomaly sensitivity settings from high to medium to reduce the number of false alerts received for minor fluctuations in data.

Given the user has adjusted the sensitivity settings, when anomalies are detected, then alerts should only trigger for anomalies classified as medium or high, decreasing the false positive rate.

User wants alerts for specific datasets, such as marketing spend, while excluding other datasets, such as employee salaries, from anomaly detection.

Given the user has selected specific datasets for anomaly detection, when an anomaly is detected in the selected dataset, then the user should receive an alert, and they should not receive alerts for excluded datasets.

User receives an email notification when an anomaly is detected according to their customizable alert settings for inventory levels.

Given the user has enabled email notifications for inventory anomalies, when an anomaly is detected, then the system should send an email alert to the specified address promptly.

User reviews the history of triggered alerts to analyze past anomalies and their resolutions.

Given the user accesses the alert history, when they view triggered anomalies, then they should see a list of past alerts, including the anomaly details, date triggered, and resolution status.

User configures alerts to trigger only during business hours to minimize disruptions outside of operational hours.

Given the user has set business hours for alerts, when an anomaly is detected outside of these hours, then the alert should not trigger or notify until the next business day.

User modifies existing alert parameters to fine-tune the sensitivity after initial alerts have created confusion due to false positives.

Given the user has previous alert data, when they modify the alert parameters, then the system should apply these new settings immediately and reduce subsequent false alerts.

Automated Anomaly Investigations

"As an operations manager, I want the system to automatically analyze detected anomalies so that I can quickly understand the underlying issues without manual investigation."

Description

The Automated Anomaly Investigations requirement aims to leverage AI-powered analysis tools to not only detect anomalies but also provide initial analysis and potential root cause factors. This automated investigation feature will suggest possible actions or insights based on historical data patterns and similar anomalies, significantly reducing the time and effort required for users to diagnose issues. By integrating this capability, DataFuse will enhance user experience by empowering users with actionable insights that can guide their decisions.

Acceptance Criteria

Automated investigation triggered by detected anomaly in sales data.

Given an anomaly is detected in sales data, when the automated anomaly investigation is triggered, then the system should provide a summary report including identified anomalies, potential root causes, and suggested corrective actions.

User receives notifications of anomalies and automated investigation reports.

Given an anomaly and its automated investigation are completed, when a user checks their notifications, then they should receive an alert with a summary of the investigation and suggested actions.

User accesses the detailed report of an automated anomaly investigation.

Given a completed automated investigation, when the user navigates to the investigation report, then they should see an easily readable report detailing the anomaly, potential causes, and actionable insights.

Integrating anomaly investigation results into decision-making processes.

Given an automated anomaly investigation is completed, when a user reviews the investigation results, then they should be able to integrate those insights into their current operational decision workflows.

User is able to track historical anomalies and their resolutions.

Given that multiple anomalies have occurred, when the user accesses the historical data logs, then they should see a comprehensive log of all anomalies, their investigations, and resolutions.

User interaction with suggested corrective actions.

Given an automated investigation report suggests corrective actions, when the user selects one of the suggested actions, then the system should provide a step-by-step implementation guide and track the effectiveness of the action taken.

User-friendly Reporting Dashboard

"As a team leader, I want a clear reporting dashboard for detected anomalies so that I can easily visualize trends and address issues with my team."

Description

The User-friendly Reporting Dashboard requirement focuses on creating an intuitive interface that presents detected anomalies and their insights in a visually appealing and easily understandable manner. This dashboard should allow users to view trends, historical data, and actionable insights in one centralized location. By enhancing the reporting capabilities, users can gain better visibility into anomalies over time, facilitating informed decision-making and data-driven strategies.

Acceptance Criteria

User accesses the Reporting Dashboard to review detected anomalies from the last week during a weekly business review meeting.

Given the user is logged into the platform, When they navigate to the Reporting Dashboard, Then they should see a visual representation of anomalies detected in the last week, including graphs and charts for trends.

A user selects a specific detected anomaly to receive more detailed insights about it.

Given the user is viewing the Reporting Dashboard, When they click on a specific anomaly, Then they should see a detailed report with historical data, context, and potential reasons for the anomaly.

Users wish to customize the view of the Reporting Dashboard to focus on specific metrics related to anomalies.

Given the user is on the Reporting Dashboard, When they use the dashboard customization options, Then they should be able to select and prioritize which metrics to display, including toggling visibility of certain data points.

A user receives an alert notification regarding a significant anomaly discovered by the Anomaly Detection Engine.

Given the anomaly has been detected, When the anomaly is significant enough to trigger an alert, Then the user should receive a notification on their dashboard and via email detailing the anomaly.

The Reporting Dashboard displays historical data trends to identify recurring anomalies over the last three months.

Given the user is analyzing past anomalies, When they view the Historical Data section of the Reporting Dashboard, Then they should see a consolidated view that shows trends over the last three months, highlighting recurring anomalies with clear visual cues.

User interacts with a filter option to refine the anomalies displayed based on specific criteria (date range, severity).

Given the user is on the Reporting Dashboard, When they apply filters to view anomalies by date range or severity, Then the dashboard should update in real-time to display only the relevant data that meets the selected criteria.

Notification History Log

"As a compliance officer, I want to access the historical log of anomaly alerts so that I can review past incidents and ensure our response strategies are effective."

Description

The Notification History Log requirement involves implementing a feature that maintains a comprehensive record of all anomaly alerts and investigations over time. This log will provide users with access to past anomalies, the responses taken, and outcomes, thereby facilitating trend analysis and continuous improvement. Having this historical data is essential for users to track performance and measure response effectiveness to anomalies encountered.

Acceptance Criteria

User accesses the Notification History Log to review past anomaly alerts and the corresponding actions taken over the last six months.

Given the user is logged into DataFuse, When they navigate to the Notification History Log, Then they should see a list of all recorded anomaly alerts with dates, descriptions, and actions taken for the last six months.

User searches for anomalies in the Notification History Log based on a specific date range.

Given the user is on the Notification History Log page, When they input a start and end date, Then the system should display only the anomalies that occurred within the specified date range.

User analyzes trends in the Notification History Log to identify recurring anomaly patterns.

Given the user accesses the Notification History Log, When they select the 'Trend Analysis' feature, Then they should be presented with visual graphs showing the frequency and types of anomalies over a specified period.

User retrieves detailed information for a specific anomaly alert from the Notification History Log.

Given the user is viewing the Notification History Log, When they click on a specific anomaly entry, Then the system should display detailed information regarding the anomaly, including its status, date, response actions, and any follow-up notes.

User exports the Notification History Log data for external reporting.

Given the user is on the Notification History Log page, When they click the 'Export' button, Then the system should generate a downloadable report in CSV format containing all anomaly records within the selected date range.

Multi-user Collaboration Tools

"As a member of the analytics team, I want to collaborate with my colleagues directly on anomaly findings so that we can solve issues faster and improve our response times."

Description

The Multi-user Collaboration Tools requirement is designed to support collaborative problem-solving for user teams through integrated communication features directly within the DataFuse platform. By allowing users to share alerts, insights, and findings related to anomalies in real-time, teams can work together more effectively to identify root causes and develop solutions quickly. This feature will enhance teamwork and significantly improve the overall efficiency of anomaly investigations.

Acceptance Criteria

Real-time notifications for anomaly alerts during collaborative sessions

Given multiple users are active in a collaborative session within DataFuse, when an anomaly is detected, then all participants should receive an immediate notification on their dashboard.

Sharing insights and findings within the platform

Given a user identifies an anomaly, when they click the 'Share' button, then the insights related to this anomaly should be shared with all team members currently collaborating on that anomaly.

Discussion threads on anomalies

Given an anomaly has been detected, when a user comments on the anomaly, then a discussion thread should be created that all team members can contribute to in real time.

Access control for shared insights

Given a user shares an anomaly finding, when another user attempts to view it, then they should only have access if they belong to the same user group or team.

Logging and tracking changes in collaboration

Given multiple users are collaborating, when a user makes changes to the anomaly insights, then a log of changes should be automatically recorded and accessible to all collaborators.

Real-time collaboration metrics

Given a collaboration session is in progress, when users are engaging in discussions, then metrics such as the number of comments and active participants should be displayed on the dashboard.

User feedback on collaboration tools

Given users have collaborated on an anomaly investigation, when they complete the session, then they should be prompted to provide feedback on the collaboration tools used during their session.

Alert History Dashboard

The Alert History Dashboard provides users with a chronological view of past alerts, enabling them to analyze trends and responses over time. By reflecting on historical alerts, users can gain insights into recurring issues, improving future response strategies and enhancing overall operational efficiency.

Requirements

Real-time Alert Notifications

"As a data analyst, I want to receive real-time alerts so that I can respond to issues immediately and prevent potential data-related disruptions."

Description

The Real-time Alert Notifications requirement ensures that users receive immediate notifications when new alerts are triggered in the system. This functionality is essential for keeping users informed about critical issues as they arise, allowing for timely responses and interventions. The notifications will be customizable based on user preferences, and they will integrate seamlessly with existing communication tools such as emails or chat applications, thus enhancing users' ability to monitor their data effectively. This feature is crucial for maintaining operational efficiency as it empowers users to act proactively on emerging alerts.

Acceptance Criteria

User receives an immediate alert notification upon triggering a critical issue within the DataFuse platform, such as a system error or abnormal data integration failure.

Given a critical issue occurs in the DataFuse platform, When the issue is triggered, Then the user should receive an alert notification within 5 seconds through their preferred communication channel.

User customizes their alert notification settings to specify which types of alerts they want to receive notifications for, such as data anomalies or integration failures.

Given the user accesses the alert notification settings, When they specify the types of alerts and save their preferences, Then the system should reflect these preferences and only send notifications for the selected alert types.

User tests the integration of alert notifications with their connected email service to ensure they receive alerts properly.

Given a user links their email account to the DataFuse system, When an alert is triggered, Then the user should receive the alert in their email inbox with accurate details of the issue within 1 minute.

User checks their alert history dashboard to analyze previous alerts and identify patterns in data anomalies.

Given the user accesses the Alert History Dashboard, When they view the historical alerts, Then they should see a chronological list of alerts with timestamps, alert types, and relevant response actions taken.

User interacts with the real-time alert notifications on their mobile device to ensure alerts appear correctly and are actionable.

Given the user has the DataFuse mobile app installed, When an alert notification is received, Then the notification should display actionable options such as 'View Details' or 'Acknowledge' that redirect the user to the alert's information.

User experiences a peak period with multiple alerts being triggered and wants to ensure they are not overwhelmed with notifications.

Given multiple alerts have been triggered within a short timeframe, When the user receives notifications, Then the system should group related alerts together and provide a summary instead of separate notifications for each alert.

Historical Trend Analysis

"As a business manager, I want to analyze historical alert trends so that I can identify recurring issues and improve my team's response strategies."

Description

The Historical Trend Analysis requirement provides users with the ability to visualize trends derived from past alerts over a specified time frame. This feature will include graphical representations such as line charts and bar charts to help identify patterns and frequency of alerts. By deeply analyzing these trends, users can uncover underlying issues and adjust their strategies effectively. Integration with the Alert History Dashboard is necessary to facilitate a comprehensive view, enhancing users’ insights and data-driven decision-making.

Acceptance Criteria

User navigates to the Alert History Dashboard and selects a specific time frame to view alert trends.

Given the user is on the Alert History Dashboard, When the user selects a time frame and clicks 'Apply', Then the system displays graphical representations of alert trends for the selected time frame.

User analyzes the displayed trend graphs and identifies peaks in alert frequency.

Given the user is viewing the trend graphs, When the user observes the alert frequency line chart, Then the system highlights peaks with tooltips showing the number of alerts during those periods.

User compares historical alerts to adjust response strategies based on trend analysis.

Given the user has visualized the trends, When the user selects a specific alert from the historical data, Then the system provides a detailed breakdown of that alert's context and responses taken.

User exports the trend analysis data for further reporting.

Given the user is satisfied with the trend analysis on the Alert History Dashboard, When the user clicks on the 'Export' button, Then the system generates a downloadable report in CSV format containing the alert trend data.

User filters alerts by category to refine their trend analysis.

Given the user is on the Alert History Dashboard, When the user selects a specific alert category from the dropdown filter, Then the trend graphs adjust to only show data relevant to the selected category.

User accesses help documentation for using the trend analysis feature.

Given the user is on the Alert History Dashboard, When the user clicks on the 'Help' icon, Then the system opens a help documentation page specifically for the Historical Trend Analysis feature.

Customizable Alert Filters

"As an operations manager, I want to customize my alert filters so that I can concentrate on the alerts that are most relevant to my role and responsibilities."

Description

The Customizable Alert Filters requirement allows users to tailor the alerts they want to see based on various parameters such as severity, type, and time frame. This functionality makes it easier for users to focus on the most relevant alerts, thus reducing information overload and ensuring that critical alerts are prioritized in their workflow. The filters will be intuitive and user-friendly, fully integrated within the Alert History Dashboard, allowing for easy modifications. This requirement is essential for enhancing user experience and operational efficiency.

Acceptance Criteria

Customizing Alerts for Specific Business Needs

Given the user is on the Alert History Dashboard, when they select specific parameters for severity, type, and time frame, then the dashboard should update to display only the alerts that match the selected criteria within 2 seconds.

Saving User Filter Preferences

Given the user has customized their alert filters, when they select the option to save their preferences, then their customized filter settings should be stored and applied automatically the next time they access the Alert History Dashboard without needing to reconfigure.

Clearing Applied Filters

Given the user has applied filters to the Alert History Dashboard, when they click the 'Clear All' button, then all applied filters should be removed, returning the alert view to the default state within 1 second.

Display of Filtered Alerts

Given the user applies filters for severity and type on the Alert History Dashboard, when the filters are applied, then only alerts matching those filters should be visible, and the total count of visible alerts should reflect the filtered results accurately.

User-Friendly Interface for Filter Adjustment

Given the user is on the Alert History Dashboard, when they interact with the filter options (dropdowns, sliders, etc.), then the adjustments should be intuitive and responsive, with tooltips or help text available to assist users in understanding each filter's function.

Real-time Alert Updates with Applied Filters

Given filters are applied on the Alert History Dashboard, when a new alert that meets those filters is generated, then the new alert should automatically appear in the dashboard within 5 seconds without requiring a page refresh.

User Feedback on Filter Performance

Given the user has applied filters and used the Alert History Dashboard, when they complete their analysis, then they should have the option to provide feedback on the effectiveness and usability of the filtering system, capturing user insights for continuous improvement.

User Activity Logging

"As a product manager, I want to see user activity logs so that I can understand how users interact with the Alert History Dashboard and identify opportunities for enhancement."

Description

The User Activity Logging requirement involves implementing functionality to track and display user interactions with the Alert History Dashboard. By logging actions such as viewing alerts, applying filters, and triggering notifications, this feature provides valuable insights into user engagement and behavior. The logs will help in auditing processes and identifying potential areas for improvement in user experience. This requirement enhances accountability and facilitates better support, as it allows the team to assist users based on their interaction history.

Acceptance Criteria

User opens the Alert History Dashboard to view their past alerts and interactions.

Given a user is authenticated and on the Alert History Dashboard, when they access the dashboard, then the system should log the action with the timestamp and user ID.

User applies a filter to narrow down alerts based on specific criteria like date range or alert type.

Given a user is on the Alert History Dashboard, when they apply a filter and view the results, then the system should log the filter criteria used along with their user ID and a timestamp.

User triggers a notification after reviewing past alerts to stay informed about similar future alerts.

Given a user is logged in and activates a notification trigger on an alert, when the user finalizes their selection, then the system should log the notification trigger action with the relevant alert details, user ID, and timestamp.

User navigates away from the Alert History Dashboard after reviewing alerts.

Given a user is on the Alert History Dashboard, when they leave the dashboard (either by navigating away or logging out), then the system should log this exit action along with the timestamp and user ID.

An administrator reviews the user activity logs for auditing purposes.

Given an administrator accesses the user activity logs, when they filter logs by user ID and date range, then the logs displayed must accurately reflect all logged actions relevant to that user within the specified date range.

User requests assistance based on their past interactions with the Alert History Dashboard.

Given a user contacts support for assistance, when support reviews the user activity logs, then the logs should provide detailed information on the user's recent actions and interactions within the past month.

System handles errors or failed logging attempts gracefully without crashing.

Given the system attempts to log user activity, when an error occurs during logging, then the system should capture the error without impacting user experience or functionality and provide a fallback logging mechanism.

Automated Report Generation

"As an executive, I want to generate automated reports from alert history so that I can quickly review insights and trends without spending time manually compiling data."

Description

The Automated Report Generation requirement enables users to create scheduled reports based on the alert history and trends analyzed over specific periods. This feature will include templates for regular reporting and the ability to customize reports according to individual needs. By automating the report generation process, users will save time and effort while ensuring consistent and accurate dissemination of insights gathered from alert data. This essential functionality contributes to more strategic decision-making across the organization.

Acceptance Criteria

Scheduled Generation of Weekly Alerts Report

Given the user has set up a scheduled report for alert history, When the scheduled time arrives, Then the report is automatically generated and sent to the specified email addresses with accurate data reflecting the alert history for the past week.

Customization of Report Templates

Given the user accesses the report generation feature, When they choose to customize a report template, Then they should be able to select specific metrics, date ranges, and formats, and save these preferences for future reports.

Viewing Generated Reports

Given a report has been successfully generated, When the user navigates to the report history section, Then they should be able to view, download, and delete past reports as per their preferences.

Error Handling for Report Generation Failures

Given the user attempts to generate a report, When the report generation fails due to a data source issue, Then an appropriate error message should be displayed, informing the user of the failure reason and suggesting corrective actions.

Real-time Data Integration in Reports

Given the user runs a report, When the report is generated, Then it must include the most up-to-date information from all integrated data sources, reflecting any changes that occurred just prior to the report generation.

Multi-format Report Export Options

Given the user generates a report, When they choose to export the report, Then they should have the option to export it in at least three different formats including PDF, Excel, and CSV.

Multi-Channel Notifications

Multi-Channel Notifications empower users to receive alerts through their preferred communication channels, whether via email, SMS, or push notifications within the mobile app. This flexibility ensures that users stay informed and can react quickly, regardless of their location or device, ultimately enhancing responsiveness and engagement.

Requirements

Channel Selection Flexibility

"As a DataFuse user, I want to choose how I receive notifications so that I can stay informed in a way that fits my personal preferences."

Description

The Multi-Channel Notifications feature must allow users to select their preferred communication channels for receiving alerts, including email, SMS, and push notifications. Users should have the capability to customize their notification preferences in their account settings, ensuring that they only receive alerts through channels that suit their needs. This functionality is essential for enhancing user engagement, as it allows for personalized communication that aligns with individual user workflows and habits. By enabling users to choose their channels, DataFuse can improve the overall user experience, ensuring critical alerts are never missed while minimizing unnecessary disruptions.

Acceptance Criteria

User selects their preferred notification channels during the initial setup process after creating their DataFuse account.

Given a newly created account, when the user navigates to the notification settings, then they should see options to select email, SMS, and push notifications, and successfully save their preferences.

User updates their notification preferences from the account settings at any time after initial setup.

Given the user is logged into their account, when they access the notification settings and change their preferences, then they should receive a confirmation message indicating that their settings have been saved successfully.

User attempts to receive alerts through all selected channels for different types of notifications.

Given the user has selected email and SMS notifications, when a critical alert is triggered, then the user should receive the alert via both the email and SMS channels.

User chooses to opt-out of one or more notification channels after initial setup.

Given the user is in the notification settings, when they deselect SMS notifications, then they should no longer receive SMS alerts for future notifications while still receiving alerts through the other selected channels.

User accesses help documentation for managing notification preferences.

Given the user opens the help section, when they search for 'notification preferences', then they should find comprehensive guidance on how to select, update, or opt-out of notifications, including screenshots or examples.

Real-Time Alerts

"As a DataFuse user, I want to receive real-time alerts so that I can react promptly to any critical changes in my data."

Description

Multi-Channel Notifications must support real-time alert delivery, ensuring that users receive notifications instantly when certain data thresholds or events occur within the platform. This requirement necessitates robust backend support to process and send notifications rapidly across multiple channels. The benefit of real-time alerts is to enhance user responsiveness and facilitate quick decision-making, thereby empowering users to take immediate action in response to critical changes in their data. This will significantly improve operational efficiency and increase the overall value provided by DataFuse to its users.

Acceptance Criteria

User receives an alert via email when their sales data exceeds the predefined threshold during business hours.

Given the user has set a sales data threshold, when sales data exceeds the threshold during business hours, then the user should receive an email notification within 1 minute.

User receives a push notification on their mobile app when a critical error occurs in the system.

Given the user has enabled push notifications, when a critical error is logged in the system, then the user should receive a push notification on their mobile app within 30 seconds.

User receives an SMS alert for a critical threshold breach when they are traveling outside the office.

Given the user has opted for SMS notifications, when a critical threshold breach occurs while the user is not logged into the platform, then the user should receive an SMS alert within 1 minute.

User can customize their notification preferences for various data events.

Given the user accesses the notification settings, when they adjust preferences for data events, then the system should correctly update and save those preferences for future alerts.

User receives alerts for multiple thresholds simultaneously without delay.

Given multiple data thresholds are breached at the same time, when those alerts are triggered, then the user should receive all relevant notifications through their chosen channels within 1 minute.

User checks the notification history within the platform to view past alerts.

Given the user accesses the notification history page, when they navigate through the history, then all past notifications should be displayed accurately with timestamps and channels used within 2 seconds.

Notification History Log

"As a DataFuse user, I want to access my notification history so that I can track past alerts and understand my data trends over time."

Description

The Multi-Channel Notifications feature should include a notification history log accessible to users within the dashboard. This log will provide a detailed record of all notifications received across different channels, including timestamps and the nature of alerts. By maintaining a history log, users can review past notifications, which is crucial for tracking events and understanding data trends over time. This will enhance transparency and user confidence in the alerting system, ensuring users feel in control of their data management and response actions.

Acceptance Criteria

User accesses the notification history log from the dashboard to review previously received notifications across different channels.

Given that the user has received notifications via email, SMS, and push notifications, when they access the notification history log, then they should see a complete and chronological list of all notifications including timestamps and content details for each notification.

User filters the notification history log by date range to find specific notifications related to a certain period.

Given that the user has selected a date range in the notification history log, when they apply the filter, then the log should only display notifications received within that specified date range, showing accurate and relevant results.

User views the notification details in the history log including the type of alert and channel of communication.

Given that the user is viewing the notification history log, when they click on any specific notification, then they should be presented with a detailed view that includes the notification type, the channel used for delivery, and the content of the notification.

User expects to receive error messages when trying to access the notification history log without proper authentication.

Given that the user is not authenticated, when they attempt to access the notification history log, then they should receive an error message indicating that authentication is required to access this log.

User wants to sort notifications in the history log by type (email, SMS, push notification) for better visibility.

Given that the user is viewing the notification history log, when they choose to sort notifications by type, then the notifications should be rearranged accordingly, grouping similar notifications together by their delivery method.

User needs to see notifications in the history log updated in real-time following new notifications being sent.

Given that the user is currently viewing the notification history log, when a new notification is sent through any channel, then the history log should automatically update to include the new notification in real-time without needing to refresh the page.

Customizable Alert Thresholds

"As a DataFuse user, I want to customize my alert thresholds so that I receive notifications that are relevant to my specific data needs."

Description

The Multi-Channel Notifications feature must allow users to set customizable thresholds for alerts based on their specific data needs. Users should be able to define criteria that trigger notifications, such as specific data values, percentage changes, or other relevant metrics. By enabling this level of customization, DataFuse will provide a more tailored experience for its users, ensuring that they are only notified of events that matter most to them. This customization supports improved user engagement by aligning alerts with the unique workflows and priorities of each user.

Acceptance Criteria

User Customizes Alert for Sales Thresholds

Given the user is logged into DataFuse, When they navigate to the Multi-Channel Notifications settings and set a sales threshold alert to trigger at $10,000, Then the system should save this threshold and be able to activate notifications when the sales data surpasses this amount.

User Sets Threshold for Percentage Change

Given the user is on the Multi-Channel Notifications settings page, When they specify a percentage change threshold of 15%, Then the alert should trigger as expected when the data changes by 15% in either direction.

User Receives Notification via Chosen Channel

Given the user has set a specific alert threshold and selected email as their preferred notification channel, When the data triggers the alert, Then the user should receive an email notification confirming the threshold has been exceeded.

User Edits Existing Alert Thresholds

Given the user has previously set a threshold alert, When they access the Multi-Channel Notifications settings and modify the threshold from $10,000 to $12,000, Then the system should successfully update the alert criteria and save the changes.

User Deletes a Custom Alert Threshold

Given the user has specified multiple custom alert thresholds, When they choose to delete one specific alert, Then the system should remove that alert from their notifications settings and confirm deletion to the user.

Alert Generation Under Load Condition

Given multiple concurrent updates to data within DataFuse, When the thresholds are triggered simultaneously, Then the system should reliably generate alerts for all applicable thresholds without lag or failure.

User-Friendly Notification Settings Interface

"As a DataFuse user, I want the notification settings to be easy to navigate so that I can quickly customize my preferences without confusion."

Description

The Multi-Channel Notifications feature must include a user-friendly interface for managing notification settings. This interface should allow users to easily navigate through options for channel selection, alert customization, and notification history access. Ensuring that the settings are intuitive and straightforward will be crucial for enhancing user adoption and satisfaction with the notification feature. A seamless UI design will facilitate quick adjustments to notification preferences, empowering users to stay informed without difficulty.

Acceptance Criteria

User accesses the notification settings interface for the first time.

Given that the user is on the notification settings page, when they load the page, then they should see options for channel selection, alert customization, and notification history clearly labeled and easily accessible.

User customizes their notification preferences for the first time.

Given that the user is on the notification settings interface, when they select a channel (email, SMS, or push notifications) and customize an alert, then the changes should be saved successfully, and the user should receive a confirmation message.

User attempts to view their notification history.

Given that the user is on the notification settings interface, when they click on the notification history option, then they should be able to view a list of past notifications, including timestamps and message content without any errors.

User navigates to the notification settings interface from the main dashboard.

Given that the user is logged into DataFuse, when they click on the notification settings from the main dashboard, then they should be redirected to the notification settings page without any delay in loading.

User fails to set a preferred notification channel due to a system error.

Given that the user selects a channel for notifications and submits the changes, when there is a system error, then the user should receive an error message indicating the issue and a prompt to try again without losing previously saved settings.

User successfully disables a notification channel.

Given that the user is on the notification settings interface, when they uncheck a previously selected notification channel and save the changes, then the channel should no longer receive alerts, and the user should see an updated status indicating that the channel is disabled.

Collaborative Alert Sharing

Collaborative Alert Sharing enables users to share relevant alerts with team members directly within the platform. This feature fosters a collaborative environment where team members can discuss and address alerts in real-time, promoting data-informed decision-making across departments and enhancing team responsiveness to issues.

Requirements

Real-time Notifications

"As a team member, I want to receive real-time notifications for critical alerts so that I can quickly respond to issues and collaborate effectively with my colleagues."

Description

The Real-time Notifications requirement ensures that users receive immediate alerts for any critical updates, issues, or changes that occur within their data environment. This feature should provide customizable notification settings, allowing users to determine which alerts they wish to receive based on their role, preferences, and relevance to their work. By integrating seamlessly with the existing alerting system, this requirement enhances user engagement and responsiveness, enabling faster decision-making and improved team collaboration. It plays a crucial role in keeping all team members informed and aligned, thus fostering a proactive approach to data management and problem resolution.

Acceptance Criteria

User receives immediate notifications for critical data updates while actively using the DataFuse platform to monitor ongoing analytics.

Given the user is logged into DataFuse with appropriate notification settings, when a critical data update occurs, then the user receives a real-time alert within the application.

A user customizes their notification settings to only receive alerts relevant to their role, such as finance updates for a finance team member.

Given the user accesses the notification settings, when they customize the alerts to receive only finance-related notifications, then the user should receive only those specified alerts in real-time.

Team members collaborate on addressing an alert received within DataFuse, discussing the implications of the alert in a shared workspace.

Given the alert has been received, when a team member accesses the alert within the collaborative environment, then they can share the alert with other team members and initiate a discussion about it.

A project manager monitors team responsiveness to alerts sent through the DataFuse platform over a specified period.

Given the project manager accesses the alert history feature, when they review the alerts sent within the last 30 days, then they can see the response rates and actions taken by team members in real-time.

A user accesses the alert settings on mobile while away from the office to ensure they stay updated on critical issues.

Given the user is logged into the mobile version of DataFuse, when they modify their alert settings on mobile, then those changes should synchronize and apply across all devices immediately.

Alert Categorization

"As a user, I want alerts to be categorized by severity so that I can prioritize my responses and address the most critical issues first."

Description

The Alert Categorization requirement introduces a system for classifying alerts into distinct categories based on their severity, type, or source. This feature will allow users to filter and prioritize alerts according to their importance and relevance, streamlining the monitoring process. By providing a clear visual representation of categorized alerts within the dashboard, users can focus on the most critical issues while minimizing distractions from less urgent notifications. This functionality improves user experience and promotes a more structured approach to data-driven decision-making.

Acceptance Criteria

Users can categorize alerts based on predefined severity levels such as 'Critical', 'High', 'Medium', and 'Low' when they receive them in the dashboard.

Given an alert is generated, When the user accesses the alert management interface, Then the user can categorize the alert into one of the predefined severity levels without errors.

Users can filter alerts by categories in the dashboard to easily find relevant notifications for their current tasks.

Given alerts have been categorized, When the user applies a filter based on alert categories, Then only alerts that match the selected category are displayed in the dashboard.

Users can visualize categorized alerts in a graphical representation within their dashboard for quick identification and response.

Given alerts are categorized, When the user views the dashboard, Then the user sees a distinct graphical representation (e.g. pie chart, bar chart) indicating the distribution of categorized alerts.

Users can prioritize alerts by dragging and dropping them into a priority list after categorization is complete.

Given alerts are categorized, When the user drags an alert to a higher priority in the list, Then the alert's priority is updated successfully and can be seen in the dashboard.

Users receive notifications when new alerts are categorized, ensuring they are aware of critical issues promptly.

Given a new alert is categorized as 'Critical', When the alert is saved, Then users receive an immediate notification about the categorized alert via the platform's notification system.

Team members can collaboratively discuss alerts after they have been categorized to make informed decisions.

Given an alert is categorized, When a user clicks on the alert to view its details, Then the user can initiate a discussion thread with team members directly related to that alert.

Users can edit the categorization of an alert after it has been initially categorized to adapt to changing situations.

Given an alert is already categorized, When the user accesses the alert's settings, Then the user can successfully change the alert's category without errors.

Multi-user Collaboration Tools

"As a project manager, I want to collaborate with my team directly within the alert interface so that we can discuss important issues without switching between multiple tools."

Description

The Multi-user Collaboration Tools requirement enables users to engage with team members within the alert-sharing interface. This feature should include functionalities like live chat, comment threads, and tagging, allowing users to discuss alerts in real-time while keeping all context within the alert itself. This requirement enhances communication among team members, ensuring that everyone stays informed and aligned on issues. It minimizes the need for external communication tools, thus streamlining the collaboration process and improving overall efficiency and response times.

Acceptance Criteria

Users engage with alerts in real-time during a team meeting using the Collaborative Alert Sharing feature.

Given a user is logged into the DataFuse platform and has an active alert, when they open the alert details, then they should see a live chat option to discuss the alert with team members.

A user tags a team member in an alert comment thread to solicit their input on an urgent issue.

Given a user is viewing an alert, when they add a comment and tag a specific team member using '@username', then that team member should receive a notification of the comment within the platform.

Team members collaborate on alerts relevant to their specific functions to resolve issues efficiently.

Given multiple users are engaged in discussing an alert, when they post comments in the comment thread, then all comments should display in real-time to every user viewing the alert.

Users can view the history of comments on an alert to track previous discussions.

Given a user opens an alert, when they scroll through the comment thread, then they should see all previous comments listed chronologically with timestamps.

A user attempts to access the alert-sharing interface to manage discussions about an important operational alert.

Given a user has the appropriate permissions within DataFuse, when they navigate to the alert-sharing interface, then they should see all relevant alerts and associated conversations with options to add new comments or initiate a live chat.

A user receives a notification about a mention in a comment thread to stay informed about discussions pertinent to their role.

Given a user is mentioned in a comment thread of an alert, when they log into DataFuse, then they should see a notification indicating the mention in their alerts dashboard.

Alert History Tracking

"As a data analyst, I want to access the history of alerts so that I can analyze trends and improve our response strategies for future issues."

Description

The Alert History Tracking requirement involves implementing a feature that allows users to view the history and status of resolved and unresolved alerts. This functionality should provide insights into past alerts' timelines, resolutions, and team responses. By integrating this feature, users can analyze patterns and trends in alert occurrences, which can enhance future decision-making and response strategies. This requirement contributes to transparency and accountability across teams by maintaining a comprehensive record of alert interactions.

Acceptance Criteria

User views the alert history section of the platform to analyze unresolved alerts and their statuses.

Given that the user has access to the alert history, when the user selects the alert history option, then the platform displays a list of unresolved alerts with their timestamps and priorities clearly indicated.

User wishes to review resolved alerts to understand past decisions made by the team.

Given that the user is in the alert history section, when the user filters the view to show only resolved alerts, then the system presents a comprehensive list of resolved alerts with associated resolution timelines and actions taken by the team.

User needs to analyze alert trends over a specified timeframe to improve future response strategies.

Given that the user selects a specific date range for the alert history, when the user requests an analysis of alert occurrences during that timeframe, then the system generates a report showing trends, including types of alerts and frequency of resolutions.

A team lead wants to delegate responsibilities based on the history of alerts related to their team.

Given that the user views the alert history, when the user clicks on an alert entry, then detailed information about the alert, including team member responses, is displayed to help in delegating future responsibilities.

User needs to share findings from alert history with other team members to enhance collaborative decision-making.

Given that the user is reviewing alert history, when the user selects alerts to share and clicks on the share button, then the selected alerts and their details are successfully sent to the specified team members via the platform's collaboration tool.

An administrator wants to ensure that the alert history logs all user interactions accurately for compliance purposes.

Given that the system tracks user actions, when the administrator reviews the audit trail of alert interactions, then all actions taken by users, including viewing and sharing alerts, are recorded accurately with timestamps and user identifiers.

User Permissions Management

"As an administrator, I want to manage user permissions regarding alerts so that I can ensure that sensitive information is only accessible to authorized team members."

Description

The User Permissions Management requirement establishes a framework for defining and managing user roles and access levels concerning alert sharing and collaboration. This feature will enable administrators to control who can view, share, and respond to alerts, ensuring sensitive information is protected and only accessible to authorized personnel. By implementing role-based access control, this requirement enhances security within the platform while fostering a collaborative environment tailored to each user’s responsibilities.

Acceptance Criteria

As an administrator, I need to set permissions for team members so that they can share alerts only with authorized users.

Given that I am on the Permissions Management page, When I set a user’s role to 'Viewer', Then the user should be unable to share alerts with other users.

As a team member, I want to view alerts shared with me according to my access level so that I can act on them appropriately.

Given that I am a 'Participant' role, When alerts are shared with me, Then I should be able to view and respond to those alerts in real-time without any issues.

As an administrator, I need to edit the roles assigned to team members to ensure they have the appropriate permissions for alert sharing.

Given that I am editing a user’s role, When I change a user's role from 'Editor' to 'Viewer', Then the user should no longer have access to the alert sharing feature.

As a team member, I need to receive notifications when alerts are shared with me so that I am aware of important issues promptly.

Given that I am assigned to a 'Subscriber' role, When an alert is shared with me, Then I should receive a notification via email and in the app within 5 minutes.

As an administrator, I want to review logs of user actions related to alert sharing to maintain security and accountability.

Given that I access the Audit Logs section, When I filter the logs by alert sharing actions, Then I should see a complete list of actions performed by users regarding alerts in chronological order.

As a user with limited access, I want to be clearly informed if I try to access an alert that I do not have permission to view.

Given that I attempt to access an alert outside my permissions, When I click on the alert link, Then I should receive a message stating 'You do not have permission to view this alert.'

Feedback Mechanism for Alerts

"As a user, I want to provide feedback on alerts so that I can help improve the relevance and effectiveness of the notifications I receive."

Description

The Feedback Mechanism for Alerts requirement introduces a system that allows users to provide feedback on the alerts they receive. This could involve rating the relevance and usefulness of the alerts, suggesting improvements, or flagging issues for further investigation. The collected feedback will assist in refining the alert algorithms and ensuring that users receive meaningful notifications tailored to their needs. This requirement emphasizes the importance of user input in the ongoing enhancement of the alerting system.

Acceptance Criteria

User submits feedback on an alert received about unexpected system downtime.

Given a user receives an alert about system downtime, when they rate the alert's relevance on a 5-point scale and provide a written suggestion, then the feedback should be recorded and visible to the system administrator.

Team lead reviews feedback trends on alerts reported by team members.

Given multiple users have provided feedback on various alerts, when the team lead accesses the feedback dashboard, then they should see aggregated feedback metrics, including average rating and common suggestions for each alert type.

User flags an alert as irrelevant after receiving it multiple times.

Given a user receives an alert that they deem irrelevant, when they select the 'Flag as Irrelevant' option, then the system should track this action and notify relevant teams for review.

System administrator analyzes user feedback to improve alert algorithms.

Given the system administrator accesses the feedback reports, when they review the feedback data, then they should be able to identify patterns and insights that inform modifications to the alert algorithms.

User seeks to provide feedback without leaving the alert notification.

Given a user receives an alert notification, when they select the 'Provide Feedback' option within the notification, then they should be able to submit their feedback directly without navigating away from the alert.

User accesses the feedback history to track their submitted feedback.

Given a user wants to check their past feedback submissions, when they navigate to the 'My Feedback' section, then they should see a list of all their submitted feedback with timestamps and statuses.

Alert Insights Summary

The Alert Insights Summary feature provides users with contextual information and suggested actions related to the alerts they receive. This means users not only understand what has changed but also gain insights into why it matters and potential courses of action, empowering them to make informed decisions quickly.

Requirements

Insightful Alert Details

"As a DataFuse user, I want to receive detailed insights with my alerts so that I can understand the context and significance of the changes, enabling quicker and more informed decisions."

Description

The Insightful Alert Details requirement focuses on providing users with detailed contextual information for every alert they receive. This includes real-time data analysis, historical comparisons, and trend insights that showcase what has changed and why it might matter to the user's business operations. By integrating this functionality, users will be able to grasp complex situations quickly, reducing the time spent on data interpretation and allowing for faster decision-making. The alerts will not only inform users but will also enhance their understanding through analytics, promoting data-driven action that aligns with strategic objectives.

Acceptance Criteria

User receives an alert regarding a significant drop in sales for a specific product line.

Given the user has received a sales alert, when they view the alert details, then the system should display real-time data analysis, historical comparisons, and trend insights relevant to that product line.

User accesses the Alert Insights Summary during a monthly review meeting.

Given the user is in a meeting setting, when they present the alert details, then the system should provide contextual information that clearly explains the importance of the alert and suggests actionable steps.

User interacts with the alert details on a mobile device while in the field.

Given the user opens the alert on their mobile app, when they view the details, then the system should present a concise summary of the alert, including key metrics and a suggested action that can be performed immediately.

User receives multiple alerts related to operational KPIs over a week.

Given the user accesses their weekly summary report, when they review the alerts, then the system should group the alerts by category and highlight trends or patterns observed during the week with visual aids.

A user with limited data analytics experience receives an alert about increased operating costs.

Given the user reads the alert, when they access the analytics section, then the system should provide simplified explanations and suggested actions that do not require advanced analytics knowledge.

User wants to understand the impact of an alert on their marketing strategy.

Given the user selects an alert related to a drop in website traffic, when they view the detailed insights, then the system should show historical website traffic data and marketing campaign performance to illustrate potential causes and effects.

A user customizes the alert settings based on their strategic objectives.

Given the user modifies their alert preferences, when they receive a new alert, then the system should ensure the insights are tailored to align with their specified objectives, reflecting changes in priority.

Suggested Action Plans

"As a DataFuse user, I want to receive suggested actions with my alerts so that I can quickly respond with appropriate measures and minimize any negative impact on my operations."

Description

The Suggested Action Plans requirement aims to equip users with recommended actions directly linked to the alerts they receive. These suggestions will be generated using AI algorithms that analyze the user's data patterns and historical responses to similar alerts. By providing actionable recommendations, users will not only be informed about a problematic change but will also have a clear path to address it effectively. This fosters a proactive response culture among users, enhancing their ability to act swiftly in critical situations and improving overall operational efficiency.

Acceptance Criteria

User receives a critical alert about a sudden drop in sales data and accesses the Suggested Action Plans feature for recommended responses.

Given a user receives a critical sales alert, when the user opens the Suggested Action Plans, then they should see at least three actionable recommendations related to addressing the sales drop, supported by contextual insights.

User gets a notification about an unexpected increase in customer complaints and checks the Suggested Action Plans for guidance.

Given a user is notified of a spike in customer complaints, when the user accesses the Suggested Action Plans, then the system should provide specific action suggestions based on historical complaint resolutions.

A user wants to understand the underlying reasons for a data alert they received regarding inventory levels and seeks suggested actions to mitigate the situation.

Given a user views an inventory alert, when they navigate to the Suggested Action Plans, then they should find a clear explanation of the alert reasons along with at least two distinct action plans to reduce inventory shortages.

A manager routinely reviews past alerts to ensure they followed the suggested actions and reflects on their effectiveness in addressing issues.

Given a manager reviews historical alerts, when they select a past alert in the Suggested Action Plans feature, then they should see the original suggestions along with a feedback mechanism to indicate if the actions taken were effective or not.

A user is utilizing the platform to run a report that requires them to fetch insights into recurring alert trends over the past month.

Given a user generates a report for recurring alerts, when they include Suggested Action Plans data, then the report should accurately display suggested actions taken in response to alerts within the selected time frame.

A user is preparing for a team meeting and wants to present the effectiveness of the Suggested Action Plans in addressing alerts over a quarter.

Given a user needs to present to the team, when they compile success metrics from the Suggested Action Plans, then they should be able to generate a summary report highlighting the number of alerts and the percentage of successful actions taken based on suggestions.

A user receives multiple alerts simultaneously and wants to prioritize which suggestions to follow first using the Suggested Action Plans feature.

Given a user has multiple concurrent alerts, when they access the Suggested Action Plans, then the system should rank action suggestions based on urgency and potential impact on operational efficiency.

Customizable Alert Settings

"As a DataFuse user, I want to customize my alert settings so that I only receive notifications that are relevant to my business needs, allowing me to focus on what truly matters."

Description

The Customizable Alert Settings requirement allows users to tailor their alert preferences according to their specific business needs and priorities. Users can define parameters for alerts based on data thresholds, types of changes, and even the frequency of notifications they desire. This personalization enhances the user experience by minimizing unnecessary alerts and ensuring that users receive only the most relevant information. The feature will include an easy-to-use interface for setting preferences, thus empowering users to manage their alert strategy effectively and focus on actionable insights.

Acceptance Criteria

As a user, I want to access customizable alert settings so that I can modify how frequently I receive notifications based on my business preferences.

Given that I am on the alert settings page, When I adjust the notification frequency and save my changes, Then the new frequency should be reflected in my account settings immediately.

As a user, I want to set specific data thresholds for alerts, so I only receive notifications that are pertinent to my business operations.

Given that I have defined data thresholds for alerts, When the system processes data and detects a change that meets the defined thresholds, Then an alert should be generated and sent to me according to my preferences.

As a user, I want to filter alert types so that I receive only the alerts that are relevant to my operations, such as financial metrics or operational changes.

Given that I have selected specific alert types in my settings, When an event occurs that generates an alert of one of my selected types, Then I should only see alerts for those types on my dashboard.

As a user, I need to preview the alert summary context before confirming my settings to ensure I understand the implications of the alerts I will receive.

Given that I access the customizable alert settings, When I select an alert type and click on preview, Then the system should display a detailed summary indicating the context and suggested actions associated with that specific alert.

As a user, I want to receive confirmation of any changes made to my alert settings so that I am aware of all modifications in my notification strategy.

Given that I have successfully updated my alert settings, When I save the changes, Then I should receive a confirmation message highlighting the changes I made and the effective start date of these changes.

As a user, I want the ability to revert my alert settings to default if I find my custom settings unsatisfactory, making it easy to manage my preferences.

Given that I am on the alert settings page, When I click the option to restore default settings, Then all my custom settings should revert to the system's default configurations without errors.

Real-time Alert Notifications

"As a DataFuse user, I want to receive real-time notifications for alerts so that I can respond immediately to any significant changes affecting my business."

Description

The Real-time Alert Notifications requirement ensures that users receive immediate notifications via multiple channels (e.g., email, SMS, in-app notifications) as soon as an alert is triggered. The prompt delivery of alerts plays a crucial role in timely decision-making, which can significantly impact business performance. By implementing this functionality, the platform guarantees that users are kept informed at all times, allowing them to respond promptly to emergent situations and maintain operational continuity.

Acceptance Criteria

User receives an alert notification via email within 30 seconds of the alert being triggered, ensuring they are informed promptly about critical issues affecting their data integration process.

Given that an alert is triggered, when the user checks their email, then they should receive the email notification within 30 seconds of the alert activation.

User receives an SMS notification as soon as an alert is triggered, allowing them to respond immediately no matter their current location.

Given that an alert is triggered, when the user checks their SMS messages, then they should receive an SMS notification within 30 seconds of the alert activation.

User checks the in-app notifications and confirms that they can see all relevant alerts sorted by priority, ensuring that important alerts are not missed.

Given that an alert is triggered, when the user opens the DataFuse app, then the in-app notification section should reflect the triggered alert prioritized by urgency and importance.

User can customize their notification preferences for different types of alerts, ensuring they only receive notifications that are relevant to their needs.

Given that the user is in the notification settings, when they select specific alert types, then they should only receive notifications for those selected types accordingly.

User experiences a system failure or outage, leading to triggering of multiple alerts, and they receive all alerts across channels without any missing notifications.

Given that multiple alerts are triggered due to a system failure, when the user checks their email, SMS, and in-app notifications, then they should have received all alerts without any delay or loss.

User receives a real-time alert notification while using the DataFuse platform and is able to access the alert insights summary directly from the notification.

Given that the user is actively using the DataFuse platform, when they receive an alert notification, then they should be able to click through the notification and view the alert insights summary.

User tests the notification system by triggering a test alert, ensuring that the entire notification process works as intended across all channels.

Given that the user initiates a test alert, when the alert is triggered, then the user should receive notifications via email, SMS, and in-app within the expected timeframe (30 seconds).

User Feedback Mechanism for Alerts

"As a DataFuse user, I want to provide feedback on the alerts I receive so that the system can improve its recommendations and relevance, enhancing my experience with the platform."

Description

The User Feedback Mechanism for Alerts requirement introduces a way for users to provide feedback on the relevance and effectiveness of the alerts they receive. This feedback loop will enable continuous improvement of the alert system, allowing for more accurate predictions and recommendations in the future. Users can rate alerts and suggest additional actions, contributing to an evolving analytics engine that learns from past interactions, ensuring that the system better serves their needs over time.

Acceptance Criteria

User provides feedback on an alert they received regarding a data anomaly in sales figures.

Given the user has received a sales anomaly alert, when they select the feedback button, then they should be prompted to rate the alert from 1 to 5 and provide additional comments.

User submits feedback on the contextual importance of an alert they received.

Given the user rates an alert as '4' or '5', when they submit their feedback, then they should see a confirmation message thanking them for their input and promising future improvements based on user feedback.

User accesses their feedback history related to previous alerts.

Given the user navigates to the feedback section, when they view their feedback history, then they should see a list of all alerts they provided feedback on, including their ratings and comments, sorted by date.

Admin reviews aggregated user feedback on alerts received.

Given the admin accesses the analytics dashboard, when they select the feedback overview section, then they should see summary statistics including average ratings and common suggestions for all alerts received by users.

User wants to change feedback submitted for a previous alert.

Given the user navigates to their feedback history, when they select an alert for which they want to change their feedback, then they should be able to update their rating and comments, with all changes successfully saved.

User receives immediate suggestions for action based on their feedback.

Given the user has submitted feedback indicating the need for action, when the feedback is processed, then they should receive a tailored action plan suggestions email within 24 hours, reflecting their recent feedback.

New users interact with alert feedback prompts for the first time.

Given a new user encounters their first alert, when they interact with the feedback feature, then they should receive helpful tooltips explaining how to provide feedback and why it's useful.

Story Mode Editor

The Story Mode Editor allows users to craft narratives through a guided step-by-step interface. Users can easily add context, organize their data visuals, and weave together charts and infographics to create a cohesive story. This feature enhances clarity and engagement, enabling users to effectively communicate insights to their audience without needing extensive design skills.

Requirements

Dynamic Content Integration

"As a data analyst, I want to integrate real-time data from multiple sources into my story so that I can provide accurate and up-to-date insights for my audience."

Description

The Dynamic Content Integration requirement allows users to seamlessly incorporate various data sources, such as databases, CSV files, and APIs, into their narratives on the Story Mode Editor. This functionality enhances user experience by enabling real-time data updates, ensuring that the information presented is always current and relevant. Additionally, it empowers users to customize their stories with relevant data points, making insights more actionable and engaging. The integration must support a variety of data formats and provide error handling to ensure smooth operation across different data sources, contributing to the overall robustness of the DataFuse platform.

Acceptance Criteria

User integrates a CSV file containing sales data into the Story Mode Editor to showcase quarterly performance metrics.

Given the user has a valid CSV file, when they upload the file through the Dynamic Content Integration section, then the system should parse the file without errors and display the relevant data in the editor.

User attempts to connect to an API to fetch real-time social media engagement data for their narrative within the Story Mode Editor.

Given the user provides valid API credentials, when they connect to the API, then the system should retrieve the data successfully and allow the user to integrate it into their narrative.

User edits a previously integrated database source to update the visualizations in their narrative when new data is available.

Given the user has an existing database connection set up, when they update the data in the database, then the Story Mode Editor should automatically refresh and present the updated data in the visualizations without the need for manual re-integration.

User encounters an error while trying to integrate a non-supported file format into the editor.

Given the user attempts to upload an unsupported file format, when the upload is processed, then the system should display an appropriate error message indicating the file format is not supported and suggest supported formats.

User creates a multimedia story using various integrated data sources and wants to save their work.

Given the user has completed integrating multiple data sources into their Story Mode, when they click 'Save', then the system should successfully save their story with all integrated data points and configurations intact.

User configures the dynamic content integration settings to filter only relevant data points from a large dataset.

Given the user accesses the integration settings, when they specify filtering criteria, then the system should only display data that matches the specified criteria within the Story Mode Editor.

Interactive Visual Elements

"As a business user, I want to insert interactive visuals in my narrative so that my audience can engage with the data and gain a better understanding of the insights presented."

Description

The Interactive Visual Elements requirement allows users to add dynamic charts, graphs, and infographics to their stories within the Story Mode Editor. These interactive elements enhance user engagement and facilitate deeper understanding of the data by allowing audiences to explore data through tooltips, filters, and pop-ups. The implementation must ensure compatibility with various data types and provide an easy-to-use interface for users without design experience. By fostering a more engaging storytelling approach, this feature contributes to effective communication of insights in DataFuse, ultimately aiding decision-making processes.

Acceptance Criteria

As a user of DataFuse, I want to be able to add interactive charts to my narrative in the Story Mode Editor so that I can present data in an engaging way to my audience.

Given I am in the Story Mode Editor, when I select an interactive chart type and input my data, then the chart should render correctly and be interactive with tooltips and filters enabled.

As a user who needs to communicate complex data insights, I want to be able to add infographics that allow audiences to hover over different sections for more details.

Given I have added an infographic to my story, when I hover over different parts of the infographic, then relevant details should be displayed in a tooltip format, enhancing audience understanding.

As a user, I want to ensure that any interactive visual elements I add to my story are compatible with various data formats such as CSV and Excel, allowing me to streamline my workflow.

Given I upload a data file in CSV or Excel format, when I use this data to create an interactive visual element, then the element should correctly display and interpret the data without errors.

As a user, when I create a dynamic graph, I want to be able to filter the displayed data based on specific criteria so that I can focus on relevant information.

Given I have created a dynamic graph, when I apply filters to the displayed data, then the graph should update in real-time to reflect the filtered dataset accurately.

As a user, I want the Story Mode Editor to provide me with an easy-to-use interface for adding and customizing interactive elements without needing extensive design skills.

Given I am in the Story Mode Editor, when I access the interactive elements section, then I should find a user-friendly interface that allows me to easily add and customize my charts and graphs.

As a user, I want to save my story with all interactive elements included, so that I can revisit and edit my work later without losing functionality.

Given I have added interactive visual elements to my story, when I save my story, then it should retain all visual elements in their functional state when reopened.

As a user, I want to be able to preview my story with interactive elements before finalizing it, ensuring that everything looks and works as expected.

Given I am in the Story Mode Editor, when I click on the preview button, then I should see my entire story, including all interactive elements functioning correctly as they would in a final presentation.

Collaboration Tools Integration

"As a team member, I want to collaborate with my colleagues on the same story so that we can collectively enhance our insights and ensure consistency in data presentation."

Description

The Collaboration Tools Integration requirement enables users to share their stories and collaborate with team members directly within the Story Mode Editor. This functionality includes commenting features, version control, and real-time collaboration on narrative editing. By facilitating teamwork and feedback, this feature enhances the quality of insights offered, allowing for a more comprehensive perspective and ensuring that all team members are aligned. The effective implementation of this requirement will improve the usability of DataFuse and foster a collaborative environment for data-driven decision making.

Acceptance Criteria

User initiates collaboration on a story by inviting team members through the Story Mode Editor.

Given a user is on the Story Mode Editor, when they select the 'Invite Collaborators' option and enter one or more email addresses, then those users should receive an email invitation to collaborate on the story.

Users comment on sections of the story to provide feedback or suggest changes.

Given a user is viewing a story, when they click on a section and enter a comment in the comment box, then that comment should be visible to the original creator and other collaborators in real-time.

Version control allows users to view and revert to previous versions of the story.

Given a user is on the Story Mode Editor, when they select 'Version History', then they should see a list of previous versions with timestamps, and be able to revert to any version by selecting it.

Real-time collaboration allows multiple users to edit the narrative simultaneously.

Given multiple users are collaborating on the same story, when one user makes changes to the story, then all other users should see those changes reflected in their view within 5 seconds.

Users can track and manage comments made by collaborators effectively.

Given a user is editing a story, when they access the comments section, then they should be able to view, resolve, and delete each comment individually, keeping the comment section organized.

Template Library for Story Creation

"As a new user, I want to access templates to create my stories so that I can easily build engaging narratives without needing design expertise."

Description

The Template Library for Story Creation requirement involves providing users access to a variety of pre-designed templates specific to different industries and use cases within the Story Mode Editor. These templates will streamline the process of story building, making it accessible for users with varying degrees of expertise. By offering a selection of customizable templates, this feature promotes efficient use and enhancement of storytelling capabilities, ensuring a professional presentation of insights regardless of the user’s design skills.

Acceptance Criteria

User navigates to the Story Mode Editor and opens the template library to select a template for a marketing report.

Given the user is in the Story Mode Editor, when they access the template library, then they should see a list of at least 10 industry-specific templates available for selection.

User selects a template in the Story Mode Editor to create a narrative for their data visualizations.

Given the user has selected a template, when they preview the template, then all elements should be populated with placeholder text and visuals relevant to that template's theme.

User customizes a template in the Story Mode Editor to suit their company's branding and data presentation needs.

Given the user is editing the template, when they change the color scheme, fonts, and images, then the changes should reflect instantly in the preview without errors or distortions.

User utilizes the Story Mode Editor to save their customized template for future use.

Given the user has made modifications to a template, when they click the 'Save' button, then the custom template should be stored in 'My Templates' and accessible for future editing.

User attempts to create a story without selecting a template in the Story Mode Editor.

Given the user is in the Story Mode Editor, when they try to proceed without selecting a template, then they should receive an error message prompting them to select a template first.

User shares a completed story created from a template with team members.

Given the user has finished their story, when they click the 'Share' button, then the selected team members should receive an email notification with a link to view the story.

User accesses the help section for guidance on how to use the template library effectively.

Given the user is on the template library page, when they click the 'Help' icon, then they should be presented with a tutorial video and FAQ section outlining how to utilize the templates.

Analytics Tracking for Story Performance

"As a content creator, I want to track the performance of my stories so that I can understand what engages my audience and refine my content accordingly."

Description

The Analytics Tracking for Story Performance requirement allows users to monitor how their narratives are received by their audiences through engagement metrics, view counts, and interaction statistics. This feature will provide insights into which aspects of the stories resonate most, enabling users to continuously optimize their narratives. By integrating this tracking capability within the Story Mode Editor, DataFuse enhances user awareness of their storytelling effectiveness, which can lead to improved future presentations and enhanced data-driven communication strategies.

Acceptance Criteria

Story Performance Analytics Metrics Overview

Given a user has published a narrative using the Story Mode Editor, when accessing the analytics dashboard, then the user should see engagement metrics that include total view counts, average view duration, and interaction rates for their story.

User Engagement Data Accessibility

Given a user navigates to the analytics section after a story has been published, when they apply filters based on time frame and audience demographics, then the displayed metrics should accurately reflect the selected parameters without errors.

Feedback Loop for Story Optimization

Given a user reviews the analytics data of their published stories, when they identify elements with low engagement, then they should be able to easily access actionable suggestions for improving those specific elements based on historical data trends.

Real-Time Updates of Analytics Data

Given a user is viewing the analytics for their story, when new engagement data is generated (e.g., new views or interactions occur), then the analytics dashboard should refresh automatically to reflect the most current metrics without requiring a page reload.

Comparative Analysis of Multiple Stories

Given a user has multiple stories published, when they select the option to compare analytics across these stories, then the system should generate a comparative report that includes key engagement metrics side by side for easy analysis.

Dynamic Visual Elements

Dynamic Visual Elements empower users to incorporate interactive charts and infographics that respond to audience input during presentations. Viewers can drill down into data points or switch between different visual formats in real-time, making the storytelling experience more engaging and informative.

Requirements

Interactive Chart Integration

"As a data analyst, I want to integrate interactive charts into my reports so that I can present real-time insights that engage my audience effectively."

Description

The Interactive Chart Integration requirement enables users to seamlessly embed interactive charts within the DataFuse platform. Users can choose from various chart types that dynamically update based on real-time data inputs. This feature is essential for providing a visual representation of data trends and patterns, allowing users to glean insights at a glance. The integration should support multiple data sources, ensuring that any updates in the underlying data are reflected immediately in the charts. Enhanced interactivity allows for user engagement, facilitating better understanding and retention of the data presented, and is particularly beneficial in collaborative settings or during live presentations.

Acceptance Criteria

User navigates to the dashboard on DataFuse, selects a data source, and chooses an interactive chart type to visualize sales data over the last quarter during a team meeting.

Given the user has selected a data source and chart type, when the user clicks 'Generate Chart,' then the interactive chart must be displayed within 2 seconds with accurate sales data reflecting the last quarter and allow for user interactivity.

During a live presentation, the presenter wants to switch between different chart formats (e.g., from bar to line chart) to better illustrate data trends to an audience.

Given the interactive chart is displayed, when the presenter selects a different chart format option, then the chart must seamlessly update to the chosen format within 3 seconds without losing any data context.

A user wants to share a dashboard view that includes interactive charts with a colleague who has access to the platform to encourage collaborative analysis of the data.

Given the user has embedded interactive charts in a shared dashboard, when the colleague opens the dashboard, then the charts must display correctly and remain interactive, updating in real-time based on the underlying data changes.

Users from various departments input real-time data into the DataFuse platform, and they expect the interactive charts to reflect these changes immediately during a strategy session.

Given that the data is being updated in the system, when a data input is made, then all interactive charts relying on this data must refresh automatically within 5 seconds to accurately display the new information.

A user is conducting a training session on how to utilize interactive charts for internal analytics, demonstrating the process to new employees.

Given that the training session is ongoing, when the user demonstrates embedding a chart and interacting with it, then the entire process must be executable without any errors and must display the results accurately to all participants.

The user wants to ensure that the interactive charts are accessible and usable across different devices during field operations.

Given the user is accessing the DataFuse platform from a mobile device, when they open an interactive chart, then the chart must be fully functional with all interactive features available and responsive to touch gestures.

Real-time Data Drill-down

"As a business user, I want to drill down into data points during presentations so that I can better understand the factors driving my business metrics."

Description

The Real-time Data Drill-down requirement allows users to click on specific data points within a visual element to access detailed information. This feature enhances the user experience by enabling users to dive deeper into specific metrics without disrupting the flow of their presentation or analysis. By providing contextual data relevant to the selected points, users can gain a deeper understanding of the underlying factors influencing their data. This drill-down capability is designed to be intuitive and responsive, promoting exploratory analysis and ensuring that users can derive insights from granular data without hassle.

Acceptance Criteria

User selects a specific data point on an interactive chart during a live presentation to uncover more detailed information about that metric.

Given the user is in presentation mode, when they click on a data point, then detailed contextual data for that point is displayed without any lag.

Presenter wants to switch visual formats of the data being displayed during a meeting without losing context or flow of information.

Given the user is interacting with a dynamic visual element, when they select a different visual format, then the relevant data updates in real-time and displays correctly in the new format.

User is analyzing a trend over a specific period and needs to explore factors related to significant spikes or drops in the data.

Given the user has clicked on a spike in the line graph, when the detailed information is presented, then it shows not only the chosen data but also potential factors affecting it such as related metrics or external data sources.

User encounters a loading delay when accessing detailed information about a data point during a presentation.

Given that the user clicks on a data point, when the detailed information takes longer than 1 second to load, then an appropriate loading indicator should appear until the data is fully rendered.

User wants to navigate back to the main data visualization after exploring details on a specific metric.

Given the user is viewing detailed information, when they click the 'Back' button, then they should return to the original visual element with the previous state intact.

User wants to share the insights gathered from the drill-down feature with colleagues after a presentation.

Given the user has uncovered data through the drill-down feature, when they click on 'Share Insight,' then an email template with the gathered insights should be generated automatically for easy sharing.

Dynamic Infographic Generation

"As a marketer, I want to generate dynamic infographics from my data analyses so that I can present compelling stories that resonate with my audience."

Description

The Dynamic Infographic Generation requirement allows users to create visually stunning infographics that update automatically based on the chosen data parameters. This feature empowers users to transform complex data sets into simplified visual formats that tell compelling stories. The infographics must be customizable, allowing users to select the data dimensions they wish to highlight, as well as the overall design aesthetic. This function enhances the storytelling aspect of data presentation in DataFuse, making it easier for stakeholders to comprehend analytics results and engage with the presented data effectively.

Acceptance Criteria

Dynamic Infographic Generation for Quarterly Business Review Presentation

Given a user is creating a dynamic infographic for a quarterly business review, when the user selects specific data parameters (e.g., revenue, expenses) and a design template, then the infographic is generated in real-time and updates automatically as the user changes the parameters.

Interactive Infographic Customization by End Users

Given an end user views a dynamic infographic during a live presentation, when the user clicks on a data point, then the infographic enables drilling down into detailed insights about that data point without refreshing the page.

Data Source Integration for Infographic Generation

Given a user connects multiple data sources to DataFuse, when the user selects data from different sources to create an infographic, then the system consolidates the data accurately and displays it in the selected infographic format without errors.

Real-Time Updates of Dynamic Infographics

Given a dynamic infographic is displaying live sales data, when new sales data is recorded, then the infographic updates automatically within 5 seconds to reflect the most current information.

Exporting Infographics for External Use

Given a user has created a dynamic infographic, when the user opts to export the infographic as a PDF or image file, then the export feature generates a high-quality version of the infographic that retains design elements and data accuracy.

User Feedback Mechanism Post-Presentation

Given a presentation involving dynamic infographics has concluded, when audience members provide feedback via a survey, then the feedback is successfully collected and linked to the specific infographics presented for future analysis and improvements.

Mobile Responsiveness for Dynamic Infographics

Given a user accesses the dynamic infographic on a mobile device, when the infographic is displayed, then it is visually optimized for mobile viewing, allowing all interactive features to function properly.

Format Switching Capabilities

"As a presenter, I want to switch between visualization formats during my presentation so that I can tailor the display of data to suit my audience's preferences."

Description

The Format Switching Capabilities requirement offers users the ability to switch between different data visualization formats (e.g., charts, graphs, tables) instantly during a presentation. This flexibility improves the adaptability of presentations, allowing users to choose the format that best communicates their message in real time. The feature must ensure that all data representations maintain consistency and integrity, regardless of the format chosen. By providing this capability, DataFuse enhances user control over their data storytelling process, catering to different audience preferences and enhancing engagement.

Acceptance Criteria

User switches from a bar chart to a line graph during a live presentation to illustrate a trend over time.

Given the user is viewing a bar chart, when the user selects the line graph option, then the chart should instantly switch to the line graph format without data loss or distortion.

User needs to switch between a pie chart and a table to provide a detailed breakdown of data during a client meeting.

Given the user is displaying a pie chart, when the user selects the table format, then the pie chart should convert to a table format displaying the same data accurately.

A presenter wants to change visualization formats to better address audience questions during a working group session.

Given the user has multiple visualization formats available, when the user cycles through each format in response to audience questions, then all formats should display consistent data regardless of format chosen.

User wants to visualize sales data using different formats for better understanding during a quarterly review meeting.

Given the user selects the sales data, when the user chooses any visualization format, then the visual representation must accurately reflect the selected data points in real-time with interactive capabilities.

User conducts a training session where data needs to be represented in varied formats based on trainee feedback.

Given the trainees provide feedback on the best format to use, when the user switches formats, then the flexibility to adapt the visuals should enhance comprehension without any lag time.

A user demonstrates project data using a stacked area chart, requiring a switch to a line chart for clearer presentation to stakeholders.

Given the user is currently viewing a stacked area chart, when the user selects the line chart option, then the transition to the line chart must occur seamlessly with correct data and no downtime.

Audience Interaction Features

"As an audience member, I want to be able to ask questions about the data presented in real time so that I can clarify my understanding and engage more deeply with the content."

Description

The Audience Interaction Features requirement enables viewers during a presentation to contribute input, such as asking questions or selecting data points to view more details. This interactive component fosters a two-way dialogue, making presentations more engaging and responsive. Users must be able to set parameters that define how and when audience interactivity is permitted, enhancing the overall experience. This feature aims to break down the traditional one-way presentation model, creating an environment where audience feedback is seamlessly integrated into the presentation process, thus improving comprehension and retention of information.

Acceptance Criteria

Audience members can submit questions during a presentation using a dedicated input interface.

Given an active presentation, when the audience member submits a question through the input interface, then the question should be displayed in a moderator view for selection.

Presenters can define specific time intervals during which audience interactivity is allowed.

Given the presentation settings, when the presenter defines a time interval for interactivity, then the audience should only be able to submit inputs during the designated times.

Audience members can select specific data points on visual elements to expand for more detailed information.

Given a dynamic visual element displayed on the screen, when an audience member selects a data point, then additional information related to that data point should be displayed immediately.

The moderator can filter and prioritize audience inputs based on predefined criteria.

Given a list of submitted audience questions, when the moderator applies a filter, then only questions that meet the filter criteria should be displayed in the moderator view.

Audience interactivity can be toggled on or off by the presenter during the presentation.

Given an active presentation, when the presenter toggles audience interactivity off, then all audience input interfaces should be disabled until it is toggled back on.

The system collects feedback on audience engagement during interactive sessions.

Given an interactive session, when the session ends, then a report summarizing the audience engagement metrics should be generated and made available to the presenter.

Template Gallery

The Template Gallery provides a selection of professionally designed storytelling templates that users can customize according to their needs. This saves time and ensures that presentations have a polished, visually appealing look, allowing users to focus on content rather than design.

Requirements

Template Customization

"As a user, I want to customize presentation templates so that I can create visually appealing content that fits my brand identity."

Description

The Template Customization requirement allows users to modify pre-designed templates within the Template Gallery to meet their specific needs. This includes changing colors, fonts, images, and layout configurations, enabling users to create unique presentations that align with their brand. This functionality enhances user experience by offering flexibility and creativity, allowing users to instantly adapt templates without needing any prior design experience. By empowering users to personalize their presentations, this requirement not only saves time but also fosters a sense of ownership over the content presented, making it more engaging and effective.

Acceptance Criteria

Customization of Template Colors

Given a user selects a template from the Template Gallery, when they change the color scheme of the template to their desired colors, then the template should reflect the new color choices in real-time without any glitches or delays.

Modification of Template Fonts

Given a user is editing a selected template, when the user chooses a different font from the font dropdown menu, then the text in the template should immediately update to the selected font across all relevant sections.

Image Replacement in Templates

Given a user chooses a template that contains placeholder images, when they upload a new image to replace a placeholder, then the new image should be displayed in the same position and size as the original placeholder image with no distortion.

Layout Configuration Adjustment

Given a user is in the process of customizing a template, when they drag and drop layout elements to new positions, then the elements should maintain their functionality (i.e., links, animations) and not overlap inappropriately after being repositioned.

Saving Customized Templates

Given a user has made several customizations to a template, when they click the 'Save' button, then the system should save all changes and allow the user to access the updated template later from their saved templates section.

Review Presentation Before Finalizing

Given a user has customized their template and initiated the preview function, when they review the presentation, then all edits (colors, fonts, images, layout changes) should reflect accurately as they will appear in the final presentation.

Template Preview

"As a user, I want to preview a template before applying it so that I can ensure it meets my expectations and presentation needs."

Description

The Template Preview requirement provides users with the ability to view a live rendering of the selected templates before they finalize their choice. This feature will ensure that users can assess the design and layout in real-time, allowing them to make informed decisions. Preview functionality will reduce the risk of dissatisfaction after selection by allowing for adjustments on the fly. It enhances the user experience by providing immediate feedback, ensuring that users can choose templates that best suit their presentation goals and styles, ultimately leading to higher satisfaction rates.

Acceptance Criteria

User selects a template from the Template Gallery and clicks on the 'Preview' button to view the live rendering of the selected template.

Given the user has selected a template, when they click the 'Preview' button, then a live preview of the template should be displayed within 2 seconds, rendering all design elements accurately.

User is customizing a template in the Template Preview feature and makes adjustments to text fields.

Given the user is in the Template Preview mode, when they update the text in a text field, then the preview should reflect the changes in real-time without requiring a refresh.

The user wishes to view different templates after inspecting the current template in the Template Preview.

Given the user is viewing a template in preview mode, when they click on another template from the gallery, then the current preview should transition to the new template smoothly within 1.5 seconds.

A user wants to ensure that all interactive elements in the template function correctly during preview.

Given the user is in the Template Preview mode, when they interact with buttons and links within the template, then all interactive elements should respond correctly and be clickable, displaying appropriate feedback.

User attempts to preview a template on a mobile device.

Given the user selects a template on a mobile device, when they click the 'Preview' button, then the template should display correctly on the mobile screen with no design elements cut off.

Template Tags and Categories

"As a user, I want to filter templates by categories so that I can quickly find a template that fits my specific presentation needs."

Description

The Template Tags and Categories feature involves organizing templates into various tags and categories for easier navigation. Users will be able to filter templates based on themes, industries, or purposes, such as 'Sales', 'Marketing', 'Corporate', etc. This organization enhances user experience by minimizing search time and simplifying the process of finding relevant templates. It also allows users to explore various design options that may suit their needs, promoting better engagement and creativity in presentation design.

Acceptance Criteria

User navigates to the Template Gallery and needs to find templates specific to 'Sales' in a corporate presentation context.

Given the user is on the Template Gallery page, When the user selects the 'Sales' tag from the filter options, Then only templates categorized under the 'Sales' tag should be displayed on the screen.

A user who is looking for marketing templates should be able to access them without confusion from other categories.

Given the user is on the Template Gallery page, When the user selects the 'Marketing' category from the dropdown, Then all templates related to the 'Marketing' category should be visible, while others remain hidden.

An administrator wants to add a new tag for 'Corporate' to a selection of presentation templates they uploaded.

Given the administrator is on the Template Management page, When the administrator adds a new tag called 'Corporate' and saves the changes, Then the tag should be associated with the selected templates and displayed correctly in the Template Gallery.

A user looking for templates across multiple industries wants to see all available options in one view.

Given the user is on the Template Gallery page, When the user selects multiple industry tags such as 'Sales' and 'Marketing', Then the displayed templates should include all templates that match either or both of these tags.

Template Gallery users should be able to remove selected tags to refine their search results easily.

Given the user has selected multiple tags for filtering, When the user decides to remove one of the tags by clicking the 'remove' icon, Then the displayed templates should update immediately to show only those that match the remaining selected tags.

A new user visits the Template Gallery for the first time and wants to learn how to use the tag filtering system.

Given the new user is on the Template Gallery page, When they hover over the 'Tags' section, Then a tooltip or help message should appear explaining how to filter templates using tags.

Template Sharing Functionality

"As a user, I want to share my customized templates with my team so that we can collaborate effectively on presentation design."

Description

The Template Sharing Functionality requirement enables users to share their customized templates with colleagues or teams directly within the DataFuse platform. This promotes collaboration by allowing users to showcase their designs, gain feedback, and implement collective changes. It enhances the collaboration capabilities of the platform, streamlining the presentation creation process among multiple users. This requirement brings added value to team environments, fostering innovation and a smoother workflow during project development.

Acceptance Criteria

User shares a customized template with a colleague via the Template Gallery interface.

Given the user has created a customized template, when they select the 'Share' option and enter the colleague's email, then the colleague receives an email notification with a link to access the shared template.

User receives and accesses a shared template from a colleague.

Given the colleague has shared a template, when the user clicks on the link in the email notification, then the system redirects them to the Template Gallery where the shared template is displayed and available for editing.

User edits a received shared template and saves the changes.

Given the user has accessed a shared template, when they modify the template and click 'Save', then the system confirms that the changes have been saved, and the updated version is available to the original sharer and any other users with access.

User collaborates in real-time on a template with multiple colleagues.

Given multiple users are editing the same shared template, when any user makes changes, then all users see the updated template in real-time without needing to refresh their screens.

User removes access to a shared template.

Given the user has shared a template, when they select the 'Remove Access' option for a colleague, then the colleague should no longer receive notifications or have access to that template.

User views the history of edits made to a shared template.

Given the user has access to a shared template, when they select the 'View History' option, then they can see a chronological list of all edits made by collaborators along with timestamps.

User Ratings and Feedback

"As a user, I want to rate and provide feedback on templates so that I can help others make informed decisions and improve the template quality."

Description

The User Ratings and Feedback requirement allows users to rate and review templates within the Template Gallery. This feature encourages community engagement, providing insights based on the experiences of other users. It aids in identifying popular templates and enhances the overall quality by enabling template designers to receive constructive feedback. This requirement not only promotes user participation but also ensures continuous improvement of the template offerings, leading to a better selection for future users.

Acceptance Criteria

User categorizes a template and submits a rating after using it for a presentation.

Given a user has selected a template from the Template Gallery, when the user rates the template with 1 to 5 stars and submits a review, then the rating should be recorded and visible to other users.

Users view ratings and reviews of templates before making a selection.

Given a user is browsing the Template Gallery, when they hover over a template thumbnail, then the average rating and the number of reviews should be displayed along with a summary of recent user feedback.

Users can filter templates based on user ratings.

Given a user is on the Template Gallery page, when they select a filter option to view templates with a specific star rating (e.g., 4 stars and above), then only templates meeting the selected rating should be displayed.

Template designers review user feedback to make improvements.

Given a template designer accesses feedback for their templates, when they open the feedback report for a specific template, then they should see a summary of ratings, comments, and suggestions for improvement.

Users receive notifications about responses to their reviews.

Given a user has submitted a review, when the template designer responds to that review, then the original reviewer should receive a notification about the response via their registered email.

Users can edit or delete their own reviews.

Given a user is viewing their submitted reviews, when they choose to edit or delete a review, then the system should allow them to make changes or permanently remove the review from public view.

Multimedia Integration

Multimedia Integration enables users to embed videos, audio clips, and other media directly into their presentations. This enriches the storytelling experience by adding diverse content formats, making data insights more relatable and easier for stakeholders to comprehend.

Requirements

Content Format Support

"As a data analyst, I want to embed multimedia content in my presentations so that I can facilitate a more engaging and relatable storytelling experience for my stakeholders."

Description

The MultiMedia Integration requirement necessitates support for various content formats, including videos, audio clips, and interactive elements. This requirement is crucial for enabling users to enrich their presentations with diverse media types, thereby enhancing the storytelling experience and making complex data insights more digestible. By allowing seamless embedding of different media formats, DataFuse can ensure that users present their data more effectively, appealing to multiple learning styles and preferences among stakeholders. It will enhance engagement and improve the overall user experience within the platform.

Acceptance Criteria

Embedding video content in a presentation during a team meeting to explain complex data insights.

Given a user is in the presentation editor, when they select the option to embed a video, then the video should be successfully integrated into the presentation and playable within the editor.

Adding an audio clip to a presentation to enhance the narrative during a stakeholder presentation.

Given a user is in the presentation editor, when they upload an audio file, then the audio clip should be embedded and playable alongside the presentation slides.

Integrating interactive elements in a presentation to engage the audience during a training session.

Given a user chooses to embed an interactive quiz within their presentation, when they present, then the audience should be able to interact with the quiz elements seamlessly without page reload.

Using various multimedia formats in a comprehensive presentation to cater to different learning styles of an audience.

Given a user has embedded at least one video, audio clip, and interactive element in their presentation, when they preview the presentation, then all media formats should be functioning correctly without errors.

Sharing presentations with multimedia content to clients for feedback and collaboration.

Given a user shares their presentation containing multimedia elements, when the recipient opens the presentation, then all media formats should load and be accessible without issues on both desktop and mobile devices.

Updating any embedded media content within an existing presentation for clarity after receiving feedback from colleagues.

Given a user selects an embedded media element and chooses to update it, when they replace the media with a new file, then the new media should replace the old one and function correctly without needing to restart the application.

Creating a template that includes multimedia elements for consistent branding across company presentations.

Given a user accesses the presentation template with pre-defined multimedia placeholders, when they add new content, then the multimedia elements should automatically adjust their size and position according to the template design without compromising usability.

User Interface for Media Selection

"As a presentation creator, I want a user-friendly interface to add multimedia elements to my presentations so that I can enhance the quality of my data storytelling without facing technical hurdles."

Description

This requirement calls for an intuitive user interface that allows users to easily select, upload, and embed multimedia content into their presentations. An accessible media library that organizes content by type, size, and recency will streamline the incorporation of multimedia elements. A simple drag-and-drop functionality and previews before embedding will enhance user experience. This interface must integrate seamlessly into the existing dashboard of DataFuse, ensuring that users can efficiently add richness to their presentations without disrupting their workflow.

Acceptance Criteria

User selects a multimedia file from the media library to embed into a presentation.

Given the user is on the media integration interface, when they select a video file and click 'Embed', then the video should appear in the presentation editor with a functional preview.

User uploads a new multimedia file to the media library.

Given the user is on the media library, when they upload an audio clip, then the audio clip should be categorized and visible in the library under 'Audio' with the correct file size and upload date.

User searches for multimedia content within the media library.

Given the user is on the media integration interface, when they enter a keyword in the search bar, then the interface should display relevant media assets that match the search criteria within 2 seconds.

User utilizes drag-and-drop functionality to embed multimedia into their presentation.

Given the user has selected a multimedia file, when they drag it into the presentation editor, then the file should be added to the slide with a functional preview displayed before finalizing.

User views previews of multimedia content before embedding it.

Given the user is in the media library, when they hover over a multimedia file, then a preview should be displayed without requiring an additional click.

User organizes the media library by recency and type.

Given the user is in the media library, when they select 'Sort by Recency', then the media files should rearrange to show the most recently uploaded files at the top, while maintaining the type categories.

Playback and Interaction Features

"As a presenter, I want to control multimedia playback in my presentation so that I can keep my audience engaged and focus on the key data points I want to highlight."

Description

The Multimedia Integration requirement includes features for controlling playback of embedded media, such as play, pause, mute, and volume control options. Additionally, it should support interactivity, such as clickable elements within videos that link to further insights or data points. These features are essential as they allow users to tailor the presentation experience to their audience, promoting engagement and facilitating a deeper understanding of presented insights. Ensuring these functionalities work seamlessly across devices will be critical for accommodating varied user environments.

Acceptance Criteria

User controls media playback during a live presentation with team members, allowing them to pause, play, and adjust the volume of embedded videos seamlessly.

Given that a user has embedded a video in their presentation, when they click the 'play' button, then the video should start playing without delays and the play/pause functionality should work accurately.

A presenter wants to use the mute functionality during a presentation, so they can speak over the video without audio interference.

Given that a video is currently playing, when the user clicks the 'mute' button, then the video should stop producing audio immediately and the mute/unmute functionality should toggle appropriately.

An analytics team member is presenting a dashboard that contains an interactive video with clickable data points directing users to deeper insights.

Given that a user clicks a data point in the interactive video, when the clickable area is activated, then the user should be redirected to the relevant insights or data as intended without errors.

Multiple users are accessing the presentation from different devices, and they need to control the media playback without conflicts.

Given that multiple users are connected to the same presentation, when one user pauses the video, then all other users’ playback should automatically pause as well, ensuring synchronized media control across devices.

A user is presenting a recorded video that includes several audio clips, and they need to adjust the volume of those clips according to audience feedback.

Given that an audio clip is playing, when the user adjusts the volume slider, then the volume should change in real time, allowing the presenter to tailor the audio experience dynamically.

Users want to test the playback and interaction features of the multimedia integration before a key presentation to ensure everything is functioning correctly.

Given that the user is in the preview mode of the presentation, when they test all playback and interaction features, then all functions (play, pause, mute, volume control, and interactive elements) should work without any bugs or issues.

Compatibility with Analytics Tools

"As a marketing manager, I want insights into how my multimedia presentations perform so that I can adjust my approach and make more data-driven decisions in future presentations."

Description

This requirement entails ensuring that all embedded multimedia elements are compatible with DataFuse's existing analytics tools. Analyzing the effectiveness of multimedia content, such as tracking viewer engagement and interactions with videos or audio clips, is crucial for users to assess the impact of their presentations. This compatibility will allow users to leverage analytics data to refine their multimedia strategy, improving the overall effectiveness of their storytelling and decision-making processes.

Acceptance Criteria

User embeds a video into a presentation, intending to track viewer engagement and interaction metrics.

Given a user has embedded a video in DataFuse, when the presentation is run, then the system should capture viewer engagement metrics such as play rate, pause rate, and average watch time.

A user integrates an audio clip into a dashboard presentation and wants to assess how often it is played during the presentation.

Given a user has embedded an audio clip in DataFuse, when the audio is played during the presentation, then the system should record play count and track skips or replays.

User wants to analyze how stakeholders respond to multimedia elements in a presentation for future reference.

Given multimedia elements have been embedded in a presentation, when the analytics tools are accessed, then the user should see comprehensive reports detailing engagement metrics for each multimedia element.

A presenter aims to determine if there's a correlation between multimedia use and decision-making effectiveness in team meetings.

Given multiple presentations with varied multimedia elements, when an analysis report is generated, then it should display metrics that compare decision outcomes against the use of multimedia elements.

A user wishes to ensure that embedded multimedia elements do not disrupt the overall functionality of the analytics dashboard.

Given multimedia elements are embedded in a presentation, when the dashboard is interacted with, then it should remain responsive and fully functional without any lag or errors.

A user wants to customize the analytics dashboard to focus specifically on multimedia engagement data.

Given the user accesses the analytics dashboard after presenting, when they select the multimedia engagement panel, then all relevant data should be displayed clearly without requiring additional filters.

Export and Share Functionality

"As a user, I want to export my multimedia presentations in multiple formats so that I can share them easily with different stakeholders who may have varying access to technology."

Description

This requirement focuses on providing users with the ability to export their presentations along with embedded multimedia to various formats (such as PDF, PPTX, or direct sharing to cloud services). This is important for enhancing collaboration and ensuring that presentations retain their interactive elements when shared with stakeholders. Users should be able to customize settings to maintain quality and integrity of media content during export, ensuring a seamless experience whether presentations are viewed live or shared in advance.

Acceptance Criteria

User exports a presentation with embedded videos to PDF format.

Given a presentation with embedded videos, when the user selects 'Export as PDF', then the PDF should include the slides with proper layout and embedded video thumbnails, while ensuring that the video does not play in the exported PDF.

User shares a presentation with audio clips via cloud service.

Given a presentation containing audio clips, when the user selects 'Share to Cloud', then the audio clips should be transferable, and the sharing link must provide access to the complete presentation including the audio components.

User customizes export settings for a PPTX presentation.

Given a presentation with various multimedia elements, when the user accesses the export settings for PPTX, then they should be presented with options to maintain quality, select media formats, and choose slide dimensions, with preview functionality available before final export.

User imports a PPTX presentation with embedded media into DataFuse.

Given a PPTX file containing embedded multimedia, when the user imports it into DataFuse, then the multimedia elements should be preserved and functional within the DataFuse platform, with media quality intact.

User attempts to export a presentation without internet connectivity.

Given that the user is offline, when they attempt to export a presentation, then the system should display an error message indicating that internet connectivity is required for export.

User exports a presentation while selecting different quality settings.

Given a presentation that includes both high-definition video and lower-quality audio, when the user selects high-quality export settings, then the exported presentation should reflect the chosen quality settings and the media should remain intact without loss of quality.

User verifies the interactive elements preservation in a shared presentation.

Given a shared presentation containing interactive elements such as embedded videos, when the recipient opens the presentation, then they should be able to interact with the embedded content as intended, demonstrating full functionality of multimedia elements.

Mobile Responsiveness for Multimedia

"As a frequent presenter on the go, I want my multimedia presentations to be responsive on mobile devices so that I can present effectively from anywhere without technical issues."

Description

This requirement ensures that any multimedia content embedded in presentations is fully responsive for optimal viewing on mobile devices. Given that users may present on various platforms and devices, it's critical that videos, audio clips, and other media formats adapt well to different screen sizes and orientations. This will involve testing and ensuring that the playback performance and controls remain effective regardless of the user’s device, thus enhancing versatility and accessibility.

Acceptance Criteria

Mobile device users accessing a presentation containing embedded multimedia content during a team meeting to present real-time data insights.

Given a mobile device with varying screen sizes and orientations, when a user accesses the multimedia content in the presentation, then the content should scale appropriately to fit the screen without loss of quality or functionality.

Users wanting to embed an audio clip in a presentation on a mobile device for a client meeting where audio clarity is critical.

Given that an audio clip is embedded in the presentation, when it is played on different mobile devices, then the audio should maintain clarity and volume across all devices without distortion.

A user presenting slides with video content from their smartphone to a group of stakeholders during a conference using video conferencing software.

Given a video embedded in the presentation, when it is played on a mobile device, then the video playback should start without lag and maintain sync with the audio throughout its duration regardless of device orientation.

Users presenting a data dashboard with multimedia content at a trade show using various tablets and smartphones.

Given that multimedia elements are included in the presentation, when displayed on both tablets and smartphones, then all multimedia formats should load seamlessly without requiring additional plugins or software updates.

A user creating a multimedia presentation intended for a wide audience with different device preferences.

Given a responsive design for multimedia, when a user tests the presentation on commonly used mobile devices, then the presentation should display all content correctly on each device without requiring horizontal scrolling.

Facilitators conducting training sessions using presentations with various multimedia components through different mobile platforms.

Given a presentation with embedded multimedia files, when viewed on multiple mobile platforms (iOS and Android), then all multimedia elements should function correctly and provide consistent user experience across platforms.

Audience Interaction Tools

Audience Interaction Tools allow users to incorporate polls, quizzes, or feedback forms within their presentations. This feature increases engagement by enabling the audience to interact with the data presented, providing valuable insights for the presenter while creating a more participative environment.

Requirements

Interactive Polls

"As a presenter, I want to utilize interactive polls during my presentation so that I can engage my audience and gather their feedback in real time."

Description

The Interactive Polls requirement allows users to create and customize polls that can be embedded directly into presentations. This feature includes options for multiple-choice, rating scales, and open-ended questions, enabling presenters to gather immediate feedback from their audience. The data collected from the polls will be analyzed in real time, providing actionable insights that can be displayed on the screen during presentations. This functionality enhances engagement, facilitates audience participation, and improves the overall quality of the presentation by allowing presenters to address audience interests and preferences directly.

Acceptance Criteria

As a presenter, I want to create a multiple-choice poll to gather feedback on audience knowledge before starting my presentation, so that I can tailor my content accordingly.

Given that I am in the presentation mode, when I create a multiple-choice poll with at least three options, then the poll should be embedded in the presentation and visible to the audience.

As a presenter, I would like to launch a rating scale poll during my presentation to assess audience satisfaction with a previous topic, so that I can gauge their response.

Given that the rating scale poll is launched, when the audience submits their ratings, then the results should be displayed in real-time on the presentation screen.

As a presenter, I want to conduct an open-ended question poll at the end of my presentation to gather qualitative feedback, allowing the audience to express their thoughts freely.

Given that I have launched an open-ended poll, when the audience submits their responses, then I should be able to view all responses collected in a summarized format.

As a user, I want to customize the appearance of my polls with different themes and colors, so that they align with my presentation style and branding.

Given that I am customizing a poll, when I select a theme and color scheme, then the changes should be reflected in the poll preview before publishing it in the presentation.

As a presenter, I want to receive an analytics report after my presentation that summarizes audience responses to polls, helping me understand audience engagement.

Given that the presentation has concluded, when I request a summary report, then the report should include quantitative data of responses and any open-ended feedback submitted by the audience.

As a presenter, I want to ensure that my polls are accessible for all audience members, including those with disabilities, so that everyone can participate equally.

Given that I configure my poll settings, when I enable accessibility features, then the polls should comply with WCAG 2.1 standards for accessibility.

As a user, I want to be able to test my polls in a sandbox environment to ensure that they work correctly before using them in a live presentation.

Given that I am in a sandbox environment, when I test a poll setup, then it should function exactly as it would in a live environment without impacting the actual presentation.

Quiz Integration

"As a trainer, I want to incorporate quizzes into my sessions so that I can assess participant understanding and make the learning process more engaging."

Description

The Quiz Integration requirement enables users to create quizzes within their presentations, offering a fun and interactive way to test knowledge or gather opinions. Quizzes can feature various question formats, including true/false, multiple-choice, and fill-in-the-blank. This feature allows presenters to track participant responses and analyze results instantly. By incorporating quizzes, presenters can reinforce learning and enhance engagement, ensuring that the audience retains key information presented to them. Furthermore, this feature can be linked with analytics tools to provide insights into audience comprehension levels.

Acceptance Criteria

User creates a quiz with multiple question types during a live presentation.

Given the user is on the quiz creation interface, when they add a multiple-choice question with at least two options and save it, then the quiz should reflect the newly added question.

Presenter launches a quiz during their presentation and tracks real-time audience participation.

Given the quiz has been initiated, when the audience submits their responses, then the presenter should see the responses update in real-time on their dashboard.

User reviews quiz results after the presentation to gather insights on audience comprehension.

Given the quiz has concluded, when the user navigates to the analytics section, then they should see a detailed breakdown of responses and average scores for each question.

User customizes the quiz appearance and embeds it in the presentation.

Given the user accesses the customization options, when they select a theme and save the changes, then the quiz should appear with the chosen theme in the presentation mode.

Audience member completes a quiz and receives instant feedback on their performance.

Given the audience member finishes the quiz, when they submit their answers, then they should receive feedback indicating their score and correct answers immediately after submission.

User integrates quiz results with external analytics tools for further analysis.

Given the user has linked the quiz feature with the analytics tools, when they export the quiz results, then the data should be formatted correctly and imported into the analytics tool without errors.

User accesses the quiz feature from different devices to ensure functionality.

Given the user is on a mobile device or tablet, when they attempt to create or participate in the quiz, then the feature should be fully functional and display correctly across all devices.

Feedback Forms

"As a presenter, I want to distribute feedback forms to my audience so that I can gather insights and improve future presentations based on their experiences and suggestions."

Description

The Feedback Forms requirement allows users to create and distribute customizable feedback forms that can be filled out by the audience during or after a presentation. This feature ensures that the presenter receives structured and actionable feedback, which can help improve future presentations. The forms can include various question types, such as Likert scales and open-text fields, and they can be linked to a dashboard for real-time analysis. By collecting feedback, presenters can gain valuable insights regarding audience experiences, preferences, and suggestions, fostering continuous improvement in their delivery and content.

Acceptance Criteria

Creating Customizable Feedback Forms for Audience Engagement

Given a logged-in user, when they access the Feedback Forms feature, then they can create a form with at least three different question types (e.g. Likert, multiple-choice, and open-text) and customize labels, colors, and layout.

Distributing Feedback Forms During Presentations

Given a feedback form created by the user, when the presenter launches the form during a live presentation, then the audience can access and complete the form in real-time on their devices without any technical issues.

Collecting and Analyzing Feedback Responses

Given that audience members have filled out the feedback form, when the presenter accesses the dashboard linked to the feedback form, then they can view real-time analysis including response trends, average ratings, and open-text comments.

Sending Post-Presentation Feedback Forms

Given a completed presentation, when the presenter chooses to send the feedback form to attendees via email, then all selected contacts should receive an email with a direct link to the feedback form within 5 minutes.

Integrating Feedback Forms with DataDashboards

Given feedback has been collected, when accessing the DataDashboards, then the presenter can see visualizations of the collected feedback that sync automatically to reflect real-time updates from the form submissions.

User Permissions for Feedback Forms

Given an organization with multiple users, when a user is assigned a role with limited permissions, then they can only view and analyze feedback forms they created and cannot edit forms created by others.

Multi-Language Support for Feedback Forms

Given an international audience, when the user creates a feedback form, then they can select from at least five different languages for the form text, ensuring that audience members can respond in their preferred language.

Real-time Analytics Dashboard

"As a presenter, I want to access a real-time analytics dashboard during my presentation so that I can adjust my content based on audience engagement and feedback."

Description

The Real-time Analytics Dashboard requirement provides presenters with immediate access to analytics on audience interactions, including responses from polls, quizzes, and feedback forms. This dashboard will visually represent data trends and key metrics, enabling presenters to adapt their content dynamically during sessions. The integration of this analytics tool will enhance decision-making on-the-fly, allowing for a more responsive and engaging presentation experience. By leveraging real-time data, presenters can address audience interests more effectively and ensure that the content remains relevant and engaging throughout the session.

Acceptance Criteria

Presenters conduct a live training session using the Real-time Analytics Dashboard to monitor audience engagement during polls and quizzes.

Given the presenter initiates a poll, when the audience responds, then the dashboard displays the real-time results of the poll within 5 seconds.

During a presentation, a speaker utilizes the dashboard to adjust the topic based on audience feedback from quizzes.

Given the audience provides feedback through a quiz, when the results are received, then the presenter can see the analytics reflected on the dashboard within 10 seconds.

A presenter needs to view a summary of audience interactions after completing a session to prepare for the next presentation.

Given the session has ended, when the presenter accesses the dashboard, then it displays a comprehensive summary report, including response rates, engagement levels, and key metrics within 60 seconds.

During a presentation, the speaker wants to apply real-time data insights to enhance audience engagement by changing the content based on poll results.

Given the presenter receives real-time feedback from a poll, when the audience indicates dissatisfaction, then the presenter can modify the content and re-engage the audience immediately, with a visible change in the dashboard metrics to reflect new polls.

Following a presentation, the presenter analyzes the effectiveness of the audience interaction tools and gathers feedback for improvement.

Given the presenter accesses the dashboard, when analyzing the collected data, then the presenter should be able to export data in CSV format for further analysis and sharing within 30 seconds.

In a multi-user setup, different presenters are conducting separate sessions while accessing their respective dashboards for audience interactions simultaneously.

Given multiple presenters are using the system, when a presenter makes adjustments based on their dashboard, then other presenters should not be affected by the changes, and their analytics should operate independently without lag.

Audience Segmentation

"As a presenter, I want to segment my audience during my presentation so that I can tailor my content to better meet the specific needs and interests of different audience groups."

Description

The Audience Segmentation requirement allows users to categorize their audience based on predefined criteria such as demographics, interests, or engagement levels. This feature provides presenters with deeper insights into their audience, enabling personalized interactions and targeted content delivery. By understanding audience segments, presenters can tailor their presentations to meet the diverse needs of different groups. This segmentation will enhance engagement, as presenters can address specific interests or concerns, leading to more effective communication.

Acceptance Criteria

Audience Segmentation in DataFuse presentations

Given that a presenter wants to segment their audience during a live presentation, when they define audience criteria such as demographics and engagement levels, then the system should accurately categorize the audience into defined segments based on the input criteria.

Personalized Interaction based on Audience Segmentation

Given that the presenter has segmented the audience, when they initiate the presentation, then the tool should suggest personalized interaction strategies (e.g., tailored polls or questions) to engage each audience segment effectively.

Data Visualization for Audience Segmentation Insights

Given that the audience has been segmented, when the presenter views the segmented data on their dashboard, then the visual representation should clearly display the size and characteristics of each audience segment to provide actionable insights.

Feedback Collection from Different Audience Segments

Given that the audience has been segmented, when the presenter collects feedback through forms or polls, then the feedback should be categorized and analyzed based on the audience segments for richer insights.

Real-time Updates on Audience Engagement Levels

Given that the presenter is actively engaging with their segmented audience, when the audience interacts through tools like polls and quizzes, then the system should provide real-time analytics on engagement levels for each segment.

Editing Audience Segments during a Live Presentation

Given that the presenter wants to refine audience segments on the fly, when they adjust the segmentation criteria during the presentation, then the system should immediately update the segments without requiring a page refresh.

Exporting Segmented Audience Data

Given that the presenter has segmented the audience, when the presenter opts to export the audience segment data, then the exported file should accurately reflect the latest segmentation criteria and audience data in a standardized format.

Data Highlight Features

Data Highlight Features allow presenters to emphasize key metrics dynamically during their storytelling session. By selectively highlighting data points, users can guide their audience's attention to the most critical aspects of their insights, enhancing understanding and retention.

Requirements

Dynamic Data Highlighting

"As a data presenter, I want to highlight specific data points during my presentation so that my audience can focus on the most important metrics and gain a clearer understanding of my insights."

Description

This requirement involves the implementation of a dynamic data highlighting feature that allows users to selectively emphasize certain metrics during their presentations. This feature should integrate seamlessly with the existing dashboard and data visualizations in DataFuse, enabling users to click on specific data points to enlarge and highlight them in real time. The goal is to enhance user engagement and facilitate a better understanding of critical insights by drawing the audience's attention specifically to parts of the data that are most relevant to the story being told. Benefits include improved clarity of communication, better retention of key points by audiences, and a more interactive presentation experience.

Acceptance Criteria

As a presenter, I want to dynamically highlight important data points during my presentation in order to engage my audience effectively.

Given the presenter is in presentation mode, When they click on a data point, Then the selected data point should enlarge and be highlighted, making it visually distinct from other data.

As a presenter, I want to ensure that the data highlighting feature does not disrupt the flow of my presentation.

Given the data highlight feature is activated, When the presenter highlights multiple data points, Then the surrounding visuals should adjust seamlessly without lag or disconnection.

As a presenter, I want to customize the appearance of the highlighted data points to match my branding.

Given the presenter has selected preferred styles for highlighted data points, When they apply those styles, Then the highlighted data points should reflect the chosen colors and styles consistently throughout the presentation.

As a presenter, I want to ensure that my audience can see highlighted data on all devices and screens used to view the presentation.

Given the highlight feature is used during a presentation, When the audience views the presentation on different devices, Then the highlighted data points should be clearly visible and consistent across all screens.

As a presenter, I want to quickly toggle highlighting on and off during my presentation for better flow.

Given the presenter is in presentation mode, When they use the toggle highlight button, Then the highlighting of selected data points should be activated or deactivated instantly without any delay.

As a user, I want the dynamic data highlighting feature to work across different types of visualizations (e.g. charts, graphs) for flexibility in presentations.

Given the dynamic data highlighting feature is implemented, When the presenter uses it on various visualizations, Then it should function correctly and allow highlighting on all supported visual formats.

Customizable Highlight Colors

"As a user, I want to customize the highlight colors for my data points so that I can align my presentation aesthetically with my brand colors and improve visual coherence."

Description

To enhance user experience and personalization, this requirement entails providing users the option to customize the colors used for highlighting data points. Users will be able to select from a color palette or input specific color codes to match their branding or personal preference. This feature not only helps in creating visually appealing presentations but also allows for better differentiation between highlighted data points based on category or importance. The integration must ensure that changes are immediately reflected in the presentation to maintain a fluid user experience.

Acceptance Criteria

User selects a color from a predefined palette to highlight a specific data point during a live presentation.

Given the user is in the presentation mode, when they select a color from the highlighting palette, then the selected data point should be highlighted with the chosen color in real-time.

User inputs a specific hex color code to customize the highlight color for significant metrics.

Given the user is on the customization settings page, when they input a valid hex color code and confirm, then the highlight color for selected data points should update immediately to reflect the new color.

User attempts to highlight multiple data points with different colors to differentiate between categories.

Given the user is in presentation mode, when they highlight multiple data points using different colors, then each data point should visually display the correct corresponding color without merging or losing clarity.

User removes the highlight from a previously highlighted data point during a presentation.

Given the user is presenting, when they choose to remove the highlight from a data point, then the data point should revert to its original style instantly without requiring a page refresh.

User saves their customized highlight settings for future presentations.

Given the user has customized the highlight colors, when they save their settings, then the highlight preferences should persist and apply to new presentations automatically unless changed by the user.

User tests accessibility features for customized highlight colors to ensure visibility for all audiences.

Given the user has selected highlight colors, when they run an accessibility check, then the colors should meet the contrast ratio guidelines for visibility and be distinguishable for color-blind users.

User exchanges feedback on the ease of use and clarity of the highlight color customization process.

Given the user has utilized the highlight color customization feature, when they provide feedback through a built-in survey, then users should report an 80% satisfaction rate regarding the ease of color selection and implementation.

Highlight Animation Effects

"As a data presenter, I want to use animation effects when highlighting data points so that my presentation is more engaging and visually appealing, capturing my audience's attention more effectively."

Description

This requirement is aimed at adding animation effects to the data highlighting functionality. Users should be able to select from various animation styles such as fade, pulse, or grow when highlighting data points. This feature is intended to enhance user engagement by providing a visually appealing way to draw attention to key metrics. By integrating smooth and responsive animations, user presentations will appear more professional and polished, ultimately leading to increased audience attention and retention of key information.

Acceptance Criteria

Presenters use the highlighting feature during a live data presentation to emphasize critical metrics related to sales performance over the last quarter.

Given the presenter selects a data point on the dashboard, when they choose an animation style from the options available, then the selected data point should animate according to the chosen style (fade, pulse, or grow) without latency for at least 95% of interactions.

During a recorded webinar session, presenters utilize the highlight animation effects to reiterate key information, engaging a remote audience.

Given that a recorded session is played back, when the viewer watches the highlighted data points, then the animations should render smoothly and consistently across different devices and browsers, ensuring a visually appealing experience for 100% of viewers.

Analysts prepare a presentation for an upcoming stakeholder meeting, incorporating animated highlights to demonstrate growth metrics visibly over time.

Given the analysts save their presentation with highlighted metrics, when they reopen the presentation, then all selected animation effects should retain their settings accurately for every highlighted data point without requiring re-selection.

Users are training new employees on using the Data Highlight Features, and they demonstrate how to apply animations to various data types within the platform.

Given that users complete a training module, when they test the animation feature with different data types, then they should successfully apply all styles (fade, pulse, grow) to each type within 5 minutes with a 100% success rate.

Presenters aim to create a visually cohesive presentation by selecting animation styles that complement their data storytelling theme.

Given the presenter selects an animation style for a data point, when the presenter visualizes the entire presentation, then all animations must maintain a consistent style and transition speed across all highlighted data points, enhancing visual harmony without discrepancies for 100% of the points highlighted.

Users provide feedback on the performance of the highlight feature in a usability testing session, capturing real-time reactions to the animation effects.

Given users engage with the highlighting feature during usability testing, when they are surveyed afterwards, then at least 80% of the participants must express satisfaction with the animation effects, indicating they find them intuitive and beneficial for understanding key metrics.

Users are finalizing their presentation and want to ensure that animations are user-friendly and intuitively accessible within the interface.

Given users access the animation settings, when they navigate to apply animations for data highlights, then they should be able to locate the animation options within 3 clicks, with no additional guidance required, and achieve a satisfaction score of at least 85% for intuitiveness in a follow-up survey.

Highlight Tracking & Analytics

"As a presenter, I want to track the engagement levels of my highlighted data points during my presentation so that I can understand which insights resonated with my audience for future improvements."

Description

This requirement involves the development of a tracking and analytics feature that records user interactions with highlighted data points during presentations. The system will collect data on which points were highlighted most frequently and how long they were displayed, allowing users to analyze audience engagement post-presentation. This will provide insights into what aspects of their data resonated most with viewers, helping them to refine future presentations. This analytic capability is essential for users looking to improve their storytelling and achieve greater impact with their data insights.

Acceptance Criteria

Analyze audience engagement during a presentation by highlighting critical data points.

Given that a user has highlighted several data points during their presentation, When the presentation concludes, Then the system must generate a report showing which data points were highlighted, how frequently they were highlighted, and the duration of each highlights display.

Review highlighted data points in the post-presentation analytics dashboard.

Given that a user is logged in to the analytics dashboard, When they select a presentation from the history, Then the system should display all metrics regarding highlighted data points, including frequency and duration of displays for each highlighted point.

Access and utilize the tracking feature for improving future presentations based on prior engagement metrics.

Given that a user is analyzing the highlighted data point metrics, When they make adjustments to their future presentation based on the insights gained, Then those adjustments should be reflected in the new presentation's engagement metrics tracked by the system.

Ensure the accuracy of the tracking system capturing user interactions with highlighted points.

Given that a user conducts a presentation and highlights data points, When the presentation is complete, Then the analytics system must corroborate the number of highlights and duration with recorded video timestamps to ensure accuracy.

Facilitate easy accessibility to engagement analytics by various team members after a presentation.

Given that multiple team members need access to the analytics report, When a user generates the analytics report, Then the system should provide an option to share the report via email or export it to a shared drive accessible to all team members.

Allow users to filter results based on specific criteria for targeted analysis.

Given that a user is viewing the highlighted data analytics, When they apply filters (such as date, type of presentation), Then the system should refresh the display to show only the relevant analytics based on the selected filters.

Ensure user notifications for post-presentation analytics availability.

Given that a presentation has concluded, When the analytics report is generated, Then the system should send an automated notification to the user that the report is ready for review.

Keyboard Shortcuts for Highlighting

"As a data presenter, I want to use keyboard shortcuts to highlight data points quickly so that I can maintain the flow of my presentation without interruptions from excessive mouse movements."

Description

This requirement focuses on the implementation of keyboard shortcuts to streamline the process of highlighting data points during presentations. Users will be able to use specific key combinations to quickly highlight or toggle back highlights without excessive mouse movements. This feature is intended to enhance efficiency and fluency in data presentations, allowing users to transition smoothly between data points and eliminate the need for additional clicks. It contributes to a more professional presentation experience and allows for better flow in storytelling.

Acceptance Criteria

Keyboard Shortcut Activation for Highlighting Data Points

Given the user is in presentation mode, when they press 'Ctrl + H', then the selected data point should be highlighted and visually indicated on the dashboard.

Toggle Highlighting Off with Keyboard Shortcuts

Given the user has highlighted a data point, when they press 'Ctrl + H' again, then the highlight should be removed from the data point, restoring its original appearance.

Multiple Data Points Highlighting in Sequence

Given the user is in presentation mode, when they press 'Ctrl + H' on different data points consecutively, then each selected data point should be highlighted without losing the previously highlighted points until toggled off individually.

Display Shortcut Guide During Presentation

Given the user is presenting, when they press 'F1', then a help overlay should appear showing the available keyboard shortcuts for highlighting data points and their functions.

Test Keyboard Shortcut Responsiveness

Given the user is in presentation mode, when they press the keyboard shortcut for highlighting, then the highlighting action should occur within 1 second to ensure a smooth experience.

User Customizable Keyboard Shortcuts

Given the user navigates to the settings, when they select the option to customize keyboard shortcuts, then they should be able to change the default shortcut for highlighting data points and save the changes.

Visual Feedback for Successful Highlighting

Given the user highlights a data point using keyboard shortcuts, when the action is successful, then a brief animation or color flash should indicate that the highlighting has occurred successfully.

Version Control and Collaboration

Version Control and Collaboration enables multiple users to work on a storytelling project simultaneously while tracking changes and revisions. This fosters a collaborative environment where team members can contribute their expertise, improving the quality of the final presentation.

Requirements

Real-time Change Tracking

"As a team member, I want to see changes made by my colleagues in real-time so that I can stay updated on their contributions and avoid conflicting edits."

Description

The Real-time Change Tracking requirement allows users to see changes made by other collaborators in real-time. This feature enhances the collaborative experience by ensuring that all team members are updated with the latest contributions, preventing conflicts and redundant efforts. It will integrate seamlessly with the existing version control system, providing visual indicators of changes along with user information and timestamps. This functionality not only improves team dynamics but also significantly boosts productivity, as team members can make informed decisions based on the latest updates during collaborative sessions.

Acceptance Criteria

Users are collaborating on a storytelling project, and each user makes edits to the presentation simultaneously. They need to see who made changes in real-time to ensure everyone is on the same page without conflicts.

Given multiple users are editing the project simultaneously, when one user makes an edit, then all other users should see the change with a visual indicator showing who made the edit and the timestamp of the change.

During a team meeting, users discuss the presentation and rely on real-time updates on changes being made by colleagues to inform their decisions.

Given a team meeting is in progress, when a collaborator updates the presentation, then the update should appear in real-time on all users' screens with a notification indicating the change.

A user reviews the change history of a storytelling project to understand contributions made by different team members over time.

Given a user accesses the version control history, when they view the change log, then they should see a chronological list of changes with user identifiers and timestamps for each edit made.

A user is working on a collaboration project and wants to minimize distractions from changes happening simultaneously by setting their status to 'Do Not Disturb'.

Given a user has set their status to 'Do Not Disturb', when changes are made by other collaborators, then notifications for those changes should not be displayed to the user until they revert their status.

Users want to ensure that revision conflicts are clearly communicated when two collaborators attempt to edit the same section of the presentation simultaneously.

Given two users are editing the same section of the presentation, when the second user tries to save their changes, then they should receive a conflict message indicating that another user is currently editing that section.

A project manager wants to audit the contributions of team members in a storytelling project to evaluate participation and input.

Given a project manager accesses the project statistics, when they view the contribution report, then they should see a detailed report summarizing edits made by each team member, including frequency and the nature of changes.

While using the real-time change tracking feature, users need a clear understanding of any unsaved changes to avoid losing work.

Given a user has unsaved changes, when they attempt to navigate away from the project, then they should receive a warning prompting them to save their changes before leaving the page.

Change History Log

"As a project manager, I want to review the entire change history of the project so that I can track revisions and ensure accountability among team members."

Description

The Change History Log requirement captures and stores all revisions made to a storytelling project. Users can review the complete history of changes, which includes who made the change, what modification was made, and when it occurred. This feature is critical for accountability and transparency within the team and allows users to revert to previous versions if necessary. The log will be easily accessible through the user interface, ensuring that all team members can navigate through the project's history efficiently. This function not only strengthens collaboration by clarifying contributions but also enhances project management by providing a clear audit trail.

Acceptance Criteria

User wants to track all changes made to a storytelling project to ensure transparency and accountability among team members.

Given a storytelling project, when a change is made by any user, then the Change History Log should record the username, modification details, and timestamp of the change.

Team members need to review the changes made to a storytelling project prior to finalizing the presentation.

Given access to the Change History Log, when a user selects a project, then the log should display all recorded changes in chronological order with relevant details for each entry.

A project lead wants to revert a storytelling project to a previous version after reviewing the Change History Log.

Given the Change History Log, when a user selects a specific revision, then the project should revert to that version successfully, and the current version should reflect the reverted state.

A team member wants to ensure that changes made in the project do not go undocumented after a collaborative editing session.

Given a collaborative editing session, when changes are made, then all changes should be logged in real-time without delays, ensuring up-to-date information in the Change History Log.

A user needs to filter the change history to find specific modifications related to a particular section of a project.

Given the Change History Log, when a user applies filters, then the log should display only the relevant modifications based on selected criteria, such as username, date range, or specific sections modified.

Users want direct access to information about who made changes to maintain accountability in the storytelling process.

Given the Change History Log, when a user views the log, then each entry should clearly indicate the username of the person who made the change alongside their modifications and timestamps.

An administrator wants to audit project changes to ensure compliance with internal policy.

Given access to the Change History Log, when an administrator reviews the log, then it should provide a complete and unaltered history of all changes made with the capability to export the log for reporting purposes.

Version Comparison Tool

"As a collaborator, I want to compare different versions of the project so that I can make informed decisions about which changes to keep or discard."

Description

The Version Comparison Tool requirement enables users to compare different versions of the storytelling project side by side. This feature highlights the differences between versions, making it easier for users to evaluate changes and decide which updates to incorporate into the final version. By providing a clear visual representation of modifications, this tool helps streamline the feedback and revision process, allowing team members to make informed decisions about merging changes. This functionality supports comprehensive collaboration by ensuring that all updates are properly assessed before finalizing the project.

Acceptance Criteria

As a team member, I want to compare two versions of a storytelling project side by side so that I can assess the changes made by my colleague before deciding which updates to incorporate into the final version.

Given two different versions of the storytelling project have been created, When I select the 'Version Comparison Tool', Then I should see both versions displayed side by side with all changes highlighted clearly.

As a user, I need to view the differences in content changes between two versions in a meaningful way to facilitate better discussions during team meetings about what changes to adopt.

Given two versions are compared, When I view the changes, Then I should be able to see additions, deletions, and modifications clearly labeled for easy understanding.

As a project manager, I want to ensure that only users with the appropriate permissions can access the version comparison tool so that sensitive information remains secure.

Given a user attempts to access the Version Comparison Tool, When their permissions are checked, Then access should be granted only if they have the appropriate rights; otherwise, an error message should be displayed.

As a user, I need to easily navigate between the changes in the versions during the comparison to streamline my review process.

Given I have opened the Version Comparison Tool, When I navigate using the provided controls, Then I should be able to jump to specific sections of the changes quickly without losing context.

As a team member, I want the option to leave comments directly within the version comparison tool, so I can provide context or feedback on specific changes during the review process.

Given I am using the Version Comparison Tool, When I click on a highlighted change, Then I should be able to add comments that are saved with the respective version for future reference.

As a user, I need to revert to a previous version of the storytelling project directly from the comparison view if I determine that the changes are not suitable.

Given I am reviewing the versions in the Version Comparison Tool, When I select the revert option on a previous version, Then the project should be restored to that selected version without errors.

Roles and Permissions Management

"As a project administrator, I want to set specific roles and permissions for each team member so that I can control access to sensitive information and foster a secure collaboration space."

Description

The Roles and Permissions Management requirement allows project administrators to define specific roles and access levels for each user involved in the storytelling project. By establishing clearly defined permissions, administrators can control who can edit, view, or comment on the project, thereby safeguarding sensitive content and reducing the risk of unauthorized changes. This feature enhances project security and ensures that team members can only perform actions that align with their designated roles, facilitating a more organized and manageable collaboration environment.

Acceptance Criteria

User Role Assignment in Storytelling Projects

Given an administrator has access to the Roles and Permissions Management interface, When they assign a role to a team member, Then the team member should receive an email notification confirming their role assignment, and the role should reflect their access level in the system.

Editing Permissions for Project Collaborators

Given a project administrator has defined editing permissions, When a team member attempts to edit a project with 'view-only' access, Then the system should prevent the team member from making changes and display a message indicating their lack of permission to edit.

Role Validation for Sensitive Content Access

Given that sensitive content exists within a project, When a user attempts to access this content without the appropriate role, Then the system should deny access and log the attempt in the admin dashboard for review.

Real-Time Role Changes in Collaboration

Given an administrator updates a user’s role while the project is open, When the user refreshes their project view, Then the system should reflect the updated role and permissions immediately without requiring a logout/login.

Reporting on User Actions Based on Roles

Given multiple users are working on a project, When an administrator generates a report on user actions, Then the report should accurately reflect actions taken by users based on their roles, including edits, comments, and view access.

Revoking Permissions from Inactive Users

Given that a project administrator identifies an inactive user, When they revoke the user’s access permissions, Then the user should no longer be able to access the project, and their role should be removed from the system.

Integrated Feedback System

"As a team member, I want to leave comments on specific sections of the project so that I can provide input and facilitate constructive discussions with my colleagues."

Description

The Integrated Feedback System requirement allows users to leave comments and suggestions directly linked to specific sections of the storytelling project. This dynamic feature ensures that all team members can provide real-time feedback, facilitating constructive discussions and improving the quality of the project. The comments will be visible to all collaborators and can be flagged for urgency or importance, making it easier to prioritize changes. This functionality supports open communication within the team and enriches the collaboration process by incorporating diverse perspectives and insights.

Acceptance Criteria

Collaborators provide real-time feedback on specific sections of a storytelling project.

Given a storytelling project is open, when a user selects a section and leaves a comment, then the comment should be visible to all collaborators in the project.

Users can flag comments for urgency or importance within their feedback.

Given a comment is made on a specific section, when a user flags the comment as urgent, then the flag should be displayed prominently for all collaborators to see.

Team members can edit or respond to comments made by others.

Given a comment exists on a section, when another user responds to the comment or edits it, then the original comment should retain its history and indicate which user made the changes.

All comments and feedback are timestamped.

Given a comment is made, when a user views the comment, then the timestamp of when the comment was submitted should be displayed alongside the comment.

Users can filter comments based on urgency or priorities.

Given multiple comments exist, when a user applies a filter for urgent comments, then only the flags marked as urgent should be displayed.

Collaborators receive notifications for new comments and replies.

Given a new comment is added to the project, when a collaborator is online, then they should receive a notification indicating the new comment and its location.

Comments can be resolved or marked as complete by users.

Given a comment has been addressed, when a user marks the comment as resolved, then the comment should be visually distinguished from unresolved comments and stored in an archive.

Notification System for Updates

"As a team member, I want to receive notifications about updates to the project so that I am always aware of important changes and can respond in a timely manner."

Description

The Notification System for Updates requirement automatically alerts team members whenever changes are made to the storytelling project. These notifications will inform users of crucial updates, thus encouraging engagement and ensuring that everyone is aware of modifications that require their attention or input. Users can customize their notification preferences to manage the frequency and type of alerts they receive. This feature plays a vital role in fostering timely communication among team members, leading to a more cohesive and integrated collaborative environment.

Acceptance Criteria

Team member A updates the storytelling project by adding new data insights after a meeting. Team member B, who has opted in for notifications, receives an immediate alert on their dashboard about the changes made by team member A, ensuring they stay informed and can provide input on the new content.

Given team member B has their notification preferences set to receive immediate alerts, when team member A saves changes to the project, then team member B receives a notification within 5 minutes of the update.

Team member C alters the layout of a presentation in progress and saves the project. Team member D, who prefers a daily summary of updates, should receive a notification summarizing all changes made to the project within their specified time frame.

Given team member D has selected daily updates in their notification preferences, when team member C saves changes to the project, then team member D receives a comprehensive notification summarizing changes made within the last 24 hours at the end of the day.

In a team meeting, team member E discusses the importance of tracking changes to projects. Post-meeting, several team members adjust their notification settings to ensure they receive alerts appropriate to their roles in the project, such as commenting preferences or different update frequencies.

Given team member E increases their notification frequency for urgent updates, when project settings are saved, then team member E should receive alerts according to their new preferences without delays in change log notifications.

The project manager reviews the notification system to ensure all team members are receiving updates properly. They confirm with team members that they are receiving alerts based on their individual preferences regardless of the project updates made.

Given the project manager reviews notifications with team members, then each team member should verify receipt of updates according to their specified preferences (immediate, daily, weekly) without any inconsistencies or missed notifications.

A team member receives a notification for an update made on the project but is unsure of the exact changes made. They wish to view a detailed history of changes related to their notifications for context before taking action.

Given a notification of an update received by the team member, when they click on the notification, then they are redirected to a detailed change log that lists all relevant changes made since the last save, including timestamps and authors.

After several iterations of the project, team member F chooses to modify notification settings to reduce alert fatigue results from too frequent updates across multiple projects simultaneously.

Given team member F adjusts their notification settings to consolidate alerts across multiple projects, when changes are saved, then team member F should receive a single aggregated notification reflecting updates across all relevant projects at their specified frequency.

Dynamic Metric Selection

Dynamic Metric Selection allows users to choose and add key performance indicators (KPIs) from an extensive library with ease. This feature not only simplifies the selection process but also enables users to focus on the metrics most relevant to their goals and immediate needs, enhancing the dashboard’s effectiveness for personalized analysis.

Requirements

KPI Library Access

"As a business analyst, I want to easily browse a library of KPIs so that I can quickly find and select the metrics most relevant to my analysis needs."

Description

The KPI Library Access requirement enables users to rapidly browse through a comprehensive library of predefined key performance indicators (KPIs) tailored for various industries. This feature allows users to filter and sort metrics based on categories, popularity, and contextual relevance to their specific business needs, making it easier to find the most suitable metrics for their analyses. By simplifying access to a diverse set of KPIs, this feature enhances user engagement and promotes more data-driven decision-making by providing users with the tools they need to leverage relevant data effectively.

Acceptance Criteria

User wants to browse the KPI Library to find relevant metrics for tracking sales performance.

Given the user is logged into the DataFuse platform, When the user navigates to the KPI Library page and selects the 'Sales' category, Then the user should see a list of KPIs relevant to sales performance displayed, sorted by popularity.

A user needs to filter the KPIs in the library by industry type to find relevant metrics quickly.

Given the user is on the KPI Library page, When the user selects 'Marketing' from the industry filter dropdown, Then the displayed KPIs should only include metrics categorized under 'Marketing'.

A user wants to see the most popular KPIs across all industries for a new analytical dashboard.

Given the user is on the KPI Library page, When the user selects the 'Most Popular' sort option, Then the KPIs displayed should reflect the top-rated metrics based on user engagement.

A user is unsure about which KPIs to choose and wants to see contextual descriptions or examples.

Given the user is viewing KPIs in the library, When the user hovers over a KPI item, Then a tooltip should appear showing a brief description and an example of that KPI's application.

A business user is preparing a report and needs to quickly access KPIs related to customer engagement.

Given the user is on the KPI Library page, When the user types 'customer engagement' in the search bar, Then the search results should display only KPIs that are related to customer engagement metrics.

A user wants to save their selected KPIs from the library to their personalized dashboard for easy access later.

Given the user has selected multiple KPIs from the library, When the user clicks the 'Add to Dashboard' button, Then the selected KPIs should be successfully added to the user's dashboard and confirmed with a success message.

A user is using a mobile device to access the KPI Library and needs a responsive interface.

Given the user is viewing the KPI Library on a mobile device, When the user scrolls through the KPIs, Then the layout should be fully responsive, ensuring that all KPIs are easily accessible without horizontal scrolling.

Custom Metric Display

"As a dashboard user, I want to customize how I view my selected KPIs so that I can interpret data in a way that makes sense to me and my team."

Description

The Custom Metric Display requirement allows users to personalize their dashboards by selecting how each chosen KPI is visualized. Users can switch between different visualization formats such as charts, graphs, or tables, and can also set thresholds or alerts for specific metrics. This adaptability not only improves user experience by allowing for tailor-made dashboards that suit individual or team preferences but also enhances data comprehension through the use of appropriate visual formats. The ability to customize presentation fosters a clearer understanding of performance indicators and trends.

Acceptance Criteria

User customizes the dashboard by selecting specific KPIs to be displayed based on their current focus areas and business objectives.

Given a user is logged into DataFuse, when they access the dashboard and select KPIs from the library, then the selected KPIs should appear on their dashboard in the chosen visualization format.

Users need to switch visualization types for specific KPIs to better analyze data trends and performance metrics.

Given a user has chosen a KPI for their dashboard, when they select a different visualization type (chart, graph, or table) from the options available, then the KPI should immediately reflect the selected visualization format without page refresh.

Users set thresholds for KPIs to receive alerts when specific performance metrics cross predefined limits.

Given a user has selected a KPI, when they configure a threshold for that KPI, then an alert notification should be triggered when the KPI value surpasses or falls below the threshold set.

Multiple team members access the same dashboard to view personalized metrics and visualizations relevant to their roles.

Given two or more users are accessing the same dashboard, when they customize their individual views by selecting different KPIs and visualizations, then their selections should not interfere with each other and should remain distinct in their personalization.

Users save their customized dashboard settings to ensure their preferred metrics and visualizations are preserved for future use.

Given a user has customized their dashboard, when they click the 'Save Settings' button, then their current metric selections and visualizations should be saved successfully and retrieved the next time they log in.

Users want to evaluate the performance of different visualizations to find the most effective format for conveying their data.

Given a user has displayed the same KPI in multiple formats, when they switch between these formats, then they should be able to visually assess the differences in how the data is represented without any delay or errors in rendering.

Real-Time Data Refresh

"As a decision-maker, I want my KPIs to refresh in real-time so that I can make informed decisions based on the most up-to-date data available."

Description

The Real-Time Data Refresh requirement ensures that the dashboard automatically updates and reflects changes in the selected KPIs at predefined intervals or upon data changes. This feature guarantees that users are always working with the most current data, which is crucial for making timely and informed decisions. By facilitating real-time updates, users can react swiftly to changes in performance metrics and quickly identify trends or anomalies as they occur, ultimately enhancing the robustness of the analytics platform.

Acceptance Criteria

User accesses the DataFuse dashboard and selects specific KPIs they want to monitor in real-time using the Dynamic Metric Selection feature.

Given a user has selected one or more KPIs, When the dashboard is loaded, Then the selected KPIs should display the most recent data available from the data sources without manual refresh.

User opts to view performance metrics related to sales conversions in real-time to inform their immediate strategy during a presentation.

Given the user is viewing the sales conversion KPIs, When the underlying data changes, Then the KPI values must automatically refresh within 30 seconds to reflect the latest data.

Users wish to evaluate marketing performance metrics at a pre-set interval while analyzing campaign effectiveness for their quarterly report.

Given the user has set up auto-refresh for selected marketing KPIs, When the dashboard refreshes, Then the KPIs should show the updated values as per the predefined refresh interval set by the user (e.g. every 5 minutes).

A user is monitoring user engagement metrics on their dashboard during a promotional event.

Given the user is monitoring engagement KPIs, When there is a spike in data from the sources (e.g. increased site traffic), Then the dashboard should update the KPI metrics in real-time without any noticeable lag.

A team of analysts collaborates on performance indicators through shared dashboards during a strategy meeting.

Given that multiple users are observing the same dashboard, When one user prompts a data refresh, Then all users should see the refreshed KPIs simultaneously within 5 seconds of the trigger action.

User has set a KPI in the dashboard but hasn’t refreshed it for a while and wants to ensure its data is current.

Given the user initiates a manual refresh, When the refresh is complete, Then the KPI should display a last updated timestamp denoting the time of the most recent data retrieval.

A user engages with the DataFuse dashboard while presenting key metrics to stakeholders in a high-stakes meeting.

Given that the dashboard is being presented, When real-time data updates occur, Then the display of the dashboard must not glitch or freeze and should seamlessly integrate the latest data without interruption to the presentation flow.

Collaborative KPI Sharing

"As a project manager, I want to share my selected KPIs with my team members so that we can collectively review and discuss our progress towards our goals."

Description

The Collaborative KPI Sharing requirement enables users to easily share selected KPIs and their visualizations with team members or stakeholders directly from the dashboard. This feature supports enhanced collaboration by allowing users to export or share links to specific dashboard views, complete with the selected metrics and configurations retained. By promoting a culture of transparency and collective analysis, this functionality empowers teams to work together toward data-driven goals more effectively and ensures that everyone is on the same page regarding performance metrics.

Acceptance Criteria

User shares selected KPIs from the dashboard with a team member via email to facilitate collaborative analysis during a project meeting.

Given the user has selected KPIs on the dashboard, when the user clicks the 'Share' button and enters an email address, then the selected KPIs and their visualizations should be sent via email to the specified address without any errors.

A user shares a link to a specific dashboard view with a stakeholder, ensuring that all configurations and selected metrics are retained in the link.

Given the user has configured the dashboard view with selected metrics, when the user clicks on 'Get Shareable Link', then the link generated should reflect the current state of the dashboard, including all selected KPIs and visualizations accurately.

A user needs to share KPIs with a colleague in a different time zone, ensuring they receive these metrics for review ahead of a team presentation.

Given the user has selected KPIs and chosen to share them, when the user sets the sharing option to 'Scheduled Email', then the email should be sent at the specified time according to the recipient's local time zone.

A team leader wants to ensure all team members can access the same performance metrics by sharing a dashboard link.

Given the team leader generates a shareable link, when team members access the link, then it should open the dashboard with the same KPIs and visualizations as set by the team leader.

A product manager reviews the visualizations of selected KPIs shared by a colleague to provide feedback.

Given a colleague has shared KPIs with the product manager, when the product manager accesses the shared content, then they should be able to view all selected KPIs and discuss their observations in real-time.

KPI Comparison Tool

"As an executive, I want to compare multiple KPIs at once so that I can gain insights into performance trends across different operational areas."

Description

The KPI Comparison Tool requirement allows users to select multiple KPIs for side-by-side comparison within the dashboard. This functionality helps to identify relationships, correlations, or discrepancies between different performance indicators, which can lead to deeper insights and more informed strategic decisions. The ability to compare metrics visually enhances analytical efficiency, enabling users to understand better how different aspects of their business interconnect and how they influence overall performance.

Acceptance Criteria

As a user, I want to compare selected KPIs side-by-side on the dashboard to analyze their performance in real-time during a team review meeting.

Given that I have selected multiple KPIs from the KPI library, when I view the dashboard, then I should see the KPIs displayed in a side-by-side comparison format.

As a user, I want to filter KPIs by category before adding them to the comparison view so that I can streamline my selection process.

Given that I am in the KPI comparison tool, when I apply a filter to the KPI categories, then I should only see KPIs that match the selected category criteria.

As a user, I want to visualize the trend of selected KPIs over time to identify performance patterns.

Given that I have selected multiple KPIs for comparison, when I enable the trend visualization option, then I should see a graphical representation of the trends for each KPI over the specified time frame.

As a user, I want to export the comparison results of selected KPIs to a report, allowing for easy sharing with stakeholders.

Given that I have generated a KPI comparison on the dashboard, when I click the export button, then I should receive a downloadable report in a specified format (e.g., PDF, CSV) summarizing the comparison results.

As a user, I want to be notified if there are significant discrepancies between the KPIs being compared, prompting a deeper analysis.

Given that I have performed a KPI comparison and the discrepancies exceed a defined threshold, when I view the comparison results, then I should see visual indicators (such as alerts or color coding) highlighting these discrepancies.

As an administrator, I want to ensure that users can only compare KPIs that they have permission to view, maintaining data security.

Given that I am logged in as a user, when I attempt to access the KPI comparison tool, then I should only see KPIs for which I have been granted viewing permissions.

Custom Layouts

Custom Layouts empower users to fully rearrange and resize dashboard sections, providing a unique layout tailored to individual preferences. By enabling complete creative control, this feature enhances dashboard aesthetics and usability, ensuring that each user can visualize data in a way that resonates with their unique workflows.

Requirements

Dashboard Customization Options

"As a data analyst, I want to customize my dashboard layout so that I can efficiently organize my work environment and focus on the most relevant data for my tasks."

Description

This requirement encompasses the ability for users to not only rearrange but also resize various sections of their dashboard within DataFuse. Users will have access to a set of tools that allow them to choose different layouts, modify section sizes, and select which widgets to include in their dashboards. This added level of customization will enhance the user experience by allowing individuals to tailor their view to their specific needs and preferences. The benefit of this feature is that it increases the usability and effectiveness of the dashboard, allowing users to prioritize information in a way that best serves their workflows. The implementation should integrate seamlessly with the existing dashboard framework and maintain data integrity throughout the process, ensuring a fluid user experience while transitioning between layouts.

Acceptance Criteria

User resizes the widget area on the dashboard to better fit their monitoring needs.

Given a user is on their dashboard, when they drag the edges of a widget to resize it, then the widget should resize accordingly without affecting the layout of other widgets.

User rearranges the widgets on the dashboard to prioritize the most important data.

Given a user is on their dashboard, when they drag a widget to a new location on the dashboard, then the widget should move to that location and the layout should adjust to accommodate the change.

User applies a predefined layout to their dashboard to quickly reorganize widgets.

Given a user is on their dashboard, when they select a predefined layout option, then the dashboard should reorganize all widgets according to the selected layout without losing any existing data.

User saves their customized dashboard layout for future use.

Given a user has rearranged and resized their dashboard widgets, when they click the save layout button, then their current layout should be stored and can be accessed in the future.

User reverts their dashboard layout to the default setting.

Given a user has customized their dashboard layout, when they click the revert to default button, then the dashboard should return to the original layout without affecting the data integrity of the widgets.

User selects specific widgets to include or exclude from their dashboard.

Given a user is customizing their dashboard, when they access the widget selection menu, then they should be able to toggle the inclusion of each widget, reflecting changes immediately on the dashboard.

User experiences seamless integration when transitioning between different layouts.

Given a user is switching from one dashboard layout to another, when they apply the new layout, then all data should load correctly without any delays or errors, maintaining user experience fluidity.

Template Saving Functionality

"As a business manager, I want to save my customized dashboard layout as a template so that I can quickly apply it in future sessions without having to rearrange my widgets every time I log in."

Description

This requirement focuses on giving users the ability to save their custom dashboard layouts as templates for future use. By allowing users to create templates from their personalized configurations, subsequent sessions can be streamlined, enabling quick access to their preferred arrangements. This feature greatly enhances productivity and ensures consistency in the way users access and analyze data. The implementation should include a user-friendly interface for saving, renaming, and loading templates, integrated within the existing dashboard system. Users should also have the ability to delete or modify their saved templates to keep their options relevant and useful.

Acceptance Criteria

As a user, I want to save my custom dashboard layout after I have arranged the sections to my preference so that I can retrieve it later without the need to reconfigure each time.

Given that I have customized my dashboard layout, when I select the option to save the layout, then I should be prompted to enter a name for the template and upon saving, my layout should be saved successfully and listed in my saved templates.

As a user, I need to load a previously saved dashboard template so that I can quickly access my preferred layout without having to recreate it each session.

Given that I have saved templates available, when I select a saved template from the template list, then my dashboard should rearrange to match the selected layout immediately and reflect the same data visualizations.

As a user, I want to rename my saved dashboard templates so that I can have clear, descriptive names that reflect the purpose of each layout.

Given that I have saved templates, when I choose the option to rename a template, then I should be able to enter a new name and upon confirmation, the template should be updated with the new name in the list of saved templates.

As a user, I want to delete unnecessary dashboard templates that I no longer use so that my template list remains organized and relevant.

Given that I have saved templates, when I select a template to delete and confirm the deletion, then that template should be removed from my list of saved templates and I should see a confirmation message indicating success.

As a user, I want to modify an existing dashboard layout template so that I can adjust it according to changing preferences.

Given that I have a template saved, when I load the template, make changes to my dashboard layout, and then save it with the same name, then the modified layout should overwrite the previous template and be accessible as the updated version.

As a user, I want to ensure that the template saving feature has a user-friendly interface so that I can easily navigate through the saving and loading processes.

Given the template saving interface, when I open the dashboard template options, then I should see clear instructions, accessible buttons for saving, loading, renaming, and deleting templates, and the interface should be intuitive to use.

Responsive Layout Adjustment

"As a field operations manager, I want to access my custom dashboard on my mobile device so that I can stay updated and monitor key metrics on the go, regardless of screen size."

Description

This requirement involves creating a responsive design for the custom layouts within DataFuse that adjusts to different screen sizes and devices. Users increasingly access dashboards on various devices, including tablets and smartphones, and this feature will ensure that the custom layouts maintain their functionality and aesthetics across all platforms. The implementation will require the design and development of flexible layout algorithms that adapt sections' sizes and arrangements based on the device accessing the dashboard. This will significantly enhance user satisfaction and accessibility, as users can rely on a consistent experience regardless of how they access DataFuse.

Acceptance Criteria

User accesses DataFuse from a tablet while in a meeting and rearranges the dashboard sections to have a more linear layout for better visibility.

Given the user is accessing DataFuse on a tablet, When they rearrange the dashboard sections, Then the layout should adjust responsively, maintaining usability and aesthetics without any overlap or hiding of content.

A user opens their DataFuse dashboard on a smartphone after having set a custom layout on their desktop and wants to check if the layout has adjusted appropriately.

Given the user has a custom layout set on a desktop, When they open DataFuse on a smartphone, Then the layout should automatically adjust to fit the smaller screen size while preserving the intended arrangement of sections.

A user with a multi-monitor setup uses DataFuse and wants to expand the dashboard on a larger screen while keeping the layout intact.

Given the user is utilizing a larger monitor, When they access their custom DataFuse layout, Then the dashboard should resize and realign without compromising the visibility or functionality of each section.

A user attempts to access DataFuse via a 4K ultra-wide monitor and wants to maximize the real estate of dashboard sections for better data visualization.

Given the user accesses DataFuse on a 4K ultra-wide monitor, When the dashboard loads, Then all sections should scale proportionately without distortion and fit the width of the screen.

A user is working remotely and switches between a laptop and an external monitor to ensure their DataFuse dashboard is consistently usable.

Given the user changes devices from a laptop to an external monitor, When they access DataFuse, Then the dashboard should automatically adapt to each screen’s resolution and orientation maintaining usability.

During a demo presentation, a user shares their DataFuse dashboard on a projector and wants to ensure the layout looks good to the audience.

Given the user projects DataFuse on a large screen, When they start the presentation, Then the dashboard should maintain its layout and all sections should be clearly visible without cutting off any content.

Drag-and-Drop Functionality

"As a typical user, I want to drag and drop sections of my dashboard so that I can quickly and easily rearrange my layout without complex configuration settings."

Description

This requirement entails implementing drag-and-drop functionality for rearranging dashboard sections in DataFuse. Users will be able to click and drag their sections to a new location on the dashboard, enhancing the intuitive nature of the customization process. This functionality should support all widgets and sections available on the dashboard, allowing users to interactively rearrange their workspace. It is expected to significantly improve user engagement and satisfaction as it simplifies the customizing process and allows users to create a layout that best meets their needs with minimal effort.

Acceptance Criteria

User successfully rearranges dashboard sections using drag-and-drop functionality.

Given the user is on the dashboard, when they click and drag a section to a new location, then the section should be positioned at the new location without any visual glitches.

User can resize dashboard sections through drag-and-drop functionality.

Given the user is on the dashboard, when they hover over the edge of a dashboard section, then the resizing cursor should appear, and they should be able to click and drag to resize the section.

User receives visual feedback during rearrangement of sections.

Given the user is dragging a dashboard section, when they move it over another section, then the other section should highlight to indicate a potential drop zone.

User can revert to the original layout after making changes.

Given the user has rearranged sections on the dashboard, when they click the 'Reset Layout' button, then all sections should return to their original positions as defined by the default layout.

Mobile users can utilize drag-and-drop functionality effectively.

Given a user is accessing DataFuse via a mobile device, when they attempt to rearrange sections, then they should be able to drag and drop sections with a touch gesture, maintaining usability and functionality.

User can save their custom layout for future sessions.

Given the user has rearranged the dashboard sections, when they click 'Save Layout', then their arrangement should be saved and persist across future sessions when they log in again.

User can interact with all dashboard widgets regardless of their new positions.

Given the user has moved sections around on the dashboard, when they click or interact with any widget in the moved sections, then the widget should respond appropriately to user interactions without errors.

Section Resizing Controls

"As a data professional, I want to resize the sections of my dashboard so that I can emphasize the most critical data points and minimize the less relevant information visually."

Description

This requirement focuses on providing users with precise control over the resizing of dashboard sections. Users should be able to click and drag to adjust the width and height of each section, allowing for a tailored view that prioritizes the data that matters most to them. This feature will enhance the user experience by giving them direct manipulation capabilities, ensuring they can see their data in a manner that suits their workflow. The implementation must consider usability principles to ensure that resizing is simple and responsive, responding accurately to user actions without affecting functionality.

Acceptance Criteria

User wants to resize a dashboard section by dragging its borders to customize their data visualization.

Given a user is viewing the dashboard, when they click and drag the border of a section, then the section should adjust its size accordingly without any delay.

A user attempts to resize multiple sections simultaneously for efficient data display.

Given a user is resizing one section, when they hold the Shift key and drag another section, then both sections should resize simultaneously without impacting their individual proportions.

User wants to revert changes after resizing a section on their dashboard layout.

Given a user has resized a section, when they click the 'undo' button, then the section should revert to its original size before the last resize action.

A user adjusts the layout of a dashboard section on a mobile device to ensure usability and visibility.

Given a user is on a mobile device, when they resize a section, then the section should maintain its responsive design and proportions as per the screen size.

User reviews their dashboard after resizing sections, looking for a consistent layout across different devices.

Given a user has resized sections on a desktop, when they access the same dashboard from a tablet, then the layout should reflect the intended sizes and positions of the sections without displacement.

A user tests the resizing functionality for accessibility features to ensure ease of use for all users.

Given a user with accessibility needs is resizing a section, when they use assistive technologies, then the resizing controls should be fully functional and compliant with accessibility standards.

Interactive Widgets

Interactive Widgets allow users to implement engaging visual components such as charts, gauges, and trend lines directly on their dashboards. These widgets offer real-time data visualization that makes it easier for users to monitor performance at a glance, fostering informed decision-making with just a single view.

Requirements

Dynamic Data Refresh

"As a data analyst, I want the widgets to refresh dynamically so that I can monitor real-time performance metrics without manual updates."

Description

The Dynamic Data Refresh requirement ensures that Interactive Widgets automatically refresh their displayed data in real-time without the need for manual intervention. This functionality is crucial for users needing to monitor KPIs and performance metrics as they change, providing immediate insights. The integration of web socket connections will facilitate instant updates, ensuring users always view the latest data. This requirement enhances the product’s usability, allowing quick decisions based on the most current information, thereby leading to more effective data-driven strategies.

Acceptance Criteria

User navigates to the dashboard where multiple Interactive Widgets are displayed to monitor performance metrics.

Given the user is on the dashboard, when new data arrives via the web socket, then all affected Interactive Widgets should update their displayed data within 5 seconds.

A user with ongoing performance tracking requirements interacts with an Interactive Widget showing sales data.

Given the user is actively tracking sales, when an update occurs, then the Interactive Widget should reflect the latest sales data without requiring a manual refresh.

The user is analyzing trends in user engagement metrics across various Interactive Widgets on the dashboard.

Given that the user is viewing engagement metrics, when a data update is received, then the trend line in the Interactive Widget should update dynamically and display the updated trend within 3 seconds.

A user intends to compare metrics between two Interactive Widgets displaying different data sources on the same dashboard.

Given that the user has multiple Interactive Widgets for comparison, when one data source updates, then the corresponding widget should refresh immediately while ensuring data integrity across all widgets.

An executive overview session is taking place where key performance indicators (KPIs) are monitored through Interactive Widgets.

Given that the executive is using the dashboard for a live overview, when KPI data is refreshed, then the dashboards should visually indicate the data refresh with a label and automatically update the figures without disrupting the user’s experience.

Widget Customization Options

"As a user, I want to customize my widget's design and data display options so that I can create a personalized and visually appealing dashboard that fits my needs."

Description

The Widget Customization Options requirement allows users to tailor the visual appearance and functionality of Interactive Widgets according to their preferences. Users can select different colors, layouts, and data parameters, enabling them to create a personalized dashboard experience. This customization enhances user engagement by allowing them to create dashboard views that match their specific analytical needs and professional branding. It also provides an opportunity for users to prioritize the information displayed based on their operational requirements.

Acceptance Criteria

User Personalization of Dashboard Widgets

Given a user is logged into their DataFuse account, when they navigate to the customization settings of an Interactive Widget, then they should be able to change the colors, layout, and data parameters of the widget based on their preferences, with changes reflected in real-time on their dashboard.

Saving Customized Widget Settings

Given a user has customized an Interactive Widget, when they click the 'Save' button, then their customized settings should be stored and persist when they log out and log back in.

Resetting Widget Customization

Given a user has customized an Interactive Widget, when they select the 'Reset to Default' option, then the widget should revert to its original default appearance and functionality without any remnants of previous customizations.

Multiple Widget Customizations

Given a user has access to multiple Interactive Widgets, when they customize each widget, then each widget should retain its individual customization settings without affecting the other widgets on the dashboard.

Previewing Widget Changes

Given a user is customizing an Interactive Widget, when they make changes to the widget settings, then they should see a live preview of how the widget will appear on their dashboard before saving those changes.

Accessing Help for Widget Customizations

Given a user is on the customization screen for an Interactive Widget, when they click on the 'Help' icon, then relevant documentation and tips for customizing widgets should be displayed for their reference.

Widgets Responsiveness on Different Devices

Given a user is accessing their DataFuse account on different devices (desktop, tablet, smartphone), when they view their customized Interactive Widgets, then the widgets should maintain their visual integrity and functionality across all devices.

Multi-Source Data Integration

"As a business analyst, I want to pull data from multiple sources into my widgets so that I can visualize all relevant information in a single view and improve analysis efficiency."

Description

The Multi-Source Data Integration requirement ensures that Interactive Widgets can seamlessly pull and integrate data from various external sources, such as CSV files, databases, and APIs. This functionality is essential for users who work with diverse datasets, allowing them to visualize information from multiple origins in one coherent interface. By enabling this capability, the product empowers users to gain comprehensive insights without switching between different data applications, thus enhancing data analysis efficiency and accuracy.

Acceptance Criteria

User uploads a CSV file containing sales data with multiple columns and selects the corresponding interactive widget to visualize this data directly on their dashboard.

Given the user has uploaded a valid CSV file, when they select the interactive widget, then the widget displays the sales data accurately, with all columns represented appropriately in the chart.

A user connects to an external database that contains inventory data and adds an interactive widget to visualize stock levels in real time.

Given the user has connected to an external database, when they add the inventory interactive widget, then the widget must pull live data and update every 5 seconds to reflect current stock levels.

The user requires integration of API data from a third-party service into their dashboard's interactive widget to track customer engagement metrics.

Given the user has configured the API settings properly, when they refresh the dashboard, then the interactive widget must display updated customer engagement metrics from the API without errors.

A user wants to visualize data from multiple sources, including a CSV file, a database, and an API, onto one interactive widget.

Given the user has successfully configured data sources from a CSV file, database, and API, when they add the multi-source interactive widget, then the widget displays integrated data from all sources, with clear delineation for each data type.

The user adds a trend line to an interactive widget displaying sales data and wants to analyze sales growth over the last quarter.

Given the sales data is populated in the interactive widget, when the user selects the option to add a trend line, then the trend line should accurately represent the sales growth over the specified period on the widget.

A user customizes the appearance of an interactive widget to improve readability and presentation of their dashboard.

Given the user accesses the customization options, when they adjust settings for colors, fonts, and sizes, then the interactive widget reflects the changes immediately and accurately during user interaction.

A user wants to remove a data source from an existing interactive widget once they realize it is no longer necessary for their analysis.

Given the interactive widget is live on the dashboard, when the user removes a data source, then the widget should update in real-time to reflect the absence of that data source without any performance issues.

User Interaction Analytics

"As a product manager, I want to analyze user interactions with the widgets so that I can make data-driven decisions to enhance the user experience and ensure the product meets user needs."

Description

The User Interaction Analytics requirement involves implementing a tracking system to analyze how users interact with the Interactive Widgets. This feature will provide insights into user engagement levels, preferences, and common usage patterns, which can inform future feature development and usability enhancements. The data collected will help optimize the user experience by identifying which components are most helpful to users and which areas of the dashboard might need improvement.

Acceptance Criteria

User Engagement Tracking for Interactive Widgets

Given a user has accessed the dashboard, when the user interacts with any interactive widget, then the system should automatically record the interaction event, including the widget type and the timestamp.

User Preference Analytics

Given that user interaction data has been collected, when a report is generated, then the report should accurately reflect the top 5 most interacted widgets along with their average interaction times.

Usability Analysis for Dashboard Improvement

Given the interaction data, when analyzing user engagement over a defined period, then the system should identify at least two widgets that have below-average interaction rates and suggest improvements or changes.

Real-Time Data Collection Confirmation

Given that the user interacts with the interactive widget, when the interaction data is sent to the server, then the data should be retrievable within 1 minute for real-time reporting.

Cross-Widget Interaction Tracking

Given the user is using multiple widgets on the dashboard, when they switch focus from one widget to another, then the system should track the series of interactions accurately without losing any data points.

Alerting on Usage Anomalies

Given the collected user interaction data, when an unusual drop in interaction time is detected for any widget, then the system should trigger an alert to the admin for further investigation.

User Feedback Integration

Given that the user has completed their session with the dashboard, when they are prompted for feedback, then their responses should be recorded and linked to their corresponding interactions with the interactive widgets.

Performance Benchmarking

Performance Benchmarking integrates comparison tools so users can set custom benchmarks based on historical data or industry standards. By visually comparing current KPIs against these benchmarks, users gain deeper insights into performance variability and progress, helping them adjust strategies more effectively.

Requirements

Custom Benchmark Setup

"As a business analyst, I want to create custom benchmarks based on historical performance and industry standards so that I can accurately measure my company's progress and identify areas for improvement."

Description

The Custom Benchmark Setup requirement allows users to configure their own benchmarks by selecting specific historical periods or industry standards relevant to their business. This capability enhances the analytics experience by providing tailored metrics that align with the users' strategic goals. The implementation of this feature requires an intuitive user interface where users can select and save their preferred benchmarks for future comparisons. This is crucial in empowering users to gauge their performance accurately against metrics that matter to their specific context, thereby facilitating more informed decision-making and performance tracking.

Acceptance Criteria

User successfully configures a custom benchmark by selecting historical data from the last two fiscal years to compare against current performance metrics, ensuring relevant data is utilized.

Given the user is in the Custom Benchmark Setup interface, when they select the last two fiscal years and save the benchmark, then the benchmark should be saved successfully and displayed on the dashboard.

User attempts to set a custom benchmark using industry standards and must verify that the standards are comprehensive and reflect the latest data.

Given the user selects an industry standard from the available list, when they save the benchmark, then the system should confirm the selection and show the industry standard applied to their performance comparison.

User wants to edit an existing custom benchmark to reflect updated strategic goals and ensures changes are reflected in performance analytics.

Given the user accesses an existing benchmark, when they modify its parameters and save the changes, then the updated benchmark should be reflected in all relevant performance metrics displayed in the analytics dashboard.

User requires guidance on how to set up a custom benchmark to ensure that they utilize the feature effectively without confusion.

Given the user is in the Custom Benchmark Setup section, when they click on the help icon, then a detailed tutorial should pop up explaining how to set up custom benchmarks, including example use cases.

User encounters an error during the benchmark setup process and seeks reassurance that the system will handle their input correctly and provide error feedback.

Given the user tries to save a benchmark with invalid dates, when they attempt to submit, then the system should display an error message indicating the dates must be within a valid range with suggestions for correction.

User reviews their list of custom benchmarks and wishes to delete one that is no longer relevant to their performance monitoring.

Given the user views their saved custom benchmarks, when they select a benchmark to delete and confirm the action, then the benchmark should be removed from their list and no longer affect future performance comparisons.

User needs to visualize their performance data in relation to their custom benchmarks to make informed strategic decisions at the end of each quarter.

Given the user has created multiple custom benchmarks, when they view their performance dashboard, then the dashboard should display current KPIs alongside each custom benchmark for easy comparison.

KPI Visualization Dashboard

"As a marketing director, I want to see a visual dashboard of my KPIs against industry benchmarks so that I can quickly assess my department's performance and make strategic adjustments as needed."

Description

The KPI Visualization Dashboard requirement focuses on providing users with an interactive and accessible visual representation of their key performance indicators (KPIs) in relation to their benchmarks. It will include graphical elements such as charts and graphs that automatically update when new data is imported. This visual engagement allows users to quickly identify trends and outliers, ultimately enhancing their ability to analyze performance over time. Integrating this feature will ensure that users can interact with their data in a more meaningful way, leading to better insights and data-driven decisions.

Acceptance Criteria

User Interaction with KPI Dashboard for Performance Analysis

Given the user is logged into the DataFuse platform, when they navigate to the KPI Visualization Dashboard, then they should see an interactive dashboard displaying current KPIs and their corresponding benchmarks in graph format.

Real-Time Data Updates of KPI Metrics

Given that new data is imported into the DataFuse system, when the data update process completes, then the KPI Visualization Dashboard should automatically refresh to reflect the latest KPI values and benchmarks without requiring user intervention.

User Customization of Benchmark Settings

Given the user is on the KPI Visualization Dashboard, when they select the option to set custom benchmarks based on historical data, then they can successfully define and save at least three different benchmark criteria for later comparison.

Comparison of KPIs Against Industry Standards

Given the user has set industry standard benchmarks in the KPI Visualization Dashboard, when they view the comparison graphs, then they should see their current KPIs displayed alongside the established industry benchmarks for direct analysis.

Trends and Outliers Identification in KPI Data

Given that the user has accessed their KPI Visualization Dashboard, when they analyze the displayed KPIs over a specified time period, then they should be able to visually identify trends and outliers effectively through graphical representation.

Exporting KPI Dashboard Data for Reporting

Given the user is viewing their KPI Visualization Dashboard, when they choose to export the current view, then they should be able to download the data in CSV format while retaining all visual elements as a chart image.

Variance Analysis Reports

"As a financial manager, I want to receive regular reports showing the variance between my KPIs and set benchmarks so that I can identify financial risks early and adjust our strategies accordingly."

Description

The Variance Analysis Reports requirement enables users to automatically generate reports that highlight discrepancies between current KPIs and established benchmarks. This feature will provide detailed insights, including percentages, trends, and potential causes for variances, which will be crucial for understanding performance shifts. Users will have the option to schedule these reports to be generated and delivered at regular intervals, thus ensuring they consistently stay informed about performance dynamics. This will promote proactive strategy modifications and foster a culture of continuous improvement.

Acceptance Criteria

User schedules a variance analysis report to be generated weekly to monitor performance against custom benchmarks set for sales KPIs.

Given the user has set a custom benchmark for sales KPIs, when they schedule the report for weekly delivery, then the report should be generated and sent to the user's email every week without failure.

User views a variance analysis report that highlights discrepancies between current sales performance and established benchmarks.

Given the user accesses the variance analysis report, when they analyze the current performance against the benchmarks, then the report should display clear percentage differences, trends, and identified potential causes for any variances.

User executes a manual generation of a variance analysis report for the latest marketing campaigns to assess their effectiveness.

Given the user requests a manual report generation, when the report is generated, then it should reflect the latest data, including comparisons of current KPIs against the historical benchmarks and provide actionable insights.

User wants to adjust the scheduled timing of the variance analysis reports to a specific day and time each week.

Given the user has an existing schedule for variance analysis reports, when they change the timing of the reports, then the system should allow them to set a new day and time and confirm the change successfully.

User receives a variance analysis report directly in their inbox without any delays or errors.

Given the report was scheduled successfully, when the time comes for the report delivery, then the user should receive the report in their inbox at the designated time without any missed deliveries.

User requires access to historical variance analysis reports to compare past performance with current data.

Given the user requests access to historical variance analysis reports, when they navigate to the reports section, then they should be able to view and download previous reports for analysis purposes.

Multiple users need to collaborate on interpreting the findings of a variance analysis report within the platform.

Given that multiple users have access to the variance analysis report, when they collaborate in real-time, then they should be able to add comments and annotations directly to the report for collective insight sharing.

Alert System for KPI Deviations

"As a product manager, I want to receive alerts when my KPIs deviate significantly from the benchmarks I set so that I can address issues in real-time before they impact my operations."

Description

The Alert System for KPI Deviations requirement involves setting up automated notifications that inform users when their KPIs fall outside of predefined thresholds compared to their benchmarks. This proactive measure will ensure that users are immediately aware of significant deviations that may require attention. The alerts can be customized based on user preferences and can be delivered via email or within the application. This feature enhances responsiveness and supports timely decision-making, which is critical for effective performance management.

Acceptance Criteria

User sets a KPI threshold for a sales performance indicator and receives notifications when sales fall below the specified threshold.

Given a user has logged into the DataFuse platform, When they set a threshold for a specific KPI and save the changes, Then the user should receive an email notification if the KPI falls below this threshold within 24 hours.

A user customizes alert settings to receive in-app notifications for KPI deviations instead of emails.

Given a user is in the settings menu of the Alert System, When they select in-app notifications and save their preferences, Then the user should receive in-app alerts for any KPI deviations in real-time.

A user wants to monitor a specific KPI over time and see the comparison with the benchmark.

Given a user has set a KPI to monitor and established a benchmark, When the system detects a deviation from the benchmark, Then the user should receive a notification detailing the deviation and relevant historical context.

A user adjusts their KPI thresholds and verifies that alerts are updated accordingly.

Given a user has previously set up KPI thresholds, When they modify these thresholds and save the changes, Then the system should automatically update the alert settings so the user receives notifications based on the new thresholds.

A user reviews the history of alerts triggered by KPI deviations in the reporting section.

Given that KPI deviations have triggered alerts in the past, When the user navigates to the reporting section and filters for alerts, Then the user should be able to view a complete history of all alerts triggered based on their KPI settings.

A user seeks to establish alerts based on industry standard benchmarks instead of personal thresholds.

Given a user is analyzing performance against industry standards, When they select a predefined industry benchmark for a specific KPI, Then the user should receive alerts when their performance deviates from this benchmark.

A user wants to understand the rationale behind the KPIs alerts they received.

Given a user receives a KPI deviation alert, When they click on the alert details, Then they should be presented with context, including the previous KPI value, the threshold, and the date/time of the alert.

Collaborative Insights Sharing

"As a team leader, I want to share benchmarking insights with my team so that we can collectively analyze our performance and drive coordinated action towards our objectives."

Description

The Collaborative Insights Sharing requirement allows users to share insights from their benchmarking analyses with team members or external stakeholders directly within the platform. This functionality will include options for adding comments, annotations, or notes on specific data points. Users will also be able to set permission levels to control who can view or edit shared insights. This collaboration feature will enhance teamwork and promote transparent discussions around performance, facilitating a more unified approach to strategic planning and operational improvements.

Acceptance Criteria

User shares performance metrics with team members during a strategy meeting to discuss operational improvements.

Given the user has generated a benchmarking report, when they select 'Share Insights', then they must be able to enter email addresses of team members and add custom comments before sharing.

A user wants to ensure specific team members can edit the shared insights while others can only view them.

Given the user is sharing insights, when they set permission levels, then the designated team members should have the 'Edit' permission while others have 'View' permission only.

A user receives shared insights from a colleague and needs to review and comment on them.

Given the user has received shared insights, when they view the insights, then they should be able to see all comments and annotations made by others and add their own comments.

A user wants to track changes made to the shared insights by collaborators over time.

Given the shared insights have been edited, when the user views the insights, then they should be able to see a version history log with timestamps and editing user names.

A user wants to restrict access to critical performance insights shared with external stakeholders.

Given the user is sharing insights, when they set sharing options, then they should be able to select which data points are restricted from external stakeholders while sharing the rest.

A team needs to have a discussion around a shared benchmark report within the platform.

Given the user has shared a benchmark report, when team members access the report, then they must be able to reply to comments or add their own annotations directly on the report page.

A user checks whether their shared insights are received and accessed by intended recipients.

Given the user has shared insights, when they access their sharing dashboard, then they should be able to see a list of recipients and the access status for each recipient.

Exportable Visual Reports

Exportable Visual Reports enable users to effortlessly convert their customized KPI dashboards into visually appealing and shareable reports. This feature saves users time in preparing presentations or sharing insights, ensuring that critical data remains accessible and understandable for stakeholders at any level.

Requirements

KPI Dashboard Export Functionality

"As a data analyst, I want to export my KPI dashboards in different formats so that I can easily share them with my team during presentations and meetings."

Description

The KPI Dashboard Export Functionality allows users to effortlessly export their configured dashboards in a variety of formats, such as PDF, Excel, and PowerPoint. This feature enhances user productivity by providing a seamless way to share insights and analytics with team members and stakeholders, facilitating effective communication of data-driven findings. The capability to export in multiple formats ensures that the reports can be tailored to different audiences and platforms. Furthermore, it integrates with the existing dashboard and analytics tools within DataFuse, allowing for easy access and usability without requiring additional training.

Acceptance Criteria

User exports a configured KPI dashboard for a quarterly presentation to stakeholders.

Given that the user is on the dashboard page, when they select 'Export,' then they should be able to choose from PDF, Excel, or PowerPoint formats, and the export should be completed successfully without errors.

User exports a KPI dashboard containing various visualizations and widgets for an internal report.

Given that the KPI dashboard contains multiple visual elements, when the user selects 'Export to PDF,' then all visual elements should be correctly rendered in the exported document, maintaining the layout and formatting as seen in the dashboard.

User requires the exported KPI dashboard to be shared with team members via email after export.

Given that the user has exported the dashboard, when they select the ‘Share via Email’ option, then the exported file should be attached to an email and sent to designated recipients without any data loss or formatting changes.

User attempts to export a KPI dashboard with no configured visualizations.

Given that the user has not configured any visualizations on the KPI dashboard, when they attempt to export, then they should receive a prompt stating 'No data available for export.'

User wants to ensure that the export functionality integrates seamlessly with the existing dashboard tools.

Given that the user creates and configures a new KPI dashboard, when they access the export function, then it should be integrated into the existing dashboard UI, ensuring no additional steps are needed to locate the export option.

User needs to export a KPI dashboard while connected to a slow internet connection.

Given that the user is working on a slow internet connection, when they initiate the export, then the application should display a loading indicator and successfully complete the export process without crashing or timing out.

User exports a KPI dashboard and opens it in Excel on a different device.

Given that the user has exported the dashboard in Excel format, when they open the exported file on a different device, then all data should be intact, formatted correctly, and all calculations should function as intended.

Customizable Report Templates

"As a marketing manager, I want to use customizable templates for my reports so that I can maintain consistency with our branding while presenting data."

Description

Customizable Report Templates allow users to create and save their templates for generating visual reports. This feature provides flexibility for users to design their reports according to their specific needs and branding guidelines. By enabling customization of visuals, layout, and included metrics, users can ensure that the reports not only convey relevant data but also align with the company's image. This increases user satisfaction and adoption of the reporting feature, making it an integral part of the data integration process within DataFuse.

Acceptance Criteria

User selects the 'Customize Report Template' option from the DataFuse dashboard to create a new report template that reflects their branding guidelines and includes specific KPIs relevant to their department.

Given the user has selected 'Customize Report Template', when the user saves the template, then the template should be stored correctly in the user's profile allowing retrieval for future reports.

A user modifies an existing report template by changing the visual elements, layout, and metrics included in the report and then attempts to export it.

Given the user modifies certain elements of the report template, when the user exports the report, then the exported report reflects all changes effectively, maintaining the customized layout and metrics.

A user applies a previously saved report template to a new data set within the DataFuse platform to generate a report.

Given the user selects a saved report template and uploads new data, when the user generates the report, then all visualizations and metrics defined in the template should accurately reflect the new data set without errors.

Users need to share their exported reports via email directly from the DataFuse platform.

Given the user has generated and exported a report, when the user uses the 'Share via Email' function, then the email should be sent with the correct report attached and addressed to the specified recipients.

A user wants to ensure their customized report template is consistent across different devices when accessing DataFuse.

Given a user customizes a report template on one device, when the user accesses DataFuse from a different device, then the customized report template should be accurately displayed and available without discrepancies.

A marketing team requires feedback on a report generated from a customized template before finalizing it.

Given the user shares a report link with the marketing team, when the team views the report, then all team members should be able to provide comments and suggestions directly on the report view without losing the report's original format.

A user is tasked with creating quarterly performance reports using a specific template that includes company branding and predefined metrics.

Given the user has access to a quarterly performance report template, when the user applies the template to generate a report, then the generated report must include all required metrics and adhere to the company's branding standards as per the template settings.

Automated Scheduling of Reports

"As a team lead, I want to schedule my reports to be sent automatically so that my team is always updated with the latest insights without needing to generate reports manually."

Description

The Automated Scheduling of Reports feature enables users to schedule their visual reports for automatic generation and distribution at specified intervals. This functionality promotes proactive data sharing and ensures that stakeholders receive updates without manual intervention. Users can set frequency options such as daily, weekly, or monthly, and the system will automatically generate and send the reports via email or save them to a shared drive. This not only saves time but also keeps all relevant parties informed with the latest data insights, enhancing decision-making processes.

Acceptance Criteria

User schedules a visual report to be automatically generated every Monday at 9 AM.

Given the user has configured the report settings, When the scheduled time arrives, Then the system generates the report and sends it via email to the specified stakeholders.

User selects the frequency of reports as weekly for a specific visual report used in team meetings.

Given the user has selected the frequency as weekly, When the user saves the settings, Then the system should store the schedule and display confirmation of the setup.

User wants to ensure reports are consistently delivered to a shared drive without manual input.

Given the scheduled report is set to save to a shared drive, When the report is generated, Then the report is correctly saved in the specified folder with the appropriate naming convention.

The automated report should contain the most recent data available at the time of generation.

Given the data source is updated regularly, When the report is generated, Then the report reflects the latest data as of the scheduled time.

The user needs to modify the schedule for sending the reports.

Given the user accesses the report scheduling interface, When the user changes the frequency from weekly to monthly, Then the system updates the schedule accordingly and notifies the user of the successful change.

Ensure stakeholders receive notifications when a scheduled report is generated.

Given the report was generated and sent, When the report is successfully emailed, Then the specified stakeholders receive an email notification confirming the report has been sent.

User tests the automated report scheduling functionality with multiple reports.

Given the user has scheduled multiple reports for different frequencies, When each report's schedule is reached, Then all reports are generated and sent according to their individual frequencies without conflict.

Interactive Report Features

"As a project manager, I want to create interactive reports so that my stakeholders can explore the data themselves, leading to more informed discussions."

Description

Interactive Report Features allow users to include dynamic elements, such as dropdowns and sliders, within their exported reports. This enables end-users to engage with the data more effectively, providing options to view different metrics or time frames without altering the original report. The interactivity enhances the usability of reports, making them more engaging and user-friendly, thus maximizing the value derived from the analytics provided by DataFuse. This will set DataFuse apart from other reporting tools that offer static reports only.

Acceptance Criteria

User customizes a KPI dashboard with various metrics and then exports the report, ensuring the interactive elements are present in the final document.

Given the user has a customized KPI dashboard with dropdowns and sliders, when they export the report, then the exported document must contain all interactive elements exactly as configured, allowing stakeholders to engage with the data effectively.

End-users receive an exported report via email and access it on different devices to check the interactivity of the visual elements.

Given a user exports an interactive report, when the report is opened on different devices (desktop, tablet, mobile), then the interactive features (dropdowns and sliders) must function seamlessly across all platforms and resolutions.

A team leader shares an exported report with stakeholders during a presentation using screen sharing, evaluating the effectiveness of the interactive features.

Given a team leader shares an interactive report during a live presentation, when stakeholders engage with the interactive elements, then the report must respond without lag or errors, demonstrating smooth functionality and user engagement.

A user wants to create multiple versions of the same report with different filters or metrics to share with specific stakeholders.

Given a user applies different filters using sliders before exporting the report, when they create multiple exports, then each report version must accurately reflect the applied filters and metrics for the respective stakeholders.

An analyst exports a report for internal review and ensures that all visual elements maintain high quality and clarity.

Given an analyst exports a report, when the report is opened for review, then all visual elements (charts, graphs, and interactive features) must maintain visual quality and clarity without pixelation or loss of detail, ensuring readability.

Users test the exported report's loading time and responsiveness when accessing the interactive features post-export.

Given a user opens an exported interactive report, when they interact with any dynamic element, then the report must respond and load within 2 seconds, providing a user-friendly experience.

Real-time Data Refresh for Reports

"As a business analyst, I want my reports to reflect real-time data so that my team can make timely decisions based on the most accurate information available."

Description

Real-time Data Refresh for Reports ensures that the exported reports are generated with the most current data available in the dashboard. This feature is crucial for stakeholders who require the latest information for decision-making. Users can set the option to refresh the data right before the report is generated, ensuring that all insights presented are relevant and accurate at the time of the meeting or presentation. This integration of real-time data helps in fostering trust in the reporting process.

Acceptance Criteria

User generates a visual report after setting the data refresh option to 'On', ensuring that the report reflects the latest KPI data available on the dashboard.

Given that the user has selected the 'On' option for real-time data refresh, when the report is generated, then the report should display data that matches the latest live data in the dashboard up to the exact minute of report generation.

A stakeholder requests a report for last week's performance and has set the data refresh option to 'Off', ensuring that the report reflects the historical data.

Given that the user has selected the 'Off' option for real-time data refresh, when the report is generated, then the report should show data only from the last week's historical data and not include live updates.

A user attempts to generate a report without selecting any data refresh options, ensuring that the system prompts for a choice.

Given that the user has not selected any data refresh option, when the user tries to generate the report, then the system should prompt the user to either choose 'On' or 'Off' for real-time data refresh before proceeding with report generation.

An exported report includes various charts and tables, and the user needs confirmation that all visual elements reflect the latest data.

Given that the user generated an exportable report with real-time data refresh turned 'On', when the report is opened, then all visual components within the report should accurately reflect the real-time data at the moment of generation without discrepancies.

A user exports multiple reports over a period, requiring consistent data refresh behavior across all exports.

Given that the user exports multiple reports with the real-time data refresh option enabled, when the user reviews these reports, then each report should consistently reflect real-time data synchronized with the dashboard at the time of each export action.

A user needs to share the generated report with stakeholders who require clarity on the data recency and validity.

Given that the report has been generated with real-time data refresh enabled, when the report is opened by the user or shared with stakeholders, then the report should include a timestamp indicating the exact date and time of data retrieval for better transparency and trust in the report's accuracy.

Users download reports in different file formats, and the export feature utilizes real-time data correctly in each format.

Given that the user exports the report in formats such as PDF, Excel, and PowerPoint with real-time data refresh enabled, when the report is generated in each of these formats, then all formats should include accurate and up-to-date data reflecting the dashboard status at the moment of export.

KPI Alert Configuration

KPI Alert Configuration provides the option for users to set personalized alerts for specific KPIs directly from their dashboard. By customizing alert triggers based on thresholds, users can stay informed of important shifts in performance metrics, leading to proactive management and timely interventions.

Requirements

Threshold Customization

"As a data analyst, I want to customize threshold settings for my KPIs so that I receive alerts that are relevant to my specific performance goals and priorities."

Description

Threshold Customization allows users to define specific numerical values or percentage changes for their selected KPIs, tailoring the alerts to their unique business requirements. This functionality provides flexibility and ensures users can prioritize the KPIs that matter the most to their operational goals. By enabling customization, users can reduce noise from insignificant metric changes and focus only on alerts that signify critical performance shifts or trends. The implementation promotes proactive decision-making, allowing for timely interventions based on personalized criteria.

Acceptance Criteria

User successfully sets a threshold for a KPI alert from the dashboard.

Given that the user is logged into the DataFuse dashboard, when the user navigates to the KPI alert configuration section, then the user should be able to input a custom numerical value or percentage for the selected KPI threshold and save the configuration successfully without errors.

User receives an alert notification when KPI threshold is breached.

Given that the user has previously set a threshold for a specific KPI, when the KPI's measured value goes above or below the defined threshold, then the user should receive an alert notification via their preferred notification channel (email, SMS, app notification) within 5 minutes of the threshold breach.

User deletes an existing KPI alert configuration.

Given that the user has at least one KPI alert configured, when the user selects a KPI alert from the list and chooses the delete option, then the selected KPI alert should be removed from the configuration list and the user should receive a confirmation message indicating successful deletion.

User edits an existing threshold for a KPI alert.

Given that the user has an existing KPI alert configuration, when the user selects the alert and modifies the threshold value, then the updated threshold should be saved successfully, and the user should see the updated threshold reflected in the KPI alert list after saving.

User can view a history of alerts triggered for a specific KPI.

Given that the user has set up KPI alerts, when the user navigates to the alerts history section on their dashboard, then the user should see a comprehensive list of all alerts triggered for each KPI, including timestamps and threshold values, formatted clearly.

User sets alerts for multiple KPIs simultaneously.

Given that the user is on the KPI alert configuration screen, when the user selects multiple KPIs and sets custom thresholds for each before saving, then all selected KPI alert configurations should be saved successfully without conflict, and reflected in the alert management area.

Multi-Channel Alert Notifications

"As a business manager, I want to receive KPI alerts via email and SMS, so that I can stay informed of important performance changes, even when I'm not logged into the dashboard."

Description

Multi-Channel Alert Notifications ensure that users can receive KPI alerts through various communication channels, such as email, SMS, or in-app notifications. This requirement increases the effectiveness of alerts by allowing users to choose their preferred method of communication, thus enhancing engagement and responsiveness. By incorporating flexibility in notification methods, users are less likely to miss critical alerts, which supports timely business decisions and responsive management of performance metrics. The implementation of this feature aligns with modern communication preferences among users.

Acceptance Criteria

User sets up a KPI alert for website traffic, selecting to receive notifications via email, SMS, and in-app alerts. The user specifies a threshold for traffic drop and expects to be notified when this threshold is breached.

Given the user sets up a KPI alert for website traffic with thresholds for alerts, When the website traffic drops below the specified threshold, Then the user should receive notifications via email, SMS, and in-app alerts in real-time.

A user wishes to customize their alert settings after receiving an initial alert about sales KPI. They log into their dashboard to adjust the notification method and threshold levels for alerts.

Given the user accesses the KPI alert settings in the dashboard, When the user changes the notification method and saves the settings, Then the system should update the alert preferences and confirm the changes were successful.

The system sends out a KPI alert when the stock levels of a product fall below the minimum threshold, and the user wants to verify if all notification channels received the alert properly.

Given the stock level KPI alert is triggered, When the user checks their email, SMS, and in-app notifications, Then all channels should display the alert with accurate information regarding the stock level.

A user wants to test the reliability of the SMS notification system for KPI alerts by setting a high-priority alert that is likely to be triggered soon.

Given the user sets a high-priority KPI alert that meets the conditions for triggering, When the alert is triggered, Then an SMS notification should be sent within 5 minutes of the alert trigger event.

An administrator wants to review the historical data of alerts sent to a user to analyze the effectiveness of KPI notifications over time.

Given the administrator requests the historical alert data for a specific user, When the data is retrieved, Then the system should present a report detailing all alerts sent to the user, including timestamps and notification methods.

Historical Data Review

"As a performance analyst, I want to review historical KPI data alongside current alerts, so that I can understand the context of my alerts and make data-driven decisions."

Description

Historical Data Review provides users with the option to access past KPI performance data to compare against current alerts. This feature enables users to analyze trends over time, assess the significance of new alerts in context, and derive actionable insights. By allowing users to review historical data alongside current KPI alerts, it fosters informed decision-making and enhances the overall understanding of performance dynamics. The implementation supports strategic planning by providing a comprehensive view of KPI performance over time.

Acceptance Criteria

User accesses the Historical Data Review feature to analyze KPI trends over the past month to determine how recent performance compares to historical patterns.

Given the user has navigated to the Historical Data Review page, when they select a KPI and specify a date range of the past month, then the system displays a graph that visualizes KPI performance over that period alongside current alert thresholds.

User receives an alert for a significant drop in a selected KPI and wants to compare it with historical data to assess its impact.

Given an alert has been triggered for a specific KPI drop, when the user clicks on the alert notification, then they are redirected to the Historical Data Review page showing performance data for the last three months for that KPI.

User configures a custom alert for a KPI based on historical performance data to better monitor performance fluctuations.

Given the user is on the KPI Alert Configuration page, when they set a threshold for the KPI based on historical data trends, then the system allows them to save the alert settings successfully and reflects the configuration in the user’s alert list.

User identifies that a current KPI alert is within historical performance ranges and wants to view detailed historical data for context.

Given the user is on the Historical Data Review page, when they select the KPI related to the current alert, then the system displays detailed historical data for that KPI, highlighting the alert period for context.

User needs to generate a report that includes both current KPI alerts and corresponding historical data for a presentation.

Given the user has accessed the Historical Data Review, when they choose the option to generate a report, then the system creates a downloadable report that includes current alerts and historical performance data in a visually appealing format.

Integrated Coaching Tips

Integrated Coaching Tips offer contextual guidance as users create and adjust their dashboards. By providing actionable insights and suggestions based on the selected metrics, this feature enhances user understanding and maximizes the value of the KPIs displayed, ensuring that users are equipped to leverage their data effectively.

Requirements

Contextual Insights Display

"As a dashboard user, I want to receive real-time coaching tips based on my selected metrics so that I can better interpret the data and make informed decisions."

Description

The Contextual Insights Display requirement mandates the integration of a dynamically updating sidebar within the dashboard interface that showcases coaching tips relevant to the user’s selected metrics and KPIs. This sidebar should be context-sensitive, updating in real-time as users modify their dashboard settings or switch between different types of data presentations. By enhancing user understanding through tailored tips, this feature promotes the effective use of data analytics tools. The expected outcome is to empower users with readily available insights that guide them in interpreting metrics and making informed decisions, thereby maximizing the platform's value.

Acceptance Criteria

User accesses the dashboard and selects a specific KPI to receive real-time coaching tips related to that metric.

Given the user is on the dashboard, when they select a KPI, then the sidebar updates immediately to display relevant coaching tips for the selected metric.

User modifies their dashboard by adding a new data source to analyze, and expects the sidebar to reflect these changes with appropriate coaching tips.

Given the user has added a new data source, when they click 'Apply Changes', then the sidebar should refresh and display contextual coaching tips related to the newly integrated data.

User navigates between different types of data visualizations (e.g., charts, graphs) on their dashboard and anticipates that the coaching tips adapt accordingly.

Given the user switches data visualization types, when the selection is made, then the sidebar should update to show coaching tips relevant to the new visualization type.

User views the dashboard, but there are no selected metrics, they expect the sidebar to provide general tips on how to start using the analytics.

Given no metrics are selected, when the dashboard is opened, then the sidebar should show introductory coaching tips for new users to understand how to begin with the tool.

User interacts with a KPI that has historical trends, the sidebar should provide tips based on previous performance data.

Given the user selects a KPI with historical trends, when the sidebar populates, then it should display coaching tips that include insights from previous performance data.

User clicks the 'Help' icon on the sidebar expecting more comprehensive resources related to the displayed coaching tips.

Given the user clicks on the 'Help' icon, when the sidebar is active, then it should redirect to a help section with more detailed resources related to the coaching tips.

User is a seasoned analyst who has specific advanced metrics in mind, they expect the sidebar to adapt and provide advanced insights.

Given the user selects advanced metrics, when these metrics are chosen, then the sidebar should adjust to display advanced coaching tips applicable to experienced users.

Interactive Tutorial Mode

"As a new user, I want to have an interactive tutorial that walks me through the dashboard features so that I can quickly learn how to utilize the platform effectively."

Description

The Interactive Tutorial Mode requirement involves the creation of a step-by-step onboarding experience for new users. This mode should guide users through the functionalities of the DataFuse platform, especially focusing on the Integrated Coaching Tips feature. Users should be prompted with interactive checklists and highlighted areas within the dashboard as they progress through the tutorial. The purpose is to increase user adoption and improve engagement by familiarizing users with essential features, thus minimizing the learning curve. The implementation should provide an intuitive introduction to the platform's capabilities.

Acceptance Criteria

New users access the Interactive Tutorial Mode for the first time after signing up for DataFuse.

Given a new user, when they access the Interactive Tutorial Mode, then they should see a welcome screen with an introduction to the tutorial and an overview of the features to be covered.

While navigating through the Interactive Tutorial Mode, users are prompted with interactive checklists to ensure they understand each step of the tutorial.

Given a new user is in the Interactive Tutorial Mode, when they complete a tutorial step, then the checklist item for that step should be checked off and a prompt to proceed to the next step appears.

Users utilize the Integrated Coaching Tips feature during the Interactive Tutorial Mode to receive guidance on dashboard functionalities.

Given the user is in the tutorial, when they reach a step that includes a metric with Integrated Coaching Tips, then those tips should be displayed contextually next to the relevant dashboard elements.

Users interact with highlighted areas within the dashboard that guide them through the functionalities of DataFuse.

Given a user is using the Interactive Tutorial Mode, when they reach a step that requires them to click on a highlighted area, then the corresponding feature should open or expand as instructed in the tutorial.

At any point during the Interactive Tutorial Mode, users should have the option to exit the tutorial and return to the dashboard.

Given a user is in the Interactive Tutorial Mode, when they click the exit button, then they should be returned to the main dashboard without losing any progress made in the tutorial.

Users complete the Interactive Tutorial Mode and receive feedback on their progress and understanding of the DataFuse capabilities.

Given a user has completed all steps of the Interactive Tutorial Mode, when they finish, then they should receive a completion summary that includes a recap of the features covered and an invitation to explore further resources.

User Feedback Loop

"As a user, I want to provide feedback on the coaching tips I receive so that I can help improve the quality and relevance of future insights."

Description

The User Feedback Loop requirement entails incorporating a feedback mechanism that allows users to rate the usefulness of the coaching tips provided. Following the display of each tip, users should be able to express their opinion on its relevance and clarity via a simple rating system (e.g., thumbs up/down or star rating). This data should then be analyzed to enhance the quality of coaching tips and adjust future content accordingly. The integration of this feedback feature is crucial for continuous improvement, ensuring that users receive increasingly relevant and valuable insights that align with their experience.

Acceptance Criteria

User rates the usefulness of a coaching tip after it is displayed on the dashboard.

Given a user has received a coaching tip, when the user selects a rating option (thumbs up/down or star rating), then the rating should be recorded and stored in the feedback database.

Users can view feedback options immediately after receiving coaching tips.

Given a coaching tip is displayed, when the user views the dashboard, then the feedback options should be visible and accessible next to the coaching tip for at least 30 seconds.

Feedback ratings are analyzed to improve future coaching tips.

Given feedback has been collected from users, when the data is analyzed, then a report should be generated indicating the average rating and areas for improvement for each coaching tip.

Users are notified of improvements made based on their feedback.

Given user feedback has been incorporated into the coaching tips, when the user receives a new tip, then the tip should include a note indicating that it was improved based on user feedback.

The feedback mechanism is tested for usability and functionality.

Given the feedback loop is implemented, when users are asked to rate coaching tips, then at least 80% of users should successfully complete the feedback process without issues during usability testing.

Users can provide qualitative feedback along with their rating if desired.

Given a user rates a coaching tip, when the user clicks on a prompt for additional comments, then the user should be able to write and submit up to 250 characters of qualitative feedback.

The system tracks and categorizes ratings over time for trend analysis.

Given multiple users have submitted their ratings, when the ratings are collected, then the system should categorize the ratings by coaching tip and generate trends over a rolling 30-day period.

Adaptive Learning Algorithm

"As a frequent user, I want the system to learn from my interactions and provide personalized coaching tips based on my preferences and usage patterns so that I can receive insights that are most beneficial to me."

Description

The Adaptive Learning Algorithm requirement involves the development of an intelligent system that analyzes user behavior and preferences over time to customize the coaching tips presented. This algorithm should utilize machine learning to discern patterns in users' interactions with the dashboard and adjust the relevance of coaching tips accordingly. Its implementation is essential for ensuring that the suggestions remain personalized and provide maximum value based on individual user needs, enhancing the overall user experience.

Acceptance Criteria

User navigates to the dashboard and interacts with various KPIs to see if the coaching tips adjust based on their usage patterns.

Given a user frequently selects KPI X, when they log into their dashboard, then the coaching tip related to KPI X should be prioritized and displayed prominently.

A new user accesses the platform for the first time and begins to interact with the dashboard to see if the adaptive learning algorithm provides relevant tips.

Given a new user, when they first access the dashboard, then the system should display generic coaching tips that are relevant to the most common KPIs used in the industry.

A user modifies their dashboard by adding new KPIs and adjusts settings, expecting the coaching tips to reflect these changes immediately.

Given a user modifies their dashboard settings, when they save the changes, then the coaching tips should immediately update to reflect the newly added KPIs.

A user who has rarely engaged with certain KPIs returns to the dashboard after an extended period, testing if the system recalibrates tips based on changed user behavior.

Given a user returns after 30 days, when they access the dashboard, then the system should analyze the user's historical data and present refreshed coaching tips relevant to their recent behavior.

An administrator accesses the data analysis tools to verify if the adaptive learning algorithm logs user interactions correctly for future reference.

Given an administrator accesses user interaction logs, when they review the records, then the logs should reflect accurate entries of user behaviors that feed into the adaptive learning algorithm.

A team of users, each with different interests, collaborates using the dashboard, ensuring the coaching tips adapt to each individual's interactions.

Given multiple users access the dashboard simultaneously, when each user interacts with their designated KPIs, then the coaching tips for each individual should dynamically adjust according to their specific interactions.

Multi-Language Support

"As a non-English speaking user, I want to access coaching tips in my native language so that I can better understand and utilize the insights provided."

Description

The Multi-Language Support requirement includes the localization of the Integrated Coaching Tips feature, allowing users to view tips in their preferred languages. This will enhance accessibility and inclusivity, ensuring that diverse user populations can fully benefit from the platform’s insights. The feature should accommodate multiple languages and allow users to easily switch between them in their profile settings. Effective implementation is crucial for promoting a wider user base and enhancing usability across different language demographics.

Acceptance Criteria

User selects their preferred language from their profile settings in the DataFuse platform to view Integrated Coaching Tips in that language.

Given that the user is in the profile settings, when they select a different language and save their preferences, then the Integrated Coaching Tips displayed on the dashboard should immediately update to reflect the selected language.

User experiences Integrated Coaching Tips in a language that is not their native language due to a default setting in DataFuse.

Given that the user has not selected a preferred language, when they first access Integrated Coaching Tips, then the tips should default to English or the platform's primary language, allowing the user to easily change it later in the settings.

User wishes to change the language settings while actively using the Integrated Coaching Tips feature.

Given that the user is viewing Integrated Coaching Tips, when they change the language in the profile settings, then all currently displayed tips should update to the selected language without requiring the user to refresh or log out of the platform.

User accesses Integrated Coaching Tips for a specific metric in their preferred language.

Given that the user has set their preferred language to Spanish, when they view the Integrated Coaching Tips for a metric, then the tips should correctly display in Spanish, maintaining context and relevance to the selected metric.

User leverages the Integrated Coaching Tips feature to enhance understanding of dashboard metrics in a non-English language.

Given that the user is proficient in French, when they access the Integrated Coaching Tips in their dashboard, then the tips should provide clear and actionable insights in French that are relevant to the displayed KPIs.

User seeks to verify if Integrated Coaching Tips support newly added languages.

Given that the platform has recently included support for German, when a user who prefers German accesses the Integrated Coaching Tips, then the tips should be fully translated and functional in German, meeting usability standards.

User wants to ensure they can toggle between different supported languages seamlessly.

Given that the user is in the profile settings, when they switch from English to Mandarin and back, then the Integrated Coaching Tips should show no delays or errors in transitioning between languages and should retain the relevant content specific to selected metrics.

App Discovery Hub

The App Discovery Hub serves as a centralized location for users to explore and discover third-party applications and tools that integrate seamlessly with DataFuse. Users can browse through categories, read reviews, and compare tools to find the solutions that best meet their needs, enhancing their analytics capabilities and empowering informed decision-making.

Requirements

Dynamic App Filtering

"As a data analyst, I want to filter applications by user ratings and categories so that I can quickly find the most relevant tools for my analytics needs."

Description

This requirement allows users to dynamically filter third-party applications based on specific criteria such as category, user ratings, or compatibility with existing tools. The feature enhances user experience by enabling more efficient navigation and targeted search results, thereby saving time and effort in finding the most suitable applications.

Acceptance Criteria

User wants to filter the app list by category to find marketing tools that integrate with DataFuse.

Given the user is on the App Discovery Hub, when they select the 'Marketing' category from the filter options, then only applications classified under 'Marketing' should be displayed on the screen.

User searches for third-party applications with a minimum user rating of 4 stars.

Given the user is on the App Discovery Hub, when they set the user ratings filter to '4 stars and above', then only applications with 4 stars or higher should be shown in the results.

A user wants to ensure that the applications listed are compatible with their existing tools.

Given the user is on the App Discovery Hub, when they apply the 'Compatibility' filter with existing tools, then only applications that are marked as compatible should appear in the results.

User wants to sort the filtered applications by their user ratings in descending order.

Given the user has filtered applications by category, when they select the 'Sort by Ratings' option, then the displayed applications should be reordered from highest to lowest ratings.

User seeks to clear all applied filters to view the complete list of applications.

Given the user has applied multiple filters, when they click the 'Clear Filters' button, then all filters should be reset and the complete list of applications should be displayed.

User wants to receive feedback on the filtered results to ensure they find suitable applications quickly.

Given the user has applied a filter, when they view the filtered results, then a dynamic message should appear indicating the number of applications found based on the applied criteria.

User Review System

"As a new user, I want to read reviews of applications from other users so that I can make an informed choice before installing a tool."

Description

Implement a user review system that enables users to leave feedback and ratings for third-party applications. This functionality is crucial for building a community-driven knowledge base, allowing new users to make informed decisions based on the experiences of others. It integrates into the App Discovery Hub, providing valuable insights directly linked to each application.

Acceptance Criteria

User leaves a review after testing a third-party application in the App Discovery Hub.

Given a user visits the App Discovery Hub, when they select a third-party application, then they can submit a review that includes a rating from 1 to 5 stars and a text comment of at least 10 characters.

User views the reviews for a third-party application in the App Discovery Hub.

Given a user is on the details page of a third-party application, when they scroll to the reviews section, then they should see all submitted reviews for that application, each displaying the user rating and comment.

User filters reviews by rating in the App Discovery Hub.

Given a user is viewing the reviews for a third-party application, when they apply a filter to show only 4-star and above reviews, then only those reviews should be displayed, and the total count of visible reviews should be updated accordingly.

User edits a previously submitted review for a third-party application.

Given a user has already submitted a review for a third-party application, when they navigate to their review and select the edit option, then they should be able to modify their rating and text, and the changes should be saved successfully upon submission.

User reports a review that violates community guidelines.

Given a user reads a review that appears to be offensive or violates guidelines, when they click the report option on that review, then a confirmation message should display, and the review should be flagged for moderation.

User receives a message confirmation after submitting their review.

Given a user submits a review for a third-party application, when the submission is successful, then the user should see a confirmation message that states their review has been submitted successfully.

Comparison Tool

"As a project manager, I want to compare multiple applications side-by-side so that I can select the best tool for our data integration projects with confidence."

Description

The comparison tool allows users to compare multiple applications side-by-side based on features, pricing, and user ratings. This requirement aims to enhance decision-making by providing a clear visual representation of different options, making it easier for users to select the best application for their needs without unnecessary hassle.

Acceptance Criteria

User wants to compare three different analytics applications to choose the best one for their business needs during a decision-making meeting.

Given the user is on the App Discovery Hub, when they select at least three applications to compare, then the comparison tool displays a side-by-side representation of features, pricing, and user ratings for the selected applications.

A user seeks to understand the pricing structures of various applications before making a purchase decision.

Given the user has selected multiple applications for comparison, when they view the detailed comparison, then the pricing information is clearly presented with any discounts or offers highlighted.

The user wants to read user reviews to get insights into the performance of applications before deciding on one.

Given the user is comparing applications, when they hover over the user rating section, then a tooltip with a summary of user reviews for each application is displayed.

A user intends to refine their application search based on specific features they require.

Given the user is in the comparison view, when they apply filters to narrow down features, then only the applications that meet the selected feature criteria are visible in the comparison.

Users want to switch between different comparison categories (features, pricing, ratings) to make a well-rounded decision.

Given the user is viewing the comparison tool, when they click on different category tabs (features, pricing, ratings), then the displayed data updates in real-time without needing to reload the page.

A user wishes to share the comparison results with their team before making a decision.

Given the user has completed a comparison, when they click the 'Share' button, then they have options to send the comparison via email or copy a shareable link.

Integration Status Indicator

"As a user, I want to see the integration status of each application so that I can avoid selecting tools that won't work with my current setup."

Description

This feature provides an integration status indicator for each application listed in the App Discovery Hub. Users will be able to see whether an application is fully compatible, partially compatible, or not compatible with DataFuse. This functionality ensures transparency about the integration capabilities and helps users avoid choosing incompatible tools.

Acceptance Criteria

User navigates to the App Discovery Hub to explore applications for data integration with DataFuse and checks the integration status of each application listed.

Given the user is on the App Discovery Hub, When they view the list of applications, Then each application displays a clear integration status indicator (Fully Compatible, Partially Compatible, Not Compatible) next to its name.

An enterprise user filters applications based on compatibility in the App Discovery Hub to find fully compatible integrations with DataFuse.

Given the user applies a filter for 'Fully Compatible' applications, When the results are displayed, Then only applications marked as 'Fully Compatible' should be visible in the listing.

User reviews an application in the App Discovery Hub and checks its integration status prior to deciding whether to install it.

Given the user is reviewing an application, When they look at the integration status indicator, Then it should accurately reflect the compatibility with DataFuse and provide a tooltip with additional details if necessary.

A user attempts to select a partially compatible application for integration with DataFuse from the App Discovery Hub.

Given the user selects a partially compatible application, When they click to read more, Then a warning message appears, clarifying the limitations of the partial compatibility.

An admin user updates the integration status of an application in the App Discovery Hub after a new compatibility test is completed.

Given the admin user is logged in and updates the integration status, When they save the changes, Then the updated status should reflect in real-time on the App Discovery Hub for all users viewing that application.

Users frequently visit the App Discovery Hub to ensure they have the latest information regarding application compatibility.

Given that a user revisits the App Discovery Hub, When they check the integration status of applications, Then all status indicators should be updated to reflect any recent changes made by the admin.

Favorites and Bookmarking

"As a frequent user, I want to bookmark my favorite applications so that I can quickly access them later without searching through all options."

Description

Users should be able to mark applications as favorites or bookmark them for future reference. This requirement caters to users who want to easily access tools they are interested in without having to search for them again, thus enhancing usability and engagement within the App Discovery Hub.

Acceptance Criteria

User marks an application as a favorite in the App Discovery Hub after browsing through different categories and finding a tool that suits their analytics needs.

Given a user is logged into the App Discovery Hub, when they click on the 'Add to Favorites' button for a specific application, then the application should be added to their Favorites list and a confirmation message should be displayed.

User returns to the App Discovery Hub to view their list of favorite applications after previously marking several tools as favorites.

Given the user has previously added applications to their Favorites, when they navigate to the Favorites section in the App Discovery Hub, then all previously marked applications should be displayed correctly in the list.

User bookmarks an application for future reference after reading through its reviews and features.

Given a user is viewing an application’s details, when they click the 'Bookmark' button, then the application should be saved to their bookmarked applications and a success notification should appear.

User wants to remove an application from their favorites after deciding they no longer need it.

Given the user is in the Favorites section, when they click the 'Remove from Favorites' button for a particular application, then the application should be removed from their Favorites list and a confirmation should be displayed.

User wants to filter their favorites list to quickly find a specific application.

Given the user is in the Favorites section, when they use the search or filter function, then the favorites list should dynamically update to show only applications that match the search criteria.

User accesses the App Discovery Hub on a different device and wants to see their favorites and bookmarks.

Given the user is logged into the App Discovery Hub on a new device, when they navigate to the Favorites section, then their previously saved favorites and bookmarks should be synchronized and displayed accurately.

User accidentally bookmarks the wrong application and wants to remove it from their bookmarks.

Given the user has bookmarks saved, when they click the 'Remove Bookmark' button on an application that was bookmarked, then the application should be removed from the bookmarks section and a notification of removal should appear.

User Onboarding and Tutorials

"As a new user, I want to have a simple onboarding experience that teaches me how to use the App Discovery Hub so that I can make the most out of the available applications."

Description

This feature introduces an onboarding process that guides new users through the App Discovery Hub functionalities. It includes tutorials and tooltips explaining how to use the filtering, comparison, and review features effectively. Implementing this requirement ensures that users have a smooth experience and fully leverage the potential of the tool.

Acceptance Criteria

User initiates the onboarding process upon first login to the App Discovery Hub.

Given a new user has logged in to the App Discovery Hub, When the onboarding tutorial is initiated, Then the user should see an introductory tooltip explaining the purpose of the App Discovery Hub.

User interacts with filtering options in the App Discovery Hub during the onboarding process.

Given the user is following the onboarding tutorial, When the user accesses the filtering options, Then the tutorial should provide step-by-step guidance on how to filter apps effectively.

User compares multiple applications within the App Discovery Hub.

Given the user has selected at least two applications to compare, When the user initiates the comparison feature, Then the tutorial should explain the metrics used for comparison and highlight key differences between the selected applications.

User reads reviews of applications in the App Discovery Hub.

Given that reviews are available for an application, When the user views the application details, Then the tutorial should direct the user to the reviews section and provide tips on how to interpret the review ratings.

User completes the onboarding process and accesses the App Discovery Hub independently.

Given the user has completed all onboarding tutorials, When the user navigates away from the onboarding process, Then the user should retain access to a help or tutorial section for future reference.

User reports feedback on the onboarding tutorials in the App Discovery Hub.

Given the user has completed the onboarding process, When the user encounters the feedback option, Then the user should be able to submit feedback on the clarity and usefulness of the tutorials.

Seamless Integration Wizard

The Seamless Integration Wizard simplifies the process of connecting new third-party applications with DataFuse. This user-friendly feature guides users step-by-step in setting up integrations, ensuring that they can easily enhance their data ecosystem without technical hurdles, thus maximizing the utility of both DataFuse and integrated tools.

Requirements

User-Friendly Interface

"As a non-technical user, I want an intuitive interface for setting up integrations so that I can easily connect new applications without getting overwhelmed or needing technical help."

Description

The user-friendly interface of the Seamless Integration Wizard ensures that users can navigate the integration process with ease. It presents clear, concise instructions and visual aids that cater to users of all technical backgrounds, significantly reducing the barriers to accessing third-party applications. This requirement is key for fostering user confidence, improving overall satisfaction, and minimizing the need for technical support during the setup process. The streamlined interface will guide users through each stage of integration, ultimately allowing them to enhance their data ecosystem effectively and efficiently.

Acceptance Criteria

User navigates the Seamless Integration Wizard to connect a new CRM application with DataFuse for the first time.

Given the user has accessed the Seamless Integration Wizard, When they select the CRM application and follow the step-by-step instructions, Then the integration process should successfully complete with visual confirmation and an option to set up data mappings.

User with basic technical skills attempts to complete the integration of a third-party email service into DataFuse using the Seamless Integration Wizard.

Given the user is on the email service integration screen, When they follow the prompts and input their API credentials, Then the user should receive immediate feedback indicating successful or failed entry, along with suggestions for correction if needed.

An enterprise user wants to integrate their existing analytics tool with DataFuse using the Seamless Integration Wizard.

Given the user selects the analytics tool from the list of supported applications, When they complete the integration process, Then they should see their analytics data reflected in the DataFuse dashboard within 5 minutes.

User is uncertain about the integration process and seeks assistance while using the Seamless Integration Wizard.

Given the user is on any step of the integration process, When they click on the help icon, Then a contextual help panel should appear with FAQs or video guides related to that specific step of the integration.

A user with no prior experience in data integration attempts to set up a common data source using the Seamless Integration Wizard.

Given the user is using the wizard for the first time, When they begin the integration process, Then they should find the instructions clear and receive a completion certificate once the integration is successful.

The system needs to validate the user's input during the integration process to confirm data accuracy.

Given the user fills in required fields during integration, When they submit their information, Then the system should perform real-time validation and notify the user of any missing or incorrect data with actionable error messages.

Automated Validation Checks

"As a user, I want automated validation checks to ensure my integrations are accurate so that I am confident that the data being used for analysis is correct."

Description

Automated validation checks are essential for ensuring the accuracy and compatibility of third-party applications before they are fully integrated into DataFuse. This feature will perform a series of checks that verify connection details, API compatibility, and data formats, notifying users of any discrepancies prior to actual integration. This requirement is crucial for preventing integration errors that can disrupt workflows or result in inaccurate data insights. By integrating these automated checks, users can maintain trust in the data fed into their analytics, ensuring a smooth and successful integration experience.

Acceptance Criteria

User initiates the integration process for a new third-party application using the Seamless Integration Wizard.

Given the user has selected a third-party application to integrate, when they provide the required connection details and click 'Validate', then the system must perform automated validation checks and display the results of these checks to the user, indicating whether the integration can proceed or if issues are present.

The user encounters an error during the integration validation of a third-party application.

Given an error is detected during the automated validation checks, when the user reviews the validation results, then they must receive clear and actionable feedback on the errors encountered, including suggested corrective actions to resolve the discrepancies.

A user attempts to integrate a third-party application with an incompatible API version.

Given the user has provided API connection details, when the automated validation checks are performed, then the system must accurately detect API version incompatibility and notify the user, providing relevant information about the compatible API versions that can be used for integration.

User has successfully integrated a new application and wants to verify the accuracy of the data being pulled into DataFuse.

Given the integration process is complete, when the user checks the data integrity through the automated validation checks, then the system should confirm that all critical validation criteria have passed and provide a summary of the data integrity status post-integration.

User retries an integration process after fixing previous validation errors.

Given the user has resolved the issues indicated in a prior validation, when they re-initiate the validation process, then the system must reflect the success of the integration with a confirmation message stating that all checks have passed without errors.

Customizable Integration Templates

"As a returning user, I want to use customizable templates for integrations so that I can save time and maintain consistency across my data connections."

Description

Customizable integration templates enable users to create and save predefined configurations for specific applications, allowing for a quicker and more tailored integration process. Users can adjust templates based on their unique needs and preferences, facilitating personalized setups for frequently-used tools. This feature saves time for users during future integrations and promotes consistency across various setups, ensuring that best practices are followed. Furthermore, it enhances the overall user experience by reducing repetitive tasks and streamlining the onboarding process for new data tools.

Acceptance Criteria

User creates a new customizable integration template for a frequently-used CRM application.

Given the user is logged into DataFuse, When the user navigates to the Seamless Integration Wizard and selects 'Create New Template', Then the user should be able to define the template settings including name, application type, and configuration options, and save it successfully.

User applies a previously created integration template for a new data tool integration.

Given the user has an existing customizable integration template saved, When the user selects 'Use Existing Template' during the integration process, Then the template should load all predefined settings and configurations correctly without requiring additional input from the user.

User modifies an existing integration template to suit a new requirement.

Given a user is viewing their saved integration templates, When the user selects an existing template and clicks 'Edit', Then the user should be able to modify all settings including configurations and save the changes without errors.

User attempts to delete an integration template.

Given the user is viewing their list of customizable integration templates, When the user selects a template and clicks 'Delete', Then the system should prompt for confirmation and delete the template upon confirmation, confirming the action successfully.

User checks the availability of integration templates for a specific application integration.

Given the user is using the Seamless Integration Wizard, When the user searches for integration templates for a specific application, Then all applicable templates should be displayed in the results with a clear indication of their configuration settings.

Comprehensive Error Reporting

"As a user, I want detailed error reporting during integrations so that I can quickly identify and resolve any issues without needing to contact support."

Description

Comprehensive error reporting provides users with detailed insights into integration failures or warnings that occur during the integration process. This feature will produce actionable reports that outline error specifics, potential causes, and suggested solutions that users can implement. By gaining visibility into the integration process and understanding potential issues, users can troubleshoot more effectively without having to rely on customer support. This greatly enhances user empowerment and facilitates a smoother integration experience, reducing the time and frustration associated with resolving integration problems.

Acceptance Criteria

User encounters an integration failure where the data from a third-party application is not being fetched correctly during the setup process. They need to understand why this failure occurred and how to fix it.

Given the user has completed the integration setup process, when an error occurs, then the system should generate a detailed error report that includes the error message, potential causes, and suggested solutions.

A user runs the Seamless Integration Wizard, but during the integration process, they experience multiple warnings that are not clearly explained. They seek clarity on these warnings to proceed confidently with the integration.

Given the user receives warnings during the integration process, when they access the error reporting feature, then the system should provide clear descriptions of each warning and suggest mitigative steps for resolution.

After integrating a new third-party application, a user wants to review the success or failure of the integration process to ensure everything has been set up correctly.

Given the integration has been completed, when the user requests to view the error report, then the system should display a comprehensive summary of the integration results, including any errors or warnings that occurred.

A user has completed the integration of a new application and wants to verify that everything is functioning correctly without needing to contact customer support for assistance.

Given the user has finished their integration, when they review the error report, then they should find actionable insights that empower them to troubleshoot and resolve any issues independently.

Users frequently encounter integration issues and require an easy way to understand common pitfalls during the integration process.

Given the user is in the error reporting section, when they view the common issues section, then the system should list frequently encountered errors, along with their causes and solutions, to aid users in troubleshooting.

An admin wants to ensure that the error reporting functionality is operational before launching the Seamless Integration Wizard to their team.

Given the admin is testing the integration wizard, when an intentional error is generated during testing, then the system should produce an error report that accurately reflects the issue for verification purposes.

Real-Time Progress Indicators

"As a user, I want to see real-time progress indicators during the integration process so that I can know what stage I'm at and how long it will take to complete."

Description

Real-time progress indicators provide users with immediate feedback on the status of their integration process, displaying ongoing tasks and estimated completion times. This requirement enhances user engagement and satisfaction by keeping users informed about the progress and potential delays, thus managing expectations effectively. Users can make informed decisions based on progress updates, whether to wait for completion or address other tasks. Real-time indicators create a more dynamic and interactive integration experience, increasing trust and reducing user anxiety during integrations.

Acceptance Criteria

Integration of a new CRM system using the Seamless Integration Wizard

Given a user is on the Seamless Integration Wizard page, when they connect a new CRM application, then the real-time progress indicator should display the status of the connection in percentages as tasks are completed.

User attempts to integrate a third-party analytics tool while offline

Given the user is offline, when they try to start the integration process, then the progress indicator should notify the user that they need to be online and provide an option to save progress for later.

User reviews the status of an ongoing integration task

Given a user has initiated an integration, when they view the dashboard, then the real-time progress indicator should show an estimated time of completion and any completed tasks in clear, actionable language.

A user initiates multiple integrations simultaneously

Given multiple integrations are ongoing, when the user accesses the Seamless Integration Wizard, then all integrations should be listed with individual progress indicators showing their respective status and completion times.

User encounters an error during the integration process

Given an error occurs during integration, when the progress indicator updates, then it should inform the user of the error and display options to retry or cancel the integration process.

Integration of new app is successful and completed

Given the integration is complete, when the user sees the progress indicator, then it should display a success message and offer to guide the user to the next setup steps.

User requests to refresh the progress of an ongoing integration

Given the user is on the integration status page, when they click the refresh button, then the progress indicator should update to display the most current status of the integration tasks executed.

Step-by-Step Tutorial Mode

"As a new user, I want a step-by-step tutorial mode for integrations so that I can learn how to effectively set up connections without feeling lost."

Description

The step-by-step tutorial mode allows users to engage with the Seamless Integration Wizard in a guided format. This mode provides specialized guidance through each phase of the integration process, targeting users who are unfamiliar with the integration steps. This feature is particularly useful for new users or those integrating complex applications, as it offers proactive support and reduces common errors. By enabling users to learn through practice, the tutorial mode enhances user confidence and capability in managing integrations, contributing to a more knowledgeable user base.

Acceptance Criteria

User engages with the Seamless Integration Wizard for the first time to connect a new CRM application to DataFuse and opts for the tutorial mode.

Given the user has selected the tutorial mode, when they start the integration process, then they should see step-by-step instructions and navigation aids throughout the entire process.

User encounters an error while integrating a payment processing tool and uses the tutorial mode for assistance.

Given the user is in the tutorial mode and encounters an integration error, when they seek help, then the system should provide context-sensitive troubleshooting tips relevant to the current step.

A new user with minimal technical skills uses the Seamless Integration Wizard to set up a data connection for the first time, relying exclusively on the tutorial mode.

Given the new user is guided through the integration steps, when they complete the tutorial mode, then the user should successfully connect the application and receive a confirmation message.

A user wants to revisit the Seamless Integration Wizard to integrate additional tools after successfully completing the tutorial mode once.

Given the user selects the tutorial mode again, when they initiate a new integration process, then the system should allow them to choose to skip steps they have previously completed or watch the tutorial again.

The tutorial mode is being tested with a group of new users to assess its effectiveness and clarity.

Given that a group of new users completes the integration process using the tutorial mode, when they are surveyed about their experience, then at least 80% should indicate that they found the guidance clear and helpful.

A user is interacting with the Seamless Integration Wizard while using assistive technology to navigate the interface.

Given the user relies on screen reading software, when they access the tutorial mode, then all instructions and prompts should be compatible and easily readable by the assistive technology.

The tutorial mode is presented to sales and support teams during internal training sessions.

Given that sales and support teams undergo training using the tutorial mode, when they attempt to demonstrate the integration process, then they should accurately describe all steps and functionalities outlined in the tutorial.

Marketplace Ratings & Reviews

Marketplace Ratings & Reviews enable users to provide feedback on third-party tools and applications available in the Integrative Marketplace. By sharing their experiences, users help others make informed choices, fostering a collaborative community while ensuring that only the most effective tools are utilized in their analytics processes.

Requirements

User Feedback Submission

"As a user of the DataFuse platform, I want to submit ratings and reviews for tools in the Marketplace, so that I can share my experiences and help other users choose the most effective tools for their analytics needs."

Description

The User Feedback Submission requirement enables users to easily submit ratings and reviews for third-party tools and applications within the Integrative Marketplace. This functionality includes a simple user interface for entering feedback, selecting star ratings, and adding written comments. The feature will integrate seamlessly with the existing application framework, ensuring that submitted feedback is stored securely and can be displayed publicly. This requirement enhances the overall marketplace experience by making it easy for users to share their insights, which in turn informs and assists other users in making knowledgeable decisions. By encouraging user participation, this feature will also improve the perceived value of the marketplace, leading to increased engagement and usage of the analytics platform.

Acceptance Criteria

User submits a rating and review for a third-party tool in the Integrative Marketplace.

Given the user is logged into their account, when they select a third-party tool and enter a rating between 1 to 5 stars and provide written feedback, then the submission must be saved successfully and reflected in the tool's rating count instantly.

User attempts to submit a review without entering a rating or feedback.

Given the user is on the submission page, when they click the submit button without filling in the rating or feedback fields, then an error message should be displayed indicating that both fields are required.

User views publicly submitted ratings and reviews for a third-party tool.

Given a user navigates to a specific third-party tool in the Integrative Marketplace, when they view the page, then all submitted ratings and reviews must be displayed clearly, showing the average rating and individual user comments.

User wants to edit or delete their previously submitted review.

Given the user is on the marketplace and has submitted a review before, when they click on the edit or delete option next to their review, then they should be able to either modify the rating and feedback or confirm deletion successfully, with changes being updated immediately.

The system stores submitted feedback securely.

Given a user submits their rating and review, when the feedback is stored in the database, then the system must ensure that the feedback is encrypted and inaccessible to unauthorized users.

User accesses the feedback submission feature from different devices.

Given the user is logged into their account from multiple devices, when they navigate to the feedback submission feature, then the user interface and submission process should be consistent across all devices (e.g., desktop, tablet, mobile).

Review Moderation System

"As a moderator, I want to be able to review feedback submissions for appropriateness, so that I can ensure that the content available in the Marketplace is trustworthy and valuable for all users."

Description

The Review Moderation System requirement ensures that all user-generated feedback is moderated to maintain the integrity and quality of reviews posted in the Marketplace. This feature will include defined moderation rules, automatic filtering of inappropriate content, and the ability for designated moderators to approve, edit, or reject submissions. By implementing this system, the platform can provide a trustworthy source of feedback for users, promoting a reliable community and discouraging spam or malicious reviews, thus enhancing user confidence in the Marketplace's offerings.

Acceptance Criteria

User submits a review for a third-party tool within the Marketplace.

Given a user submits a review, when the review contains inappropriate content, then the review should be automatically flagged for moderation.

Designated moderator reviews flagged submissions in the moderation queue.

Given a moderator accesses the moderation queue, when reviewing a flagged submission, then the moderator should have options to approve, edit, or reject the review based on moderation rules.

User attempts to submit a review that does not meet the guidelines.

Given a user tries to submit a review that violates the moderation rules, when the submission is made, then the user should receive an error message detailing the violation.

User views feedback from the Marketplace on a particular tool.

Given a user navigates to a tool's page within the Marketplace, when they view the ratings and reviews section, then the displayed reviews should only include those that have been approved by moderators.

System performance metrics are monitored for moderation efficiency.

Given the moderation system has been in place for one month, when analyzing moderation action statistics, then the average time taken for moderators to approve or reject a review should be less than 24 hours.

An administrator updates moderation rules within the system.

Given an administrator accesses the moderation settings, when they update the rules, then the changes should be saved successfully and reflect in the moderation system immediately.

Rating Analytics Dashboard

"As a product manager, I want to access an analytics dashboard that provides insights into user ratings and reviews, so that I can make data-driven decisions about product promotions and partnerships."

Description

The Rating Analytics Dashboard requirement provides internal users and administrators with insights into the ratings and reviews activity in the Marketplace. This dashboard will visualize key metrics such as average ratings, number of reviews, and trends over time. It will also feature filtering options to view data by specific tools or timeframes. This capability will allow DataFuse to make informed decisions on partnerships, highlight well-rated tools, and identify areas for improvement within the Marketplace. The dashboard should integrate with existing analytics tools within the platform, ensuring all stakeholders have access to crucial performance data.

Acceptance Criteria

Internal users access the Rating Analytics Dashboard to obtain metrics for a specific third-party tool during a review meeting.

Given the internal user is logged into the platform, when they access the Rating Analytics Dashboard, then they should see key metrics including average ratings, total number of reviews, and trending data for the selected tool.

Administrators want to filter review data to analyze trends for a chosen time period.

Given the administrator has selected a tool and specified a date range, when they apply the filters, then the displayed data should update to reflect only the reviews and ratings within the selected timeframe.

Users need to visualize the performance of different tools over time to inform partnership decisions.

Given a selection of multiple tools on the dashboard, when the user requests a comparison view, then the system should generate a visualization showcasing average ratings and review counts for each tool over the specified period.

A user is reviewing the effectiveness of the dashboard's filtering capabilities for analyzing various tools.

Given the user selects multiple filtering options (e.g., category and rating range), when they apply the filters, then the dashboard should only present data related to the chosen filters without any delays.

An administrator wants to ensure that the dashboard interfaces properly with existing analytics tools within DataFuse.

Given the dashboard is integrated with the existing analytics tools, when the administrator generates a report, then the report should accurately reflect the metrics from the dashboard without discrepancies.

Agency stakeholders require insights for decision-making based on real-user feedback from the dashboard.

Given stakeholders are viewing the dashboard, when they request insights based on user feedback trends, then the system should provide categorized summaries of reviews highlighting key strengths and areas of improvement.

Notification System for New Reviews

"As a user interested in specific tools, I want to receive notifications about new reviews, so that I can stay updated with the latest feedback and re-evaluate my choices based on new insights."

Description

The Notification System for New Reviews requirement allows users to receive alerts when new reviews are submitted for tools they have previously rated or commented on. This feature will enhance user engagement with the Marketplace, encouraging them to revisit and interact more frequently. Notifications can be sent via email or within the application, providing users with tailored updates about marketplace activity. This personal touch promotes a continuous feedback loop and keeps the community active and involved.

Acceptance Criteria

User receives an email notification when a new review is submitted for a tool they have rated.

Given a user has submitted a rating for a tool, when a new review for that tool is submitted, then the user should receive an email notification regarding the new review.

User sees an in-app notification for new reviews on tools they have commented on.

Given a user has commented on a tool, when a new review is submitted for that tool, then the user should see an in-app notification alerting them of the new review.

User can manage notification preferences for new reviews in their profile settings.

Given a user is in their profile settings, when they select notification preferences, then they should be able to choose between receiving email notifications, in-app notifications, or both for new reviews.

Notification content displays the reviewer's name and review summary in the email or in-app notification.

Given a user receives a notification for a new review, when they open the notification, then the notification should display the reviewer's name and a brief summary of the review.

Users receive notifications in real-time or within a set delay after a new review is submitted.

Given a user is subscribed to notifications, when a new review is submitted, then the user should receive the notification in real-time or within the defined delay period set in their preferences.

Users can opt-out of specific notification types for new reviews.

Given a user does not want to receive notifications for specific tools, when they manage their notification settings, then they should be able to opt-out of receiving notifications for those tools.

Users are notified about new reviews for tools they have rated with at least a certain rating.

Given a user has rated a tool with a rating of 3 stars or higher, when a new review is submitted for that tool, then the user should receive the notification regarding the new review.

Review Sorting and Filtering Options

"As a user browsing reviews, I want the ability to sort and filter reviews based on different criteria, so that I can easily find the most relevant feedback to inform my tool selections."

Description

The Review Sorting and Filtering Options requirement enables users to customize their experience in the Marketplace by allowing them to sort and filter reviews based on criteria such as rating, date, or helpfulness. This functionality will improve the user interface by presenting reviews in a manageable and understandable way, aiding users in quickly accessing relevant feedback. Helping users to make informed decisions will enhance the user experience and increase satisfaction with the Marketplace offerings.

Acceptance Criteria

User sorts reviews by rating to identify the highest-rated tools in the Marketplace.

Given the user is on the Marketplace Ratings & Reviews page, when the user selects 'Sort by Rating,' then the reviews should be displayed in descending order, from highest to lowest rating.

User filters reviews to show only those written in the last month.

Given the user is on the Marketplace Ratings & Reviews page, when the user selects the filter 'Last Month,' then only reviews submitted in the last 30 days should be displayed.

User searches for a specific review based on a keyword in the review content.

Given the user is on the Marketplace Ratings & Reviews page, when the user enters a keyword in the search bar and submits, then the reviews containing that keyword should be shown.

User filters reviews by helpfulness to see the most useful feedback first.

Given the user is on the Marketplace Ratings & Reviews page, when the user selects 'Sort by Helpfulness,' then the reviews should be displayed starting with the most helpful as voted by other users.

User attempts to clear all applied filters and sorting options.

Given the user has applied specific filters and sorting options, when the user clicks 'Clear All Filters,' then all filters should be reset, and the reviews should return to the default view.

User views the total number of reviews after applying a filter.

Given the user has applied a filter on the Marketplace Ratings & Reviews page, then the displayed count of reviews should match the number of reviews visible after the filter is applied.

Advanced Filter & Compare

Advanced Filter & Compare allows users to refine their search for third-party tools based on specific criteria such as features, price, and user ratings. This powerful feature streamlines the selection process, enabling users to quickly identify and evaluate the most suitable tools for their unique analytics needs, enhancing productivity and resource allocation.

Requirements

Multi-Criteria Filtering

"As a data analyst, I want to filter analytics tools based on their features, price, and user ratings so that I can quickly find the most suitable solution for my organization’s analytics needs."

Description

The Multi-Criteria Filtering requirement enables users to filter third-party tools using various criteria such as specific features, price range, user ratings, and integration capabilities. This functionality allows users to easily tailor their search results to meet their unique needs, ultimately refining the selection process. By implementing this feature, DataFuse will enhance its efficiency in guiding users towards the most appropriate analytics tools, thus ensuring effective use of resources and time. The integration of this filtering system will streamline user interactions with the platform, providing an intuitive and organized approach to tool selection.

Acceptance Criteria

User searches for analytics tools based on a specific feature set, price range, and user ratings to find suitable options for their business needs.

Given the user selects specific features, sets a price range, and chooses a minimum user rating, when the user clicks 'Apply Filters', then only tools matching all selected criteria should be displayed in the search results.

A user wants to compare multiple analytics tools based on selected criteria for more informed decision-making.

Given the user has filtered tools based on certain features and ratings, when the user selects up to five different tools for comparison and clicks 'Compare', then a comparison chart showing all selected tools' key features and pricing should be presented to the user.

The user adjusts the criteria after initial filters are applied to refine their search results further.

Given the user applies filters and sees the initial results, when the user changes one or more filter criteria and clicks 'Update Filters', then the search results should refresh to show only the tools that meet the new criteria while maintaining the previous selections.

Users are using the platform for the first time and need guidance on how to utilize the multi-criteria filter effectively.

Given the user is on the filter page, when the user hovers over the filter options, then tooltips with brief descriptions of each filter category should be displayed, guiding the user on how to use the filters effectively.

A user is interested in quickly resetting all applied filters to start a new search.

Given the user has applied several filters and wants to clear them, when the user clicks the 'Reset Filters' button, then all selected filters should be cleared and all available tools should be displayed as search results.

The user wants to see relevant recommendations based on their selected filters to enhance usability.

Given the user has applied filters, when the filtered results are displayed, then the system should also show related analytics tools that were not in the initial search but could be beneficial based on user preferences.

Comparison Tool Integration

"As a product manager, I want to compare different analytics tools together so that I can make a more informed decision on which tool will best fit our business needs."

Description

The Comparison Tool Integration requirement allows users to compare multiple analytics tools side-by-side based on selected criteria such as pricing, features, and user reviews. This feature consolidates critical information in one place, facilitating informed decision-making by enabling users to visually analyze how tools measure up against one another. The inclusion of this functionality will not only enhance the user experience but also support better resource allocation by identifying the best-fit tools for their requirements.

Acceptance Criteria

User initiates a comparison of multiple analytics tools by selecting at least two tools from the available options in the Comparison Tool Integration feature.

Given the user has selected multiple analytics tools for comparison, when they click on the 'Compare' button, then the system must display a side-by-side comparison of the selected tools based on criteria such as pricing, features, and user reviews.

User interacts with the comparison results by filtering the displayed information based on different criteria.

Given the comparison results are displayed, when the user applies filters for features, pricing, or ratings, then the system must update the comparison view in real-time to reflect the filtered results without page reloads.

User views the detailed comparison of two analytics tools, including a breakdown of features and associated scores based on user reviews.

Given the user is comparing two analytics tools, when they hover over the feature descriptions, then the tooltips must provide additional information clarifying each feature’s significance and relevance to user needs.

User attempts to save a specific comparison for later review.

Given the user has completed a comparison between tools, when they click on the 'Save Comparison' button, then the system must successfully save the comparison with a timestamp and allow users to access it later from their account dashboard.

User accesses the comparison history to view previously saved comparisons.

Given the user is on their account dashboard, when they navigate to the 'Comparison History' section, then the system must list all previously saved comparisons with the relevant details such as date saved and tools compared.

User provides feedback on the comparison tools after evaluating the insights gained from the Comparison Tool Integration.

Given the user has engaged with the comparison tools, when they submit feedback through the feedback form, then the system must confirm receipt of the feedback and store it for further analysis.

User wants to share a comparison with team members for collaborative decision-making.

Given the user is viewing a comparison, when they click on the 'Share Comparison' option, then the system must allow the user to input team member emails and send a summary link to the comparison results successfully.

User Rating System

"As an analytics user, I want to read ratings and reviews of tools from other users so that I can assess their reliability and usefulness before making a purchase decision."

Description

The User Rating System requirement involves the implementation of a feedback mechanism allowing users to rate third-party analytics tools based on their personal experiences. This system will aggregate user ratings and display them prominently, providing prospective users with insights about the tools' effectiveness and usability. Integrating this requirement into DataFuse will enhance trust and transparency, enabling users to make data-driven decisions informed by real user experiences.

Acceptance Criteria

User submits a rating for a third-party analytics tool after using it for a month.

Given the user has navigated to the tool's page and has logged in, when they select a rating from 1 to 5 and submit, then the rating should be recorded and visible to all subsequent users.

User views aggregated ratings for a specific analytics tool on its DataFuse page.

Given the user is on the specific analytics tool page, when they look at the user ratings section, then the average rating and total number of ratings should be displayed clearly, updating in real-time as new ratings come in.

User attempts to filter third-party tools based on user ratings.

Given the user is on the Advanced Filter & Compare page, when they select a minimum rating filter, then only tools meeting or exceeding that rating should be displayed in the results list.

Existing user ratings should be aggregated and displayed correctly for all tools.

Given multiple users have submitted ratings over time, when a new rating is added, then the average rating should automatically recalculate and display without delay.

User can edit their submitted rating for a third-party tool.

Given the user has previously submitted a rating, when they choose to edit their rating, then the system should allow them to select a new rating and update it successfully, reflecting changes in the user ratings section immediately.

User accesses the feedback and ratings review section for any analytics tool.

Given the user is browsing through the tool details, when they click on the feedback section, then they should see a list of user comments along with their ratings in chronological order.

Performance Metrics Display

"As a business owner, I want to view the performance metrics of different analytics tools so that I can evaluate their potential return on investment before committing resources."

Description

The Performance Metrics Display requirement facilitates the presentation of key performance metrics for each third-party analytics tool within DataFuse. This feature will allow users to understand the performance outcomes associated with specific tools, such as efficiency metrics and return on investment (ROI). By providing this data, users can make strategic choices that are grounded in an understanding of expected performance, vastly enhancing their decision-making process regarding tool selection.

Acceptance Criteria

User views the Performance Metrics Display for a specific third-party analytics tool to understand its efficiency and ROI before making a selection for their data analysis needs.

Given the user selects a third-party analytics tool from the list in DataFuse, When they navigate to the Performance Metrics Display, Then the system should show the key performance metrics including efficiency and ROI for that tool accurately and in real-time.

User needs to compare the performance metrics of multiple analytics tools to determine the best option for their organization.

Given the user selects multiple third-party analytics tools for comparison, When they access the Performance Metrics Display, Then the system should present a side-by-side comparison of efficiency metrics and ROI for the selected tools in a user-friendly format.

User requires a detailed understanding of how specific metrics are calculated to enhance trust in the Performance Metrics Display provided by DataFuse.

Given the user hovers over or clicks on a metric in the Performance Metrics Display, When they engage with the user interface, Then the system should display tooltips or modals detailing how each metric is calculated and sourced.

User wants to filter performance metrics based on specific criteria, such as a minimum ROI threshold, to only evaluate relevant tools.

Given the user applies a filter for a minimum ROI threshold in the Performance Metrics Display, When they initiate the filter, Then the system should refresh and only display tools that meet the specified ROI criteria.

User needs to export the performance metrics for selected analytics tools to include in a report for stakeholders.

Given the user selects performance metrics to be exported, When they click on the export button, Then the system should provide the metrics in a downloadable format (e.g. CSV, XLSX) without loss of information.

User is interested in understanding how frequently the performance metrics are updated to ensure they are making decisions based on the latest data available.

Given the user checks for the last updated timestamp in the Performance Metrics Display, When they view the display, Then the system should show the last updated timestamp clearly visible alongside the metrics.

Save Filter Preferences

"As a frequent user, I want to save my filter preferences so that I can easily access my customized searches in future sessions without having to set them up again each time."

Description

The Save Filter Preferences requirement allows users to save their filtering criteria to streamline future searches. Users can quickly retrieve their preferred filters without needing to re-enter them every time they access the platform. This functionality boosts user experience by enhancing efficiency and providing a sense of personalization during tool selection, ultimately fostering user engagement and satisfaction.

Acceptance Criteria

User accesses the Advanced Filter & Compare feature to refine their search for tools based on multiple criteria.

Plugin Performance Metrics

Plugin Performance Metrics provide users with insights into the effectiveness and usage statistics of integrated applications within the DataFuse environment. This feature allows users to monitor performance, ensuring they leverage the right tools to maximize their analytics potential, thus enhancing overall business effectiveness.

Requirements

Real-time Metrics Dashboard

"As an analytics manager, I want to view real-time performance metrics of my integrated applications so that I can identify the most effective tools and optimize our data usage for better insights."

Description

The Real-time Metrics Dashboard requirement involves creating a centralized dashboard that displays real-time performance metrics for all integrated applications within the DataFuse platform. This feature will provide users with a comprehensive view of plugin effectiveness, usage statistics, and potential areas of improvement at a glance. Integrating this dashboard into the existing platform will enhance user experience by allowing them to quickly assess which tools are delivering the most value, thus enabling informed data-driven decisions for strategic growth. Users will benefit from heightened awareness of operational efficiencies and can take timely actions based on data insights.

Acceptance Criteria

User accesses the Real-time Metrics Dashboard to assess the performance of integrated applications during a weekly strategy meeting.

Given the user is logged into the DataFuse platform, when they navigate to the Real-time Metrics Dashboard, then they should see updated performance metrics for all integrated applications displayed without delay.

User wants to identify the most utilized applications within the dashboard to make informed decisions about tool investment.

Given the user is viewing the Real-time Metrics Dashboard, when the dashboard loads, then it should highlight the top 3 most utilized applications based on usage statistics.

User requires insights into the performance trends of different plugins over the last month to prepare a report.

Given the user has selected a date range of the last month in the Real-time Metrics Dashboard, when they request the metrics, then the dashboard should display a trend graph showing performance metrics for each integrated application over that period.

User wishes to filter metrics by specific applications to focus on the performance of a particular tool during a troubleshooting session.

Given the Real-time Metrics Dashboard is displayed, when the user applies a filter to display metrics for a specific application, then the dashboard should refresh to show only the metrics related to that application.

User needs to export metrics data from the dashboard for compliance reporting purposes.

Given the user is viewing the Real-time Metrics Dashboard, when they select the export option, then the system should successfully download a CSV file containing all displayed metrics.

User wants to receive notifications about underperforming plugins so they can address issues proactively.

Given the user is subscribed to performance alerts, when a plugin's performance metrics fall below predetermined thresholds, then the user should receive an email notification about the underperformance.

User aims to compare the performance metrics of two specific plugins to determine which is more effective.

Given the user has selected two plugins from the dashboard for comparison, when they view the comparison section, then the dashboard should display side-by-side metrics for these plugins, including usage statistics and performance scores.

User Customization Options

"As a user, I want to customize my metrics dashboard so that I can focus on the data that is most relevant to my role and objectives."

Description

The User Customization Options requirement focuses on allowing users to personalize their metrics dashboard according to their specific needs and preferences. Users should be able to select which metrics are displayed, configure layouts, and set alerts for key performance indicators. This functionality will enhance user engagement and satisfaction by ensuring that users can tailor their experience for maximum relevance. By offering customization, we empower users to prioritize the metrics that matter most to them, improving operational effectiveness and facilitating quicker decision-making.

Acceptance Criteria

User selects and saves the preferred metrics to be displayed on their dashboard.

Given a logged-in user on the metrics dashboard, when the user selects metrics from the available list and clicks 'Save', then the selected metrics should immediately reflect on their dashboard.

User customizes the layout of their metrics dashboard by dragging and dropping widgets.

Given a user is viewing the metrics dashboard, when the user drags a metric widget to a different location and releases it, then the widget should snap into place at the new location and the layout should be saved.

User sets alerts for specific KPIs to receive notifications based on predefined thresholds.

Given a user is on the alerts configuration page, when the user sets an alert for a specific KPI and sets a threshold, then the alert should be saved, and the user should receive a confirmation message stating that the alert has been successfully created.

User can reset their dashboard customization to the default settings.

Given a user has customized their dashboard, when the user clicks on the 'Reset to Default' button, then all customizations should be reverted, and the dashboard should display the default metrics layout.

User reviews usage statistics for their selected metrics in the dashboard.

Given a user is on the metrics dashboard, when the user clicks on the 'Usage Statistics' tab, then the system should display detailed usage data for each selected metric including frequency and performance insights.

Automated Performance Reports

"As a team lead, I want to receive automated performance reports so that I can stay informed about our plugin effectiveness without dedicating time to compile the data myself."

Description

The Automated Performance Reports requirement aims to implement a feature that automatically generates and distributes performance reports summarizing plugin usage and effectiveness over selected time frames. Users will receive insights directly to their email or within the DataFuse platform, eliminating the need for manual data compilation and enhancing productivity. This feature is essential for stakeholders who require regular updates without spending significant time on data analysis, allowing them to make informed decisions based on timely data.

Acceptance Criteria

User accesses the Automated Performance Reports feature to generate a report for the past month.

Given the user selects a time frame of the last month, When they request the report, Then the system generates a performance report that includes plugin usage statistics and effectiveness metrics.

User receives the Automated Performance Report via email after it is generated.

Given the user has opted in for email notifications for performance reports, When the report is generated, Then the user receives the report in their registered email inbox within 10 minutes.

The generated Automated Performance Report displays accurate performance data.

Given the report is generated for the selected time frame, When the user reviews the report, Then all metrics should accurately reflect the usage data from the DataFuse platform during that time frame.

User can customize the Automated Performance Reports to include specific metrics they find relevant.

Given the user accesses the customization options, When they select specific metrics to include in the report, Then the system generates a report that reflects these selections.

User can choose different delivery methods for the Automated Performance Reports.

Given the user is accessing the settings for automated report delivery, When they select either email delivery or in-platform notification, Then the system must accurately follow the user’s preference each time a report is generated.

Automated Performance Report generation does not affect system performance or user experience.

Given that a report generation is initiated, When the report is being processed, Then the DataFuse platform should remain responsive and continue to function normally for all users.

Data Anomaly Detection

"As a data analyst, I want to be notified of any data anomalies in my performance metrics so that I can quickly address potential issues and maintain accurate reporting."

Description

The Data Anomaly Detection requirement will introduce advanced algorithms to identify unusual patterns or performance drops in real-time. This feature aims to alert users when deviations from expected metrics occur, enabling immediate investigation and response. By tracking and highlighting these anomalies, users can proactively address any issues with integrated applications, ensuring optimal performance and reliability of the DataFuse platform. This functionality will significantly enhance user confidence in the analytics process by ensuring issues are addressed promptly, thereby minimizing operational disruptions.

Acceptance Criteria

Real-time Alert on Data Anomaly Detection

Given the user has integrated applications in the DataFuse environment, when a data anomaly is detected by the system, then the user should receive an instant notification via email and the DataFuse dashboard indicating the specifics of the anomaly, including affected metrics and severity level.

Historical Data Analysis for Anomaly Detection

Given that the user wishes to analyze past performance metrics, when the user selects a time frame and triggers the anomaly detection analysis, then the system should accurately display any historical anomalies detected during that period, including details on the metrics involved and suggested actions.

User Dashboard Visualization of Anomalies

Given the user accesses the DataFuse dashboard, when an anomaly occurs, then the user should see a visual indicator on the dashboard that highlights the anomaly, with the option to view details regarding the anomaly's nature, time of occurrence, and impacted metrics.

Integration with Third-Party Applications

Given that the user is utilizing third-party applications integrated with DataFuse, when data anomalies occur in these applications, then the system must be able to detect these anomalies and provide alerts to the user, detailing which integrated application is affected.

Performance Metrics Testing During Anomaly Events

Given the anomaly detection feature is live, when the system identifies an anomaly, then the performance metrics of the affected integrated applications should automatically be logged for review, allowing the user to assess performance trends during the anomaly event.

Feedback Loop for Anomaly Detection Improvements

Given that anomalies are detected and reported, when the user resolves the anomaly and provides feedback on its accuracy, then this feedback should be recorded in the system to improve the anomaly detection algorithm and user experience in future instances.

User Role Customization for Anomaly Notifications

Given multiple user roles within the DataFuse platform, when setting up anomaly notifications, then users should be able to customize their notification preferences based on roles, such as receiving alerts in real-time or weekly summaries.

User Feedback System

"As a user, I want to easily submit feedback about the performance metrics feature so that I can contribute to its improvement and help shape future updates."

Description

The User Feedback System requirement proposes the implementation of a feedback mechanism that allows users to submit suggestions or report issues regarding the Plugin Performance Metrics feature. This system will collect user insights which can be used to guide future improvements and enhance user satisfaction. By actively engaging users and incorporating their feedback, DataFuse can foster a community-driven approach to product evolution, ensuring the platform evolves in response to user needs and preferences while maintaining its competitive edge.

Acceptance Criteria

User submits feedback about the Plugin Performance Metrics feature to suggest improvements or report issues.

Given a user wants to provide feedback, when they access the feedback form and submit their feedback, then the system should confirm receipt of the feedback and store it in the feedback database.

Admin views submitted user feedback to analyze suggestions for the Plugin Performance Metrics feature.

Given an admin wants to review user feedback, when they navigate to the feedback management dashboard, then they should see a list of all submitted feedback sorted by date, along with relevant user and feedback details.

User receives a response after submitting feedback on Plugin Performance Metrics.

Given a user has submitted feedback, when the feedback is processed, then the user should receive an acknowledgment email outlining next steps and timeframe for feedback review.

User provides feedback through multiple channels such as email and the platform’s interface.

Given a user submits feedback through any supported channel, when they check the feedback status, then all submissions made through any channel should appear in their feedback history on the platform.

A user wants to track changes made as a result of their feedback on the Plugin Performance Metrics feature.

Given a user has submitted feedback, when they access the feedback tracking functionality, then they should see updates on the status and any actions taken in response to their submitted feedback.

New suggestions are received for improving the performance of Plugin Performance Metrics.

Given multiple users submit suggestions, when the feedback is categorized, then similar suggestions should be grouped for analysis and prioritized based on frequency of submission and impact.

Feedback is evaluated for its impact on future development of Plugin Performance Metrics.

Given feedback submissions are collected, when the product development team reviews the feedback, then they should document insights and the corresponding changes made to the feature in the product roadmap.

Integration Support Center

The Integration Support Center offers users dedicated resources, including FAQs, troubleshooting guides, and customer support for all third-party integrations within the marketplace. This feature empowers users with the knowledge and assistance needed to confidently implement and optimize their chosen tools, enhancing their overall experience with DataFuse.

Requirements

Comprehensive FAQ Database

"As a user, I want to access a comprehensive FAQ database so that I can find quick answers to my integration questions without needing to contact support."

Description

The Comprehensive FAQ Database will serve as a centralized resource for users, providing detailed answers to common questions regarding third-party integrations. This database should be easily searchable, regularly updated, and cover various integration topics, offering users quick access to the information they need to implement integrations smoothly. By making this information readily available, users will become more self-sufficient, reducing the number of support requests and enhancing overall user satisfaction with the DataFuse platform.

Acceptance Criteria

User searches for a specific integration-related question in the Comprehensive FAQ Database.

Given a user is on the Integration Support Center, when they enter a query into the search bar, then they should see a list of relevant FAQs that match their query.

User accesses the Comprehensive FAQ Database from a mobile device.

Given a user is on a mobile device, when they navigate to the Integration Support Center, then the FAQ Database should be fully accessible and responsive, allowing for easy reading and navigation.

User interacts with an FAQ entry in the Comprehensive FAQ Database.

Given a user selects an FAQ from the list, when they click on it, then they should see the detailed answer, including any additional resources such as links to troubleshooting guides or customer support details.

The support team updates the Comprehensive FAQ Database with new integration topics.

Given the support team has new information to add, when they update the FAQ Database, then the changes should appear in the database within 24 hours and users should receive a notification about the update.

User provides feedback on an FAQ item in the Comprehensive FAQ Database.

Given a user reads an FAQ, when they click on the feedback option, then they should be able to submit their feedback, which should be recorded and reviewed by the support team.

Interactive Troubleshooting Guides

"As a user, I want interactive troubleshooting guides that help me quickly resolve integration issues so that I can maintain seamless operations without delay."

Description

The Interactive Troubleshooting Guides will provide step-by-step instructions for resolving common issues encountered during the integration process. These guides will include flowcharts, visual aids, and troubleshooting tips, allowing users to navigate problems more effectively. The aim is to empower users with the tools and knowledge needed to solve issues independently, thereby improving their experience with DataFuse and minimizing downtime associated with integration failures.

Acceptance Criteria

User accesses the Interactive Troubleshooting Guides section of the Integration Support Center.

Given the user is on the Integration Support Center page, when they click on the Interactive Troubleshooting Guides link, then they should be redirected to the Interactive Troubleshooting Guides page that displays flowcharts and visual aids.

User follows a troubleshooting guide to resolve an integration issue.

Given the user is on the Interactive Troubleshooting Guides page, when they select a specific issue and follow the step-by-step instructions provided, then the user should resolve the issue successfully with no assistance from customer support.

User encounters an error that is not covered by the troubleshooting guides.

Given the user is following one of the troubleshooting guides but encounters a unique error, when they submit a support request through the provided link, then they should receive acknowledgment within 1 hour, and a response within 24 hours.

User uses the flowcharts in the troubleshooting guides.

Given the user is on the Interactive Troubleshooting Guides page, when they utilize the provided flowcharts to navigate through a troubleshooting problem, then the flowchart should accurately lead them to the correct troubleshooting steps without any confusion.

User needs to access a troubleshooting guide for a specific integration tool.

Given the user is on the Interactive Troubleshooting Guides page, when they search for a specific integration tool in the search bar, then the relevant troubleshooting guide should be displayed in less than 3 seconds.

User rates the effectiveness of the troubleshooting guides after use.

Given the user has completed the troubleshooting process using the guide, when they are prompted to rate the guide's effectiveness, then they should be able to submit a rating between 1 to 5 stars, and provide optional feedback.

Administrator updates the troubleshooting guides with new solutions.

Given that the administrator has new information regarding common integration issues, when they access the guide editing interface, then they should be able to update the troubleshooting guides successfully, and the changes should be published in real-time without downtime.

Live Chat Support Feature

"As a user, I want access to live chat support for integration issues so that I can get immediate help without having to wait for email responses."

Description

The Live Chat Support Feature will offer real-time assistance to users facing difficulties with their integrations. This feature allows users to connect with a support representative instantly and receive personalized guidance. By implementing this feature, DataFuse will enhance user satisfaction and ensure that issues are addressed promptly, minimizing frustration and improving the overall integration experience.

Acceptance Criteria

User initiates a live chat session from the Integration Support Center after encountering an issue with third-party tool implementation.

Given the user is logged into DataFuse and on the Integration Support Center page, when they click on the 'Live Chat' button, then they should be connected to a support representative within 30 seconds.

User receives and reviews troubleshooting guidance from the support representative during the live chat session.

Given that the user is connected to the support representative, when the representative provides troubleshooting steps, then the user should receive the steps within 2 minutes and be able to confirm understanding via an interactive chat feature.

User interacts with the chat support to resolve an issue related to integration setup.

Given the user is currently engaged in a live chat session with a support representative, when they ask for help regarding a specific error code, then the representative must provide a resolution that includes at least three actionable steps to resolve the issue.

User finishes a live chat session regarding an integration issue.

Given the user has resolved their issue during the live chat, when the session ends, then the user should see a satisfaction survey pop-up asking for feedback on their support experience.

User navigates away from the live chat window prior to resolution.

Given the user has not received a successful resolution during the chat, when they exit the live chat window, then the system should automatically send an email follow-up with a summary of their issue and further resources within 15 minutes of exit.

User encounters multiple integration issues requiring support over a period of time.

Given the user has previously engaged in live chat support, when they open a new chat for a different issue, then the support representative should have access to the user's chat history to assist them effectively.

User refers to a knowledge base article suggested by the support representative during the live chat.

Given the support representative suggests a knowledge article, when the user clicks on the link provided, then they should be redirected to the correct article that matches their inquiry with a satisfaction rating available for the article.

User Feedback Loop for Support Resources

"As a user, I want to provide feedback on support resources so that they can be improved based on my experiences and needs."

Description

The User Feedback Loop for Support Resources will be implemented to gather user evaluations and suggestions regarding the effectiveness of the FAQ, troubleshooting guides, and live chat support. This feedback will be vital for continuously improving support resources and making necessary adjustments based on user insights. By enabling users to provide feedback, DataFuse ensures that its support materials evolve to meet their needs, resulting in a more user-centered approach to support.

Acceptance Criteria

User navigates to the Integration Support Center and accesses the feedback form after using the FAQ section.

Given a user has accessed the FAQ section, when they select the feedback form, then they should be able to submit a rating and additional comments regarding the FAQ's helpfulness.

A user encounters an issue while using a third-party integration and visits the troubleshooting guides in the Integration Support Center.

Given a user reads a troubleshooting guide, when they submit feedback on the guide, then their response should be recorded, and user analytics report reflects the engagement rate for that guide.

A user utilizes the live chat support option and receives assistance for a third-party integration issue.

Given a user completes a live chat session, when prompted for feedback, then they should be able to rate the support they received and provide comments which are logged for analysis.

An administrator reviews the feedback collected from users regarding the support resources.

Given feedback data is available, when the administrator views the reports, then they should see metrics on support resource ratings and the number of user suggestions for each support resource.

Users encounter a recurring issue with a specific third-party integration and report this through the feedback loop.

Given multiple users provide similar feedback about a specific issue, when the feedback is analyzed, then an action item should be created to investigate and address the recurring problem.

A user accesses the integration support center to see improvements made based on previous feedback.

Given that user feedback has been analyzed and implemented, when the user visits the support center, then they should find updated resources and information reflecting changes made based on their input.

After submitting feedback, a user receives confirmation that their input has been recorded.

Given that a user submits feedback through the system, when the submission is complete, then the user should receive an acknowledgment message confirming their feedback has been captured.

Integration Marketplace Accessibility Enhancement

"As a user, I want an enhanced integration marketplace that is easy to navigate so that I can quickly find the tools I need for my business."

Description

The Integration Marketplace Accessibility Enhancement aims to improve the usability and navigation of the marketplace where users can find third-party integrations. This includes optimizing the search functionality, categorization of tools, and providing relevant filters to match user needs. By making the marketplace more accessible, DataFuse fosters a better user experience, allowing users to effortlessly discover and utilize the integrations that best serve their business needs.

Acceptance Criteria

Search Functionality Enhancement

Given a user is on the Integration Marketplace page, when they enter a keyword in the search bar, then the system should return relevant integration options within 2 seconds.

Categorization of Tools

Given a user is navigating the Integration Marketplace, when they select a category from the sidebar, then only tools related to that category should be displayed.

Filtering Integration Options

Given a user is viewing integration options in the marketplace, when they apply filters for pricing and rating, then the displayed results should only include integrations that meet the specified criteria.

User-Friendly Navigation

Given a user is in the Integration Marketplace, when they hover over any integration option, then a brief tooltip should appear showing key details about the integration.

Displaying Popular Integrations

Given a user is accessing the Integration Marketplace, then the landing page should prominently display a section for 'Most Popular Integrations' with at least 5 options listed.

Quick Access to FAQs and Guides

Given a user is on the Integration Marketplace page, when they click on the 'Resources' link, then they should be redirected to the Integration Support Center's FAQs and troubleshooting guides.

Customized Recommendations Engine

The Customized Recommendations Engine analyzes user behavior and preferences to suggest relevant third-party tools within the Integrative Marketplace. By providing tailored recommendations, this feature empowers users to discover new resources that align with their specific analytics goals, driving greater productivity and innovation in their data processes.

Requirements

User Behavior Analysis

"As a user, I want the system to analyze my interactions with various tools so that I receive tailored suggestions that enhance my productivity."

Description

The User Behavior Analysis requirement involves tracking and analyzing user interactions and preferences within the DataFuse platform. This functionality will allow the Customized Recommendations Engine to effectively gather data on how users engage with various tools and resources. By identifying patterns in user behavior, the engine can deliver personalized tool suggestions that cater to individual user needs. This real-time analysis not only enhances user satisfaction but also encourages deeper engagement with the platform. Furthermore, this capability will enable continuous improvement of recommendations, aligning with users' evolving analytics goals.

Acceptance Criteria

User logs into DataFuse and interacts with various third-party tools on the Integrative Marketplace, providing data for the Customized Recommendations Engine.

Given the user has interacted with at least three different tools in the Integrative Marketplace, when the system analyzes user behavior, then it should provide personalized tool recommendations based on the tools most frequently engaged with by similar users.

User spends significant time exploring the Analytics Tools section of the Integrative Marketplace and expresses a preference for data visualization solutions.

Given the user has spent more than 10 minutes in the Analytics Tools section, when the system processes their behavior, then it should recommend at least two data visualization tools tailored to their expressed interest.

User updates their profile to indicate a focus on improving operational efficiency in their data processes.

Given the user has updated their profile preferences, when the system performs a user behavior analysis, then it should adjust the recommendations to prioritize tools that enhance operational efficiency.

User interacts with a recommendation provided by the Customized Recommendations Engine and subsequently provides feedback on its relevance.

Given the user has interacted with a recommended tool, when they submit feedback rating the tool, then the system should log this feedback to refine future recommendations accordingly.

User attempts to find new tools based on their current analytics goals while using the DataFuse dashboard.

Given the user initiates a search with specific keywords related to their analytics goals, when the Customized Recommendations Engine processes this input, then it should present relevant tool suggestions immediately in the dashboard interface.

User completes a session and logs out of the DataFuse platform after using several third-party tools from the Integrative Marketplace.

Given the user has logged out after interactions, when the system summarizes their session data, then it should accurately capture and analyze all interactions to inform future recommendations.

User engages with the platform over a period of time, showing changing preferences for analytics tools.

Given the user has interacted with various tools over a month, when the Customized Recommendations Engine analyzes this historical data, then it should dynamically update recommendations to reflect any shifts in user preference.

Integration with Third-Party Tools

"As a user, I want to explore new third-party tools integrated within DataFuse so that I can enhance my analytics capabilities with relevant resources."

Description

This requirement focuses on establishing seamless integration between the Customized Recommendations Engine and various third-party tools available in the Integrative Marketplace. This involves creating APIs and data pipelines that enable the recommendations engine to pull real-time data from these tools to analyze their effectiveness and relevance to users. By ensuring that the recommendations are based on actual tool performance and usage metrics, users will be able to discover new resources that are genuinely beneficial for their data analysis tasks. Effective integration will not only enhance the recommendation accuracy but also streamline the user experience as they navigate through multiple data resources.

Acceptance Criteria

User accesses the Customized Recommendations Engine to view personalized tool suggestions based on their previous interactions and preferences.

Given a user with a defined set of preferences, When the user accesses the recommendations engine, Then the system should display at least three relevant third-party tool suggestions based on their past behavior and usage metrics.

A user connects a third-party tool to the DataFuse platform through the Integrative Marketplace and seeks tool recommendations thereafter.

Given a user who has successfully integrated a third-party tool, When the user accesses the recommendations engine, Then the recommended tools should include options that complement the newly integrated tool based on performance and user feedback.

The user wants to refine their recommendations by adjusting their preferences in the dashboard settings.

Given a user who updates their preferences in the dashboard settings, When the user saves the changes and accesses the recommendations engine, Then the system should refresh the suggestions to reflect the updated preferences within two seconds.

The system's performance is measured to ensure that the recommendations update correctly after any integration changes.

Given the integration of a new third-party tool, When the system runs its recommendation algorithm, Then the recommendations engine should update the suggestions within five minutes to reflect the newly available tool's data.

A user seeks to evaluate the effectiveness of a recommended tool provided by the Customized Recommendations Engine.

Given a user clicks on a recommended tool, When the tool’s detailed performance metrics are displayed, Then the metrics should provide at least three relevant data points demonstrating the tool's effectiveness based on user feedback analytics.

The recommendations engine should adapt to shifting trends in user tool preferences dynamically.

Given a significant change in user behavior or tool performance metrics, When the recommendations engine recalibrates, Then it should accurately reflect these changes in at least 90% of recommendations presented to users within one week.

Feedback Loop for Recommendations

"As a user, I want to give feedback on the suggested tools so that the system can improve and provide more relevant recommendations in the future."

Description

The Feedback Loop for Recommendations requirement involves creating a mechanism where users can provide feedback on the suggested tools and resources. This could be in the form of ratings, reviews, or direct feedback options, which will be collected and analyzed by the customization engine. By capturing user sentiment and performance feedback, the engine will fine-tune its algorithms to improve the accuracy and relevance of future recommendations. This requirement ensures a user-centered approach, directly incorporating user experiences into the recommendation process, thereby driving continual enhancements to the suggestions provided.

Acceptance Criteria

User provides feedback on a recommended tool after using it for a week.

Given the user has accessed the Integrative Marketplace and used a suggested tool for over a week, when they navigate to the feedback section of the recommendations engine, they can leave a rating from 1 to 5 stars and a review that is at least 20 characters long. Then the feedback is successfully submitted and recorded in the database.

User views previously submitted feedback on a recommended tool.

Given the user has previously provided feedback on a suggested tool, when they access the feedback history section, then they can view all their past feedback entries, including ratings and reviews, for the recommended tools they interacted with.

User modifies their feedback after submitting it.

Given the user has submitted feedback for a suggested tool, when they navigate back to their feedback on that tool, they can edit their rating or review and successfully save the new feedback. Then the system reflects the updated feedback in the database.

System analyzes feedback data to update recommendations.

Given there is a significant amount of feedback data collected over a month, when the Customized Recommendations Engine is triggered to analyze the feedback, the system recalibrates its recommendation algorithms based on user ratings and reviews for the most popular tools, improving the relevance of future suggestions.

User receives notification about improvements in recommendations based on their feedback.

Given the user has submitted feedback on a suggested tool, when the Customized Recommendations Engine has updated its algorithms incorporating user feedback, then the user receives a notification summarizing how their feedback contributed to enhancing future recommendations.

User is prompted to provide feedback after tool usage.

Given the user has used a tool from the Integrative Marketplace, when they close and exit the tool, then a feedback prompt appears, inviting them to rate and review the tool immediately after usage.

Feedback summary is displayed for users before making a recommendation.

Given a user is about to receive tool suggestions, when their preferences are analyzed, then the system displays a summary of feedback ratings and reviews for previous recommendations, enabling informed decision-making.

Real-Time Data Processing

"As a user, I want to receive real-time recommendations based on my current actions so that I can improve my productivity without waiting for updates."

Description

Real-Time Data Processing capability is essential for the Customized Recommendations Engine to analyze user behavior and tool performance without delays. This requirement outlines the need for a robust data processing framework that can handle incoming data streams and generate insights instantaneously. This feature is critical to ensure that users receive up-to-date and relevant tool recommendations based on their current activities and preferences. The benefit of real-time processing will enhance user satisfaction and drive engagement by providing timely suggestions that users can act upon immediately within their workflows.

Acceptance Criteria

User initiates a new analytics session and engages with a variety of third-party tools, expecting immediate recommendations based on their interactions.

Given that the user is actively using the analytics dashboard, when they interact with any tool, then the Customized Recommendations Engine must process this interaction in real-time and display relevant tool suggestions within 3 seconds.

User views the recommendations section of the Integrative Marketplace for the first time and expects personalized suggestions based on their profile and behaviors.

Given that the user has completed their profile setup, when they access the recommendations section for the first time, then the system should display at least three personalized tool recommendations that align with their stated analytics goals.

An existing user regularly uses specific tools and expects the recommendations engine to learn over time and adapt its suggestions accordingly.

Given that the user has frequently used certain tools, when they log in after a week, then the Customized Recommendations Engine should prioritize those tools and suggest at least one new tool that complements their preferred tools.

User switches between different analytics categories and expects adaptations in tool suggestions reflecting their changing needs.

Given that the user is navigating between different categories within the dashboard, when they switch categories, then the Customized Recommendations Engine must refresh the recommendations to reflect tools relevant to the newly selected category within 5 seconds.

User interacts with the recommendations and selects a suggested tool, expecting immediate access and contextual information about how it can enhance their current workflow.

Given that the user clicks on a recommended tool, when the recommendation is selected, then the system must provide immediate access to the tool with a summary of how it integrates with the user's current analytics tasks.

User analyzes the effectiveness of the recommendations provided, expecting metrics on engagement and outcome from their recent selections.

Given that the user has used some of the recommended tools, when they review their analytics dashboard, then there should be a section displaying user engagement metrics and effectiveness scores for each tool engaged with in the last 30 days.

User Personalization Settings

"As a user, I want to customize my recommendation settings so that I receive suggestions that are relevant to my specific needs and preferences."

Description

User Personalization Settings will allow users to customize their preferences for how they receive recommendations from the Customized Recommendations Engine. This requirement encompasses features such as setting preferred categories of tools, defining frequency of suggestions, and indicating types of data to be prioritized in the recommendations. By enabling users to tailor their experience according to their specific needs and workflows, this functionality ensures that the recommendations feel relevant and valuable to each individual user, ultimately supporting a more effective and personalized data analysis experience.

Acceptance Criteria

User preferences for receiving tool recommendations based on category selection.

Given a logged-in user, when they navigate to the User Personalization Settings, then they should be able to select preferred categories of tools from a predefined list that will guide upcoming recommendations.

User defines the frequency at which they want to receive recommendations.

Given a logged-in user, when they are in the User Personalization Settings, then they should be able to set a frequency for receiving tool recommendations (daily, weekly, or monthly) that will apply to notification scheduling.

User indicates types of data to prioritize in recommendations.

Given a logged-in user, when they access the User Personalization Settings, then they should be able to specify which types of data (e.g., sales data, customer feedback, web analytics) they want to prioritize for recommendations in the Customized Recommendations Engine.

User saves their Personalization Settings successfully.

Given a logged-in user who has set their preferences in the User Personalization Settings, when they click the 'Save' button, then their preferences should be stored and a confirmation message should be displayed to the user.

User receives recommendations according to their personalized settings.

Given a logged-in user with saved personalization preferences, when they access the Integrative Marketplace, then they should see tool recommendations tailored according to their selected categories and data priorities.

User edits their Personalization Settings.

Given a logged-in user who has previously set their Personalization Settings, when they navigate back to the settings and make changes, then the changes should be saved correctly and reflected in their recommendations on subsequent visits.

Instant Alert Center

The Instant Alert Center offers users immediate notifications for critical data changes and KPIs directly on their mobile devices. By prioritizing relevant alerts, users can stay informed and make quick decisions while mobile, ensuring they don’t miss important updates, even when away from their desks.

Requirements

Real-Time Notification Engine

"As a mobile user of DataFuse, I want to receive real-time notifications of critical data changes so that I can make quick decisions on the go without missing important updates."

Description

The Real-Time Notification Engine sends immediate alerts to users’ mobile devices upon critical changes in data or predefined KPIs. This capability ensures that users can receive timely updates and act swiftly, enhancing their decision-making processes. The notification system prioritizes alerts based on user preferences and criticality, filtering out noise and providing relevant information only. It integrates seamlessly with existing data sources and the overall platform architecture of DataFuse, allowing for efficient real-time processing and transmission of alerts. This feature aims to minimize delays in response time, ultimately leading to improved operational efficiency and user satisfaction.

Acceptance Criteria

User receives an immediate notification on their mobile device when a predefined KPI, such as sales revenue, falls below a certain threshold during a live sales report.

Given the user has set their notification preferences for sales revenue alerts, when the sales revenue drops below the threshold, then the user should receive a push notification on their mobile device within 5 seconds of the change.

User configures their alert preferences to only receive notifications for critical data changes during business hours.

Given the user has access to the notification settings, when they select the 'critical only' option and specify business hours, then they should only receive alerts related to critical data changes that occur during those hours.

User is able to prioritize which alerts they want to receive for different KPIs on their dashboard.

Given the user has configured their alert settings, when they prioritize alerts for KPIs, then the system should respect these priorities and send notifications accordingly, ensuring that higher priority alerts are delivered first.

User receives a summary notification on their mobile device at the end of the day summarizing all the critical alerts they missed while offline.

Given the user is offline and returns online at the end of the day, when they check their mobile device, then they should receive a consolidated summary notification of all critical alerts received during their offline period.

User can test the notification engine to ensure it is functioning correctly before relying on it for critical updates.

Given the user is on the notification settings page, when they click the 'Test Notification' button, then they should receive a test alert on their mobile device within 10 seconds confirming that the notification engine is operational.

System filters out non-critical alerts and only sends relevant updates based on user-defined settings.

Given the user has actively configured their alert preferences, when a non-critical data change occurs, then the user should not receive a notification on their mobile device for that alert.

User can customize the sound setting for different types of notifications received on their mobile device.

Given the user is in the alert settings, when they change the sound setting for different types of notifications, then the system should apply the selected sounds for each type of notification immediately after saving their settings.

Custom Alert Preferences

"As a product manager using DataFuse, I want to customize my alert preferences so that I only receive notifications about the KPIs that matter most to my role."

Description

The Custom Alert Preferences functionality allows users to configure their notification settings for various types of alerts according to their business needs and roles. Users can specify which KPIs and data changes are most relevant, set thresholds for alert generation, and choose preferred delivery methods (e.g., push notifications, email). This feature enhances the user experience by enabling personalization, ensuring that users only receive information pertinent to their operations. By integrating this functionality, DataFuse empowers users to control their alert environment actively, improving engagement and reducing alert fatigue.

Acceptance Criteria

User configures their alert preferences to receive notifications only for sales KPIs that exceed a certain threshold and sets their preferred delivery method to mobile push notifications.

Given the user accesses the alert preferences settings, When they select the sales KPIs and set a threshold and delivery method, Then the system should save these preferences and send a push notification when the criteria are met.

User sets up alert preferences to receive daily updates for inventory levels and chooses email as their preferred method of delivery.

Given the user chooses daily frequency for inventory alerts, When the inventory level changes and meets the user's specified thresholds, Then the system should send an email notification summarizing the changes.

User makes changes to their alert settings for marketing KPIs and saves the new preferences successfully.

Given the user modifies their alert settings for marketing KPIs, When they click the 'Save Changes' button, Then the system should reflect the updated preferences in the user’s account and display a confirmation message.

User tests the delivery method for alerts by triggering a sample notification to ensure it functions as intended.

Given the user has configured alert preferences, When they trigger a test alert, Then the system should successfully send a notification in the selected delivery method (e.g., mobile push notification or email).

User receives an alert for significant drops in customer satisfaction metrics via selected delivery methods as configured in their preferences.

Given the alert preferences are set for customer satisfaction metrics, When the metrics fall below the defined threshold, Then the user must receive a notification through their chosen delivery method without delay.

User accesses the alert preferences page and views existing settings prior to making updates.

Given the user navigates to the alert preferences section, When the page loads, Then existing alert settings should be displayed accurately reflecting the current configurations and preferences.

User decides to disable several alert preferences for specific KPIs to reduce notification volume.

Given the user accesses the alert preferences, When they disable alerts for certain KPIs and save the changes, Then the system should stop sending notifications for disabled KPIs and confirm the changes to the user.

Alert History Log

"As a data analyst, I want to access a history log of my alerts so that I can track past incidents and evaluate trends over time."

Description

The Alert History Log provides users with a comprehensive record of all notifications received, including timestamps, types of alerts, and the conditions that triggered them. This feature assists users in reviewing past alerts for analysis and future decision-making, fostering a culture of data awareness and accountability. It also enables compliance tracking and performance reviews by maintaining an accessible history of significant data changes. The log integrates with the DataFuse dashboard, offering users quick access to historical data without navigating away from their primary workspace.

Acceptance Criteria

Users can navigate to the Alert History Log from the Instant Alert Center without any issues.

Given the user is on the Instant Alert Center, When the user selects the 'View Alert History' option, Then the user should be directed to the Alert History Log page within 2 seconds.

The Alert History Log accurately displays all notifications received by the user.

Given the user has received alerts in the past, When the user accesses the Alert History Log, Then the log should display a complete history including timestamps, types of alerts, and conditions that triggered them, for all alerts received in the last 30 days.

The user can filter alerts in the Alert History Log by date and alert type.

Given the user is on the Alert History Log page, When the user applies filters for date range and alert type, Then the log should refresh to display only the alerts matching the specified criteria.

Users can download the Alert History Log for offline analysis.

Given the user is viewing the Alert History Log, When the user selects the 'Download' option, Then a CSV file of the alert history should be generated and downloaded to the user's device.

The Alert History Log maintains performance without lag during heavy usage.

Given multiple users are accessing the Alert History Log simultaneously, When a user attempts to load the log, Then the log should load in under 3 seconds without any delays or performance issues.

The Alert History Log integrates with the DataFuse dashboard seamlessly.

Given the user is navigating the DataFuse dashboard, When the user accesses the Alert History Log, Then the log should display within the dashboard environment without redirecting to a separate page.

Alert Severity Levels

"As a team leader, I want alerts to have severity levels so that I can prioritize my responses based on the criticality of the information received."

Description

The Alert Severity Levels feature categorizes notifications based on urgency and impact, allowing users to understand the significance of each alert at a glance. This classification system provides visual cues (such as color-coded alerts) to differentiate between high, medium, and low-priority alerts. By implementing this functionality, DataFuse reduces information overload and aids users in focusing on the most critical updates first, thereby optimizing their response strategies. The severity levels are to be fully customizable based on user roles and preferences, ensuring that relevancy is maintained across diverse user groups.

Acceptance Criteria

As a user accessing the Instant Alert Center via mobile, I want to receive notifications based on the severity of the alert so that I can prioritize my responses accordingly.

Given I am a user with customized alert preferences, when a critical data change occurs, then I should receive a high-priority alert on my mobile device that is color-coded in red.

As a manager using DataFuse, I want to set different alert severity levels for my team members based on their roles, ensuring they receive relevant notifications.

Given I have set alert preferences for my team, when a medium-priority KPI changes, then only the users assigned to receive medium alerts should get notified, and those alerts should be color-coded in yellow.

As a user monitoring multiple projects, I want to configure my alert settings so that I can turn off low-priority notifications that do not require immediate action.

Given I have customized my alert settings, when a low-priority alert occurs, then I should not receive any notifications on my mobile device, ensuring I am not distracted by non-critical updates.

As a user on the go, I want to see a summary of unresolved alerts categorized by severity levels so that I can quickly assess their importance at a glance.

Given I am viewing the Instant Alert Center dashboard, when there are unresolved alerts, then I should see a summary showing the total counts of high, medium, and low alerts, visually distinguished by color coding.

As an administrator, I want to define default severity levels for all incoming alerts so that new users have a baseline for their alert settings.

Given I am an administrator, when I define the default alert severity levels for the system, then all new users should receive these defaults until they customize their preferences.

Mobile App Integration

"As a frequent mobile user of DataFuse, I want the alert center to be fully integrated into my mobile app so that I can manage my notifications easily and reliably while on the go."

Description

The Mobile App Integration requirement ensures that the Instant Alert Center is fully optimized for mobile devices, providing users with a seamless experience when accessing alerts on their smartphones or tablets. This includes a responsive design, easy navigation, and optimized notification alerts that leverage mobile capabilities, such as vibration and sound settings. Users should experience consistent performance and interaction quality whether on desktop or mobile platforms, enhancing overall accessibility to alerts. This integration aims to ensure that mobile users can effectively utilize the Instant Alert Center functionalities without any compromises in usability or performance.

Acceptance Criteria

User receives an immediate notification on their mobile device when a critical KPI threshold is crossed while they are away from their desk.

Given the user has set up alerts for KPIs, When a KPI threshold is exceeded, Then the user receives a push notification on their mobile device with the relevant details of the alert.

User navigates to the Instant Alert Center on their mobile device and views recent alerts.

Given the user is on the Instant Alert Center page, When the user loads the page, Then the alerts are displayed in a user-friendly format with timestamps and a brief description of each alert.

User customizes their notification settings for different types of alerts in the mobile app.

Given the user accesses the notification settings, When the user selects different preferences for alert types, Then the changes are saved and applied immediately to the notifications they receive.

User experiences no degradation in performance while checking alerts on a mobile device compared to the desktop version.

Given the user accesses the Instant Alert Center on both desktop and mobile, When both versions are tested for response time and loading speed, Then the performance metrics must be within 5% of each other, ensuring consistency across devices.

User utilizes mobile-specific features like sound and vibration for incoming alerts.

Given the user has set audio and vibration alerts in their notification settings, When a new alert is triggered, Then the mobile device performs the set actions (sound and vibration) to notify the user.

User engages with the alerts and takes action directly from their mobile device.

Given the user receives a critical alert, When the user taps on the alert notification, Then they are taken to a detailed view that allows them to take actionable steps based on the alert data.

User interacts with the Instant Alert Center without any layout issues on various mobile devices.

Given the user is using different mobile devices with varying screen sizes, When the Instant Alert Center is accessed, Then the layout adjusts appropriately without any overlapping elements or usability issues.

Offline Data Access

Offline Data Access allows users to view previously fetched data insights without an internet connection. This feature ensures that users can continue to analyze and reflect on important metrics while traveling or in low connectivity areas, enhancing the app's usability and reliability.

Requirements

Data Sync on Connection

"As a user, I want my changes made offline to sync automatically when I reconnect to the internet so that I don’t have to worry about losing my work or manually updating data later."

Description

Data Sync on Connection ensures that when the internet connection is re-established, any changes or new data requests made offline are automatically synced with the server. This requirement enhances user experience by eliminating manual uploads and ensuring that data remains current and relevant. Synchronization should maintain data integrity and not conflict with existing data in the cloud. By automating this process, users have peace of mind that their insights are updated and available across devices when connectivity returns.

Acceptance Criteria

User is traveling and loses internet connection while modifying existing metrics on DataFuse. Once the internet connection is restored, the app should automatically sync with the cloud to ensure no data is lost.

Given the user has modified metrics offline, when the internet connection is restored, then all changes should automatically sync with the server without requiring manual input from the user.

A user collects offline data while attending a conference. After the event, the user reconnects to Wi-Fi, expecting all data to sync seamlessly with their online dashboard.

Given the user has gathered new offline data, when they reconnect to the internet, then the system should successfully integrate the new data into their online profile without overwriting any existing data.

A user edits a previously uploaded report while offline and later reconnects their device to the internet. They want to ensure that the edits are reflected correctly in the system.

Given the user edits a report offline, when the connection is re-established, then the updated report should be visible in the dashboard immediately after the sync is complete and no conflicts should arise.

Users in remote areas working with fluctuating internet connectivity must ensure that important decisions based on metrics are supported by the most current data once they go back online.

Given the user has made changes to metrics while offline, when their device reconnects to the internet, then all updates should be synced without disrupting ongoing work or resulting in any data loss.

A team member logs in to the platform after a data sync has been performed and wants to verify that their changes made offline are now reflected in the online dashboard.

Given that a sync has been completed, when the user logs in, then they should see their offline updates accurately reflected in their active data dashboard without any discrepancies.

Localized Data Caching

"As a traveling user, I want to access cached data quickly without waiting for it to load from the cloud, so that I can make timely decisions based on previously viewed metrics."

Description

Localized Data Caching provides a mechanism to cache data insights on the user's device, allowing for fast access to previously viewed data, even in areas with poor connectivity. This means that users can retrieve critical metrics without delays, significantly improving the app's responsiveness. By utilizing local storage, the application can reduce load times and enhance overall performance in offline mode, making it a reliable tool for users on the go.

Acceptance Criteria

User accesses previously fetched data insights while in offline mode during a business trip in an area with limited connectivity.

Given the user has previously accessed their data insights, When they enter offline mode, Then they should be able to view all cached data insights without delays.

User encounters intermittent connectivity while traveling and wants to access critical metrics for their business.

Given the user has a stable internet connection at least once, When they lose connectivity, Then they should still be able to access the cached data insights from the last session without any errors.

User needs to verify the accuracy of data insights while in a location with no internet access, such as a remote area.

Given the user has data cached, When they attempt to view these data insights while offline, Then the application should display the most recent, accurate metrics without requiring an internet connection.

User switches back and forth between online and offline modes and wants a seamless experience.

Given the user toggles between online and offline modes, When they return to offline mode, Then the application should seamlessly display the most recently cached data without requiring reloading or additional steps.

User wants to ensure that sensitive data remains accessible offline while adhering to data security practices.

Given the cached data on the user's device, When offline access is initiated, Then the application must ensure that all cached data is securely stored and inaccessible to unauthorized users.

User interacts with the app after retrieving cached data to make data-driven decisions based on historical insights.

Given the user accesses the app in offline mode, When they analyze historical data, Then they should be able to perform all analytics functions available for cached data, such as filtering and sorting.

User checks for updates to their cached data when internet connectivity is restored.

Given the user moves to an area with restored connectivity, When they reconnect to the internet, Then the application should automatically sync and update the cached data with the latest insights available.

Offline Data Visualization

"As a user, I want to view my data visualizations offline so that I can analyze the information effectively, regardless of my internet connectivity status."

Description

Offline Data Visualization enables users to view charts, graphs, and other visual representations of data insights without requiring an internet connection. This requirement is critical to ensuring that users can interpret data even when disconnected. The visualizations should be generated in advance and accessible in a user-friendly format. By supporting offline visualization, the application promotes continuous user engagement and supports decision-making in varied environments.

Acceptance Criteria

User views previously fetched data insights while on a plane without an internet connection.

Given the user has previously fetched data and is offline, When the user accesses the Offline Data Visualization feature, Then they should see all charts and graphs generated prior to going offline without any errors.

User requests to view offline data insights during a subway commute where there's no signal.

Given the user is in an area with no internet connectivity, When the user navigates to the Offline Data Visualization section, Then they should have access to at least the last 30 days of visualized data insights.

User verifies the accuracy of visualized data insights captured while offline.

Given the user has accessed the Offline Data Visualization feature, When the user compares the offline visualizations with the last synchronized online data, Then the visualizations should match the data available at the last successful sync.

User attempts to interact with visualized data insights offline to explore different metrics.

Given the user is offline, When the user tries to interact with the visualizations (e.g., tapping for more details), Then the app should provide accessible details or clarify that interactivity is limited when offline.

User needs to download offline visualizations prior to a trip.

Given that the user is preparing for a trip, When the user selects the option to download offline visualizations, Then the system should successfully save all selected data insights for access without internet.

User logs into the application after a period of offline usage and checks for received data insights.

Given the user has logged back into the application after being offline, When they check the Offline Data Visualization section, Then the system should notify them of any new available data since their last usage period.

User engages with part of the application requiring offline visualizations for making informed decisions.

Given the user is in an area with no internet access, When the user accesses the Offline Data Visualization feature for insights, Then the user can utilize the visualizations to make decisions about their business operations without the need for an internet connection.

Error Handling for Offline Mode

"As a user, I want to be notified of any errors accessing data while offline so that I understand the limitations of the application and can act accordingly."

Description

Error Handling for Offline Mode involves implementing a robust system that notifies users of any errors encountered while they are offline. This requirement focuses on providing clear messages regarding the internet connectivity status and outlining what actions the user can take. This feature enhances user experience by ensuring that users are informed about limitations and can plan future actions accordingly, thus minimizing frustration and confusion during offline periods.

Acceptance Criteria

User attempts to access previously fetched offline data while traveling in an area with no internet connectivity.

Given the user has previously downloaded data insights, When they attempt to access the data while offline, Then the application displays the last successfully retrieved data without any errors.

User encounters an error while attempting to refresh their data while offline.

Given the user is offline and has attempted to refresh data, When the operation fails, Then the system shows a clear error message indicating 'Cannot refresh data. Please check your internet connection.'

User experiences a sudden loss of internet connection while viewing data insights online and then switches to offline mode.

Given the user is online and views real-time data insights, When the internet connection drops, Then the application automatically saves the current insights for offline access and notifies the user that they are now in offline mode.

User tries to view offline data that has expired due to time limitations.

Given the user attempts to access expired offline data, When the data is accessed, Then the system notifies the user that 'Offline data has expired and cannot be displayed.'

User successfully navigates to the offline data section of the application.

Given the user is using the application offline, When they navigate to the offline data section, Then the section loads without error and displays the available data insights.

User is informed about the limitations of offline functionality when they first use the application without internet connectivity.

Given the user opens the application while offline for the first time, When the application launches, Then it shows an informative message regarding offline capabilities and limitations of data access.

Automatic Data Refresh

"As a user, I want my data to refresh automatically when I reconnect to the internet so that I always see the latest information without manual intervention."

Description

Automatic Data Refresh sets a predetermined interval for the application to automatically check for updates from the cloud when a connection is available. This requirement is essential for ensuring that users always have access to the most relevant and recent data insights. The refresh interval should be configurable based on user preferences, allowing for flexibility in how often they receive updates. By automating data refreshes, users can remain informed without having to manually check for updates.

Acceptance Criteria

User sets a data refresh interval for every 30 minutes and checks for updates when internet connectivity becomes available.

Given the user has set the data refresh interval to 30 minutes, when the application detects a stable internet connection, then data should refresh automatically within 1 minute.

User opts for a data refresh interval of 1 hour while being on a business trip.

Given the user is offline and has previously fetched data, when the user reconnects to the internet, then the application should automatically refresh the data within 2 minutes.

User is in a low connectivity area and wants to ensure their data views are current when they regain connection.

Given the user has the refresh interval set to 15 minutes, when the connection is restored, then the application should check for updates and display the latest data without manual refresh.

User desires to set a longer refresh interval during less critical analysis periods.

Given the user changes the refresh interval to 4 hours, when a connection becomes available, then the application should respect the new interval and fetch data accordingly after 4 hours.

User modifies the refresh interval from 2 hours to 30 minutes to receive more frequent updates.

Given the user has updated the refresh interval to 30 minutes, when the application checks for updates after reconnecting, then it should respect the new setting and refresh data every 30 minutes.

User needs to know how to configure the refresh interval in the application settings.

Given the user accesses the settings page, when they navigate to the refresh interval options, then they should see all available options (5 min, 15 min, 30 min, 1 hr, 2 hr) to configure the refresh timer.

User Tutorial for Offline Mode

"As a new user, I want a tutorial on how to use the application offline so that I can maximize my productivity even without an internet connection."

Description

User Tutorial for Offline Mode provides easy-to-follow guidance on how to utilize the application while offline. This requirement includes instructional materials that explain offline capabilities, how to access cached data, and tips for effective offline use. By educating users on these features, the application can enhance user experience and facilitate smoother transitions when connectivity is lost, thereby empowering users to take full advantage of the platform’s capabilities in any situation.

Acceptance Criteria

User engages in offline data analysis during a flight when internet access is unavailable.

Given the user has previously fetched data insights, when the user opens the application in offline mode, then the app displays a list of cached data insights without any errors.

User accesses the user tutorial for offline mode while preparing for a trip.

Given the user is on the tutorial page, when they select the section on offline mode, then the user should see clear instructions on accessing cached data and tips for effective offline use.

User follows the tutorial to prepare for offline usage while traveling to an area with poor connectivity.

Given the user is following the tutorial instructions, when they complete the steps to enable offline mode and save data, then they should be able to utilize the application offline without additional guidance needed.

User attempts to recall data insights while offline for a business meeting.

Given the user is in offline mode, when they navigate to previously fetched data, then the app should allow access to all relevant data insights without connectivity errors.

User needs to understand limitations of offline access before entering an area with no signal.

Given the user reads the tutorial before traveling, when accessing the section on limitations, then they should see a clear list of what data cannot be accessed offline.

Voice Command Insights

Voice Command Insights enables users to interact with their data using simple voice commands. This hands-free feature allows for quick queries and insights retrieval, making it easier to access information while multitasking or navigating other tasks, significantly enhancing user convenience.

Requirements

Natural Language Processing Engine

"As a user, I want to use voice commands to query my data so that I can access information quickly without needing to manually navigate through my dashboard."

Description

The Natural Language Processing (NLP) Engine is a core requirement for the Voice Command Insights feature that enables it to accurately interpret and process user voice commands. This engine must support diverse languages, dialects, and colloquial expressions to facilitate effective communication between the user and the system. The NLP Engine should continuously learn from user inputs, refining its capabilities over time to enhance accuracy and relevance in responses. Ultimately, it ensures users can interact with their data more intuitively, thereby improving user satisfaction and engagement with the DataFuse platform.

Acceptance Criteria

User initiates a voice command to retrieve sales analytics for the last quarter while they are reviewing physical documents on their desk.

Given the user is logged into DataFuse and has enabled Voice Command Insights, when they say 'Show me the sales analytics for last quarter', then the system should accurately display the sales analytics dashboard for the specified period within 3 seconds.

A user attempts to make a voice command in a non-supported language to test the NLP Engine's limitations.

Given the NLP Engine supports specific languages, when a user issues a command in a non-supported language, then the system should respond with a message indicating the language is not supported without crashing or malfunctioning.

Users from different geographical regions use colloquial phrases to interact with the NLP Engine.

Given users from various regions, when they issue commands utilizing local colloquialisms, then the system should be able to accurately interpret at least 80% of those commands and return the correct data or action within 5 seconds.

A user dictates a complex command involving multiple data types to check inventory and sales trends simultaneously.

Given the complexity of the user's command, when they say 'Show me the inventory levels and sales trends for the last month', then the system should accurately parse the command and display a consolidated view of both inventory levels and sales trends within 5 seconds.

A user wants to see real-time data updates while performing other tasks in the office.

Given the user has multiple tasks ongoing, when they issue the command 'Update my dashboard', then the NLP Engine should refresh the dashboard data and respond with a confirmation message within 3 seconds.

After repeated use, the user wants to assess improvements in NLP accuracy over time.

Given continuous usage data, when evaluating the NLP Engine, then the accuracy of command interpretations should improve by at least 15% every month, indicated by successful command completions and positive user feedback.

Voice Command Feedback Mechanism

"As a user, I want to hear a confirmation of my voice commands so that I can be sure that my queries are understood and processed correctly."

Description

This requirement focuses on developing a feedback mechanism that allows users to receive audio and visual confirmations of their voice commands. This feature is crucial for ensuring users are aware that their requests have been recognized and are being processed. The feedback mechanism should provide real-time responses, such as reading back the command or showing a visual indicator on the dashboard, to confirm successful command recognition. This enhances user confidence in using voice commands and reduces misunderstanding during interactions.

Acceptance Criteria

User issues a voice command to retrieve sales data for the current quarter while preparing a presentation.

Given the user is speaking clearly, when they say 'Show me sales data for this quarter', then the system should read back the command for confirmation and display the relevant data on the dashboard.

User initiates a voice command to generate a report while cooking, ensuring hands-free operation.

Given that the user is in a noisy environment, when they say 'Generate a sales report for last month', then the system should provide a visual confirmation on the screen and read back 'Generating sales report for last month'.

User provides a voice command to filter data based on specific criteria during a business meeting.

Given the user is in a business meeting, when they issue the command 'Filter data to show only clients from New York', then the system should confirm with a visual cue and read back 'Filtering data for clients from New York'.

User requests to switch data views using voice command whilst multitasking at the office desk.

Given the user's voice is registered correctly, when they say 'Switch to the revenue view', then the system should acknowledge the command with a visual change on the dashboard and an audio cue saying 'Switching to revenue view'.

User attempts to issue multiple voice commands in rapid succession while working.

Given that the user issues commands in sequence, when they say 'Show me the top 10 clients and next Graph revenue trends', then the system should sequentially read back each command and provide a visual response for both requests without lag.

Voice Command Customization Options

"As a user, I want to customize my voice commands so that I can interact with my data in a way that feels natural and efficient for me."

Description

This requirement involves creating options for users to customize the voice commands for various functions within the DataFuse platform. Users should be able to define specific phrases or keywords that trigger certain actions or data queries. This capability enables personalization of the interface, catering to individual user preferences and enhancing user experience. By allowing customization, users can optimize their interaction, making it more intuitive and aligned with their unique work habits.

Acceptance Criteria

User Customization of Voice Commands for Data Queries

Given a user is on the Voice Command Customization Options page, when they enter a new phrase to trigger a data query and save it, then the new phrase should be listed in the user's voice command list and activate the desired query when spoken.

Testing Default Voice Command Functionality

Given no user-customized commands have been set, when a user speaks the default voice command for retrieving sales data, then the system should return the latest sales report without any errors.

Editing Existing Voice Commands

Given a user has existing voice commands, when they select an existing command to edit and change the triggering phrase, then the updated phrase should replace the old command and successfully trigger the action when spoken.

Deleting Voice Commands

Given a user has a list of voice commands, when they select a command to delete and confirm the action, then the command should be removed from the list and no longer function when spoken.

System Responding to Voice Command Customization Inputs

Given a user is customizing voice commands, when they input a phrase that is too similar to an existing command, then the system should prompt the user with a warning about potential conflicts and provide suggestions for unique commands.

Voice Command Feedback Mechanism

Given a user has successfully customized a voice command, when they speak the command, then the system should provide verbal confirmation of the action triggered by the command.

Accessibility Considerations in Voice Command Customization

Given a user with disabilities is using the Voice Command Customization Options, when they attempt to customize voice commands using assistive technologies, then the customization process should remain fully functional and accessible without any barriers.

Multimodal Interaction Support

"As a user, I want to switch between voice commands and traditional input styles so that I can choose the most convenient method based on my situation."

Description

This requirement involves integrating the ability to support multimodal interactions, allowing users to interact with the DataFuse platform using both voice commands and traditional input methods simultaneously. The multimodal system should seamlessly switch between voice and manual input, allowing users to utilize the most effective method according to their context and preferences. This enhances flexibility and ensures a more comprehensive user experience by catering to different scenarios, such as noisy environments or situations where a user prefers visual interaction.

Acceptance Criteria

User switches from voice commands to manual input while using the DataFuse platform in a noisy environment.

Given the user is in a noisy environment, when they say a voice command that fails to be recognized, then they should be able to switch seamlessly to manual input without losing the context of their previous command.

User issues a voice command to retrieve sales data for the last quarter in a meeting while others are listening.

Given the user asks for a specific dataset using a voice command, when the command is recognized, then the system should display the requested sales data on the screen in real-time without delay.

User interacts with DataFuse using a combination of voice commands and keyboard inputs during a busy workday.

Given the user has initiated a query using a voice command, when they start typing a follow-up query, then the system should recognize the combination of inputs and provide a coherent response that incorporates both forms of interaction.

User prefers to input data visually but needs to confirm details using voice commands when multitasking.

Given the user is inputting data using the keyboard, when they say a voice command to confirm their entries, then the system should accept the spoken confirmation and proceed with the entered data without requiring additional manual confirmation.

User navigates through various analytics dashboards by switching between voice and manual inputs during a presentation.

Given the user is presenting data, when they use a voice command to change the dashboard view, then the system should switch to the requested dashboard and allow for quick manual adjustments as needed without interruption.

User is accessing the platform while cooking and needs to quickly pull up marketing data using voice commands.

Given the user is cooking and has dirty hands, when they use a voice command to request marketing data, then the system should accurately retrieve and read out the requested information without requiring touch input.

User is working in a quiet office but wants to use keywords in a voice command to maintain productivity.

Given the user is in a quiet office environment, when they use specific keywords in voice commands, then the system should accurately interpret the commands and perform the requested actions without misunderstanding, enhancing productivity.

User Training and Resources for Voice Command Usage

"As a new user, I want access to training materials on using voice commands so that I can effectively learn how to interact with my data using this new feature."

Description

This requirement necessitates the development of training materials and resources that guide users on the effective use of the Voice Command Insights feature. This may include tutorials, FAQs, and in-app prompts to help users understand how to utilize voice commands effectively. By providing adequate training resources, users will be more likely to adopt this feature and utilize it to its full potential, leading to higher user satisfaction and efficiency.

Acceptance Criteria

User Navigation for Accessing Voice Command Insights Training Materials

Given a user is logged into DataFuse, when they access the Voice Command Insights feature, then they must find clearly labeled training resources, such as tutorials and FAQs, within three clicks of navigation.

User Comprehension of Voice Command Functionality

Given a user has accessed the Voice Command Insights training materials, when they complete the tutorials, then they must be able to successfully perform at least three different voice commands without additional assistance.

In-App Prompts for Voice Command Usage

Given a user is interacting with the Voice Command Insights feature, when they initiate a voice command, then they must receive appropriate in-app prompt feedback to guide their usage in real-time, with at least 90% accuracy in recognition.

User Satisfaction with Training Materials

Given users have engaged with the provided training materials, when surveyed, at least 85% of users must report they feel confident in using the Voice Command Insights feature as a result of the training provided.

Accessibility of Resources on Multiple Devices

Given a user accesses DataFuse from different devices (desktop, tablet, smartphone), when seeking the Voice Command Insights resources, then the training materials must be consistently accessible and display correctly across all devices.

Feedback Loop for Training Material Improvement

Given users complete the tutorials on Voice Command Insights, when they provide feedback via a survey, then at least 70% of users must indicate they found the materials helpful, facilitating potential adjustments or improvements in content.

Tracking User Engagement with Voice Command Training Resources

Given the implementation of training resources, when analyzed over three months, user engagement metrics must show at least 60% of users accessing training materials prior to utilizing the Voice Command feature.

Customized KPI Widgets

Customized KPI Widgets allow users to personalize their mobile dashboards by selecting key metrics that matter most to them. This feature ensures that users can monitor relevant data at a glance, tailoring their mobile experience to meet their specific needs and preferences.

Requirements

KPI Selection Interface

"As a business analyst, I want a simple way to select KPIs for my mobile dashboard, so that I can easily monitor the metrics that are most critical to my role and make informed decisions quickly."

Description

The KPI Selection Interface must allow users to easily browse and select from a curated list of key performance indicators relevant to their business objectives. Users should be able to search for specific metrics, filter them based on categories, and preview how each selected KPI will appear on their dashboard. This functionality improves user engagement as they can align their dashboard with their individual and organizational goals, ensuring they focus on data that drives decision-making.

Acceptance Criteria

User accesses the KPI Selection Interface for the first time and needs to find relevant metrics for their business objectives.

Given the user is on the KPI Selection Interface, when they open the interface for the first time, then they should see a curated list of KPIs categorized by business functions.

User wants to search for a specific KPI by name within the selection interface.

Given the user is on the KPI Selection Interface, when they input a KPI name in the search bar, then the interface should display only the KPIs that match the search criteria in real time.

User intends to filter KPIs by a specific category to narrow down their options.

Given the user is viewing the KPI Selection Interface, when they select a filter category, then only the KPIs belonging to that specific category are displayed.

User selects a KPI to see how it will appear on their dashboard.

Given the user has selected a KPI from the listed options, when they click on the 'Preview' button, then a visual representation of the KPI should appear reflecting its layout on the dashboard.

User saves their selected KPIs to their personalized dashboard.

Given the user has selected one or more KPIs, when they click on the 'Save' button, then the selected KPIs should be successfully added to their dashboard without any errors.

User tries to select multiple KPIs for their dashboard.

Given the user is selecting KPIs, when they choose multiple KPIs from the list, then all selected KPIs should be highlighted and available for saving to the dashboard.

User attempts to deselect a KPI they no longer want on their dashboard.

Given the user has selected a KPI, when they click on the 'Deselect' option, then that KPI should be removed from their list of selected KPIs and the interface should reflect this change immediately.

Dashboard Customization Options

"As a sales manager, I want to rearrange and resize my KPI widgets, so that I can prioritize and access the data that helps me close deals more effectively."

Description

The Dashboard Customization Options must enable users to rearrange, resize, and personalize their KPI widgets on the mobile dashboard. This allows users to create a unique layout that best suits their workflow, improving accessibility to the most relevant data at any given time. Enhanced customization options ensure that users can optimize their dashboard for efficiency and a personalized user experience, which can lead to better user adoption and satisfaction.

Acceptance Criteria

User wants to resize KPI widgets on their mobile dashboard to better fit their preferred layout and improve data visibility.

Given a user is on the mobile dashboard, when they tap and hold a KPI widget, then they should be able to resize the widget by dragging the corners and the changes should be saved after resizing.

User wants to rearrange KPI widgets on their mobile dashboard to prioritize the most important metrics at the top.

Given a user is on the mobile dashboard, when they tap and hold a KPI widget, then they should be able to drag and drop this widget to a new position on the dashboard and the new position should persist after refreshing the page.

User desires to personalize their dashboard by adding a new KPI widget that tracks a specific metric relevant to their business.

Given a user is on the mobile dashboard, when they select the 'Add KPI Widget' option and choose a metric from the list, then the selected KPI widget should be added to the dashboard and visible immediately without requiring a page refresh.

User wants to remove a KPI widget from their mobile dashboard that they no longer find useful.

Given a user is on the mobile dashboard, when they click on the remove icon of a KPI widget, then the widget should be removed from the dashboard and the change should be saved for future sessions without appearing again.

User wants to reset their dashboard to default settings after having multiple customizations.

Given a user is on the mobile dashboard, when they select the 'Reset to Default' option, then all customized KPI widgets should revert to their original default settings and the dashboard should reflect these changes immediately.

Real-time Data Refresh

"As a marketing director, I want my KPIs to update in real-time, so that I can react immediately to changes in performance metrics during my campaign."

Description

The Real-time Data Refresh feature must automatically update the KPI widgets with the most current data without requiring user intervention. This ensures that users are always viewing the latest insights, allowing for timely and data-backed decisions. Seamless integration with existing data sources will allow the platform to pull real-time updates efficiently, making the data presented always relevant and actionable.

Acceptance Criteria

User is actively monitoring their mobile dashboard for the performance of key metrics during a critical business decision-making meeting and expects the data to be updated automatically without initiating any refresh action.

Given the user has selected specific KPI widgets on their mobile dashboard, when a real-time data update occurs, then the KPI widgets should automatically reflect the latest data within 5 seconds.

A user accesses their mobile dashboard after a significant event, such as a marketing campaign launch, and wants to see up-to-date metrics immediately without having to manually refresh their dashboard.

Given the real-time data refresh feature is enabled, when the user opens the mobile dashboard, then the KPI widgets should display the most recent data from all connected data sources without user intervention.

A user decides to step away from their mobile device during a live analysis session but expects to see the updated metrics when they return without requiring any action to refresh the dashboard.

Given the user was viewing their mobile dashboard and leaves the application open, when the user returns after 10 minutes, then the KPI widgets should show the latest metrics reflecting any changes that occurred during that time period.

An user frequently accesses their mobile dashboard to track sales data and expects that the metrics will be always up-to-date, eliminating the need to worry about stale information.

Given the mobile dashboard is open and connected to the data sources, then KPI widgets should refresh in real-time without errors occurring, and data updates should be successfully fetched every 30 seconds.

A user needs to share their mobile dashboard in a team meeting and relies on the assurance that the data displayed is current and accurate at the time of presentation.

Given that the user is sharing their screen with their mobile dashboard open, when the data refresh occurs, then all participants should see the same updated metrics instantly on their screens without any delay or manual refresh requirement.

KPI Analysis Tooltips

"As a data analyst, I want to see detailed tooltips when I hover over KPIs, so that I can quickly understand the context and implications of the data I'm viewing."

Description

The KPI Analysis Tooltips should provide users with actionable insights and explanations when hovering over or clicking on KPI widgets. This feature aims to enhance user understanding of key metrics by providing contextual information, historical data trends, and interpretation of the data presented. Giving users additional data context can drive better strategic decisions and increase user trust in the metrics displayed.

Acceptance Criteria

User hovers over a KPI widget on the mobile dashboard to view insights about performance metrics for the last week.

Given the user hovers over a KPI widget, when the tooltip appears, then it should display the current value, percentage change from the previous week, and a brief explanation of what the KPI represents.

User clicks on a KPI widget to access detailed information on a specific metric.

Given the user clicks a KPI widget, when the tooltip opens, then it should show historical data trends for the last month, including a graph and a summary of key observations about trends.

A user interacts with various KPI widgets on their dashboard to compare performance across different metrics.

Given the user hovers over multiple KPI widgets, when each tooltip appears, then all tooltips should load seamlessly without lag, and each should contain unique information relevant to the specific metric.

User utilizes the tooltip feature during a weekly performance review meeting to present data-driven insights to their team.

Given the user engages with the KPI tooltips, when referencing the information during the meeting, then the tooltips should provide easily interpretable data and actionable insights that support the user's analysis.

User modifies their dashboard by adding or removing KPI widgets to customize their view.

Given the user adds or removes KPI widgets, when they hover over a new widget, then the tooltip should correctly reflect the data for that specific widget without requiring a page refresh.

New users are onboarded and learn about KPI widgets and their tooltip functionalities.

Given a new user accesses the KPI widgets for the first time, when they hover over the widgets, then the tooltips should include a 'How to Use' section to assist in understanding the metrics presented.

KPI Sharing Capabilities

"As a team lead, I want to share my customized KPI dashboard with my team, so that we can all stay aligned on our progress toward our goals and improve our performance collaboratively."

Description

The KPI Sharing Capabilities must allow users to easily share their customized dashboards with team members via email or direct links. This feature can facilitate better collaboration and discussion around key metrics within teams or departments. It also enhances transparency and alignment across the organization regarding performance tracking.

Acceptance Criteria

User shares a customized KPI dashboard to a team member via email.

Given a user has a customized KPI dashboard, when they select the share option and enter a team member's email address, then the team member receives an email containing a link to access the shared dashboard.

User shares a customized KPI dashboard via a direct link.

Given a user has a customized KPI dashboard, when they select the share option and click on 'Copy Link', then the system copies a unique link to the clipboard that can be directly shared with others.

User receives access to a shared KPI dashboard via email.

Given a team member receives an email with a link to a shared KPI dashboard, when they click the link, then they should be directed to the dashboard without needing to log in again if already authenticated.

User attempts to share a KPI dashboard with an invalid email address.

Given a user enters an invalid email address while sharing a KPI dashboard, when they attempt to send the share request, then the system displays an error message indicating that the email address is invalid and prevents the action.

User views a shared KPI dashboard and sees real-time updates.

Given a user accesses a shared KPI dashboard, the system must display real-time updates of the KPIs, ensuring that the data is current and accurate based on the latest available metrics.

User receives a notification when a KPI dashboard is shared with them.

Given a team member has a shared KPI dashboard, when the dashboard is shared, then they receive a notification within the application about the new shared dashboard and its owner.

User modifies a shared KPI dashboard and needs to alert the sharer.

Given a team member has access to a shared KPI dashboard, when they make modifications to the dashboard, then the system prompts them to notify the original sharer about the changes made.

Data Visualization Gallery

The Data Visualization Gallery offers users a collection of dynamic charts and infographics that help visualize KPIs and insights on their mobile devices. This feature transforms complex data into easily interpretable visual formats, making it quicker and more engaging to understand performance metrics.

Requirements

Dynamic Chart Selection

"As a data analyst, I want to choose different types of charts for my data so that I can present my findings in the most effective and visually appealing way."

Description

The Dynamic Chart Selection requirement enables users to choose from a variety of chart types (e.g., bar, line, pie, scatter) to visualize their data insights effectively. This feature allows users to tailor their data visualization presentations to match specific analytical needs or preferences, enhancing user engagement and understanding. By integrating this requirement into the Data Visualization Gallery, users can better interpret their KPIs by selecting the most appropriate visualization for the data at hand, which leads to more informed decision-making and optimizes user experience across various devices.

Acceptance Criteria

User selects a bar chart to visualize sales data for the last quarter.

Given the user has accessed the Data Visualization Gallery, When the user selects the bar chart option, Then the system displays the sales data in a bar chart format correctly reflecting the data points for the last quarter.

User switches between different chart types while analyzing customer engagement metrics.

Given the user is viewing customer engagement metrics in line chart format, When the user selects the pie chart option, Then the system should update the visualization to display the customer engagement metrics correctly in pie chart format without reloading the page.

User views a scatter plot for website traffic analysis on a mobile device.

Given the user has selected the scatter plot option for website traffic metrics, When the user accesses the dashboard on their mobile device, Then the scatter plot should render appropriately, maintaining visual clarity and accessibility on the mobile interface.

User customizes the chart type based on specific analytical needs regarding product performance.

Given the user is analyzing product performance data, When the user selects a scatter plot and customizes the data points, Then the system should accurately reflect the customized data points in the scatter plot, providing an updated visualization.

User saves their chart selection for future reference in their profile.

Given the user has selected a chart type and customized its settings, When the user clicks the save option, Then the system should store the chart selection and settings in the user's profile for future access.

User shares a selected chart visualization with team members through the platform.

Given the user has finalized a chart visualization, When the user selects the share option and enters the team members' emails, Then the system should send an email with a link to view the chart visualization, ensuring access is secured for the intended recipients.

Interactive Data Filtering

"As a business user, I want to filter data visualizations by region and time frame so that I can focus on the specific insights that matter to my business."

Description

The Interactive Data Filtering requirement allows users to filter the displayed data visualizations based on specific parameters (e.g., time, category, region). By incorporating this feature into the Data Visualization Gallery, users can dynamically adjust their views to focus on relevant data points, facilitating deeper insights and analysis. This capability is vital for helping users to isolate trends or comparisons they are interested in, which ultimately leads to more actionable insights and improved analytical outcomes.

Acceptance Criteria

User applies a date range filter to view data visualizations for a specific month in the Data Visualization Gallery.

Given the user accesses the Data Visualization Gallery, when the user selects a date range from the filtering options, then the gallery updates to display only the data visualizations for the selected month with all metrics accurately reflecting the filtered date range.

User filters visualizations by category to analyze performance across different product lines.

Given the user is viewing the Data Visualization Gallery, when the user selects a specific category from the filter options, then the gallery refreshes to show only the visualizations relevant to that category, maintaining the integrity of KPIs.

User applies multiple filters simultaneously to examine data trends across regions and categories.

Given the user has multiple filters applied (region and category) in the Data Visualization Gallery, when the user clicks on the 'Apply Filters' button, then the gallery displays data visualizations that meet all selected criteria without any discrepancies in the data presented.

User utilizes the filtering options on a mobile device for on-the-go data analysis.

Given the user is accessing the Data Visualization Gallery from a mobile device, when the user applies any available filters, then the application must remain responsive, and each visualization should update efficiently without lag or errors in data rendering.

User clears all applied filters to return to the default visualization settings.

Given the user has applied one or more filters in the Data Visualization Gallery, when the user selects the 'Clear Filters' option, then all filters should be removed, and the gallery should revert to displaying the complete set of original visualizations without any filters applied.

User saves their preferred filter settings for future use in the Data Visualization Gallery.

Given the user has configured specific filters in the Data Visualization Gallery, when the user selects the 'Save Filters' option, then the application should successfully store the filter settings and allow the user to access these saved settings in subsequent sessions without needing to reapply the filters manually.

Export Visualization Options

"As a project manager, I want to export my data visualizations as PDF files so that I can easily share my analytics reports with my team."

Description

The Export Visualization Options requirement provides users with the ability to export their data visualizations in various formats (e.g., PNG, PDF, CSV). This feature enhances the utility of the Data Visualization Gallery, allowing users to easily share their insights with stakeholders or include them in reports and presentations. By implementing this requirement, DataFuse ensures that users can effectively communicate their findings outside of the platform, fostering collaboration and better data-informed decisions.

Acceptance Criteria

User needs to export a data visualization in PNG format to share it with a team member during a meeting.

Given a user is viewing a data visualization in the gallery, When the user selects the export option and chooses 'PNG', Then the data visualization should download as a PNG file on their device without any distortion.

A user wants to export dashboard insights as a PDF to present to stakeholders in a quarterly review.

Given a user is on the Data Visualization Gallery page, When the user selects a visualization and opts for 'PDF' export, Then the system should generate a PDF file containing the selected visualization, with no discrepancies in the displayed data.

A user needs data for a report and opts to export visualizations in CSV format for further analysis.

Given a user selects a data visualization and chooses the export option as 'CSV', When the export is initiated, Then the CSV file should contain accurate and complete data points represented in the visualization.

A user is preparing multiple visualizations for a presentation and wishes to export them all at once.

Given a user has selected multiple visualizations within the gallery, When the user clicks on the export button and selects a format (e.g., PDF), Then all selected visualizations should be exported in a single PDF file, keeping their original layout.

A user requires confirmation after successfully exporting a visualization to ensure the action was completed successfully.

Given a user has just completed exporting a visualization, When the export process is finished, Then the user should see a confirmation message indicating that the export was successful along with a hyperlink to access the downloaded file.

Users need to share exported visualizations via email directly from the platform.

Given a user has exported a visualization, When they select the 'Share via Email' option, Then the exported file should be attached to a new email draft in the user's email client, ready to send.

Real-time Data Refresh

"As a user, I want my data visualizations to update in real time so that I can make decisions based on the latest available data without delay."

Description

The Real-time Data Refresh requirement ensures that data visualizations within the gallery are updated in real time as new data becomes available. This functionality is crucial for maintaining the accuracy and relevance of insights displayed, especially in fast-paced business environments. By integrating real-time data refresh capabilities, DataFuse empowers users to make timely decisions based on the latest information, enhancing the platform's value in supporting business operations.

Acceptance Criteria

User requests a data visualization on their mobile device during a sales meeting, requiring the latest data to be displayed instantly.

Given the user is in a sales meeting, when they request a specific KPI visualization, then the data should refresh in real-time to show the most current metrics available.

A user views the Data Visualization Gallery and notices multiple visualizations updating simultaneously as new data comes in.

Given multiple visualizations are displayed, when new data is received, then all visualizations should update within 5 seconds to reflect the latest data.

An analyst relies on real-time alerts from the Data Visualization Gallery to make strategic decisions based on live data.

Given an analyst has set up alerts for specific KPIs, when the data refresh occurs, then the user should receive an instant notification if any KPI exceeds the defined threshold.

A team manager is monitoring team performance metrics during a live team meeting, expecting to see the data update as discussions progress.

Given the team manager is in a team meeting and discussing performance metrics, when data changes occur, then visualizations should update in real-time without needing to refresh the application.

A user is analyzing historical trends and expects to see the most recent data as part of the trend visualization.

Given the user selects a historical trend visualization, when the data refresh occurs, then the most recent data point should be included in the visualization immediately.

Customizable Dashboard Layout

"As a user, I want to customize my dashboard layout so that I can arrange my visualizations in a way that makes sense for my daily tasks."

Description

The Customizable Dashboard Layout requirement allows users to rearrange and resize the data visualizations within the gallery according to their preferences. This feature offers flexibility for users to prioritize information accordingly, improving their workflow and making the Data Visualization Gallery more user-friendly. By allowing users to create a personalized view, the platform accommodates different analytical styles and enhances overall user satisfaction.

Acceptance Criteria

User customizes their dashboard layout to display preferred KPIs prominently upon logging into the Data Visualization Gallery.

Given the user is on the Customizable Dashboard Layout page, when they drag and drop data visualizations to new positions and resize them, then the layout should be saved and displayed correctly upon the next login.

A user attempts to revert their dashboard layout to the default settings after making customizations.

Given the user has customized their dashboard layout, when they select the 'Reset to Default' option, then the dashboard should return to its original layout as defined by the system.

Users with varying display sizes access the Data Visualization Gallery on their devices to arrange visualizations.

Given a user accesses the Dashboard on a mobile device, when they rearrange or resize the visualizations, then the layout should be responsive and function accurately across different device resolutions.

Users collaborate on a project where they share their customized dashboard layouts with team members.

Given a user saves their customized dashboard, when they share the dashboard with other users, then the recipients should be able to view and edit the same layout with their analytics.

A user wants to access help documentation for customizing their dashboard.

Given the user is on the Customizable Dashboard Layout page, when they click on the help icon, then they should be redirected to relevant documentation explaining how to rearrange and resize visualizations.

User checks the effectiveness of different KPI layouts for decision-making.

Given the user has saved multiple dashboard layouts, when they toggle between saved layouts, then the system should accurately apply the respective arrangements and sizes without loss of data integrity.

An administrator wants to set default layouts for new users of the Data Visualization Gallery.

Given the administrator is managing user settings, when they set a default dashboard layout for all new users, then any new user should have this layout applied upon their first login.

Collaboration and Sharing Tools

"As a team member, I want to share my data visualizations with my colleagues so that we can discuss and collaborate on our findings together."

Description

The Collaboration and Sharing Tools requirement enables users to share visualizations directly with teammates or stakeholders within the platform. This feature includes comments, tagging, or sharing links to foster collaborative discussions around the visualized data. By facilitating real-time collaboration, this requirement enhances team alignment and speeds up the decision-making process, making the Data Visualization Gallery not just a tool for individual analysis, but a collaborative space for teams.

Acceptance Criteria

User shares a data visualization chart with a teammate via the platform's sharing tool.

Given a user has created a visualization, when they select the share option and enter a teammate's email address, then the teammate receives an email with a link to the shared visualization.

User tags a colleague on a specific visualization for feedback.

Given a user is viewing a visualization, when they click on the tag option and select a colleague, then the colleague receives a notification of the tag and can access the visualization.

User posts comments on a shared visualization for collaborative review.

Given a user is viewing a shared visualization, when they enter comments in the comments section and save them, then the comments are visibly updated and accessible to all users with access to the visualization.

User generates a link to a data visualization for external stakeholders.

Given a user has a visualization, when they click the generate link option and copy the provided link, then the link successfully directs external stakeholders to view the visualization without requiring a login.

User views the history of comments and tags on a shared visualization.

Given a visualization has multiple comments and tags, when the user selects the history option, then the user can view a chronological list of all comments and tags associated with that visualization.

User removes access to a previously shared visualization for a teammate.

Given a user has shared a visualization with a teammate, when the user selects the remove access option, then the teammate should no longer have access to view the visualization.

User collaborates in real-time on a visualization with multiple team members.

Given a user is in a shared visualization, when team members make edits or comments, then all changes are reflected in real-time for every user in the visualization.

Push Notification Preferences

Push Notification Preferences give users control over which alerts they receive and when. By customizing their notification settings, users can filter out less relevant information and focus on what truly matters, enhancing their responsiveness to critical data updates.

Requirements

Notification Type Selection

"As a user, I want to choose which types of notifications I receive so that I can focus on the information that is most relevant to my work."

Description

Users shall be able to select different types of push notifications they wish to receive, including alerts for data updates, system maintenance, new features, and special promotions. This ensures users receive only relevant information pertinent to their operations, thereby minimizing distractions and focusing their attention on notifications that matter most. The implementation will involve a user-friendly interface where users can easily toggle their preferences for different notification categories, integrated into the existing user settings section of the platform.

Acceptance Criteria

Users navigate to the notification settings section of the DataFuse platform to customize their push notification preferences for different categories including data updates, system maintenance, new features, and special promotions.

Given the user is logged into DataFuse, When they access the notification settings, Then they should see toggle options for each notification category.

Users toggle the options for push notification categories in their settings according to their preferences, aiming to minimize unnecessary distractions.

Given the user has toggled specific notification categories, When they save their preferences, Then only the selected categories should be active for push notifications.

After saving their preferences, users receive different notifications based on their selections, allowing them to confirm their settings are functioning as intended.

Given the user has selected specific notification categories, When a relevant event occurs (e.g., data update), Then the user should receive a notification only for those selected categories.

Users wish to change their notification preferences again and check if their previous settings have been retained after toggling.

Given the user previously set notification preferences, When they navigate back to the notification settings, Then their previous selections should be displayed correctly in the toggles.

Users want to understand the impact of notifications on their dashboard experience and check whether they can seamlessly manage notifications without disruptions to their workflow.

Given the user modifies their notification settings, When they return to their dashboard, Then the push notifications should not interrupt or obscure any critical dashboard information.

Users encounter an issue where notifications are not reflecting their selected preferences and they report this through the platform's feedback mechanism.

Given the user reports a bug related to notifications, When the support team investigates, Then there should be a clear logging of the user's settings and the notifications they received for troubleshooting purposes.

Custom Scheduling Options

"As a user, I want to schedule when I receive notifications so that I can avoid distractions during my working hours."

Description

Users will have the ability to customize when they receive push notifications, allowing them to set specific time frames for alerts or to mute notifications during certain hours. This feature aims to provide users with flexibility and control over their notification experience, reducing interruptions during busy periods. The development will require interfacing with the existing notification system to incorporate a scheduling mechanism that respects users’ preferences and establishes a seamless user experience.

Acceptance Criteria

User Customizes Push Notification Schedule to Mute Notifications During Off-Hours

Given the user is on the Push Notification Preferences page, when they select the 'Mute Notifications' option and set the specific time range (e.g., 10 PM to 7 AM), then the system should not send any push notifications during this time frame.

User Sets Up Multiple Notification Timeframes for Different Alerts

Given the user is on the Push Notification Preferences page, when they create multiple custom scheduling options for different notification types (e.g., Sales alerts during 9 AM to 5 PM and Marketing alerts during 2 PM to 4 PM), then the system should accurately implement these settings without conflicts.

User Modifies Existing Notification Schedule

Given the user has previously set up a notification schedule, when they navigate to the Push Notification Preferences page and change the mute time from 10 PM to 12 AM and save the changes, then the updated schedule should be reflected immediately in their notification settings.

User Reviews Active Notification Preferences

Given the user is on the Push Notification Preferences page, when they view their current notification settings, then the displayed schedule should correctly represent all active timeframes and alert types that they have configured.

User Receives Notification During an Active Scheduled Mute

Given the user has set a mute time from 10 PM to 7 AM, when a significant alert occurs during this time, then the user should not receive any push notifications until the mute time has ended.

User Gets Feedback on Unsaved Changes in Notification Preferences

Given the user makes changes to their notification scheduling, when they attempt to navigate away without saving, then a confirmation prompt should appear warning them that unsaved changes will be lost.

Urgency Level Filters

"As a user, I want to filter notifications by urgency so that I can stay focused on the most important updates in real time."

Description

The system will provide urgency level settings, enabling users to prioritize notifications based on their significance. Users will be able to choose to receive only high-priority notifications during critical periods while deferring less urgent alerts. This capability aims to enhance decision-making by ensuring critical information is communicated effectively and promptly. Implementation requires a clear categorization of notification urgency within the existing notification framework.

Acceptance Criteria

User accesses the Push Notification Preferences during a high-stress period and adjusts their notification settings, opting only for high-priority notifications.

Given the user is in the Push Notification Preferences section, when they select high-priority notifications only, then low-priority notifications should not be received.

User receives a critical alert when the urgency level is set to high, ensuring the system properly categorizes and delivers notifications.

Given the urgency level is set to high, when a critical alert is triggered, then the user should receive the notification immediately.

User updates their urgency level settings and expects the changes to take effect in real-time without needing to refresh the page.

Given the user changes their urgency level settings, when they save the settings, then the changes should be reflected instantly in the notification system without requiring a page refresh.

User tests the functionality of receiving low-priority notifications after switching their urgency level to high.

Given the user has set urgency level settings to high, when a low-priority notification is triggered, then the user should not receive the low-priority notification.

User needs to differentiate notifications by urgency during a system downtime to manage expectations of what alerts they may receive.

Given the user has received notifications before a system downtime, when the system is back online, then only high-priority notifications should be received based on the selected urgency level settings.

User wants to revert to default notification settings and expects all alerts to return to their default categories.

Given the user selects the option to revert to default settings, when they confirm the action, then all urgency levels should be reset to the default values without errors.

Preview Notification Content

"As a user, I want to preview notification content so that I can decide which alerts I want to enable or disable based on their relevance and usefulness."

Description

Users will be able to preview the contents of notifications before they enable or disable them. This feature helps users make informed decisions about which notifications to subscribe to based on their contents. The implementation will involve creating a preview pane that displays notification examples in a user-friendly format, integrated within the notification settings interface.

Acceptance Criteria

User opens the Push Notification Preferences page to adjust their notification settings and wants to see examples of notifications before making any changes.

Given the user is on the Push Notification Preferences page, When the user hovers over a notification option, Then a preview of the notification content should be displayed in a preview pane.

A user clicks on a specific notification category to learn more about the types of messages they will receive if they enable it.

Given the user clicks on a notification category, When the preview pane is activated, Then it should show at least three different sample notifications related to that category.

User is reviewing their notification options and wants to assess the previewed notifications before committing to any changes.

Given the user has previewed notifications, When they navigate away from the Push Notification Preferences page without saving any changes, Then the preview pane should retain the last viewed notification samples until the user returns to the page.

User desires a seamless experience when toggling notification preferences with access to contextual information.

Given the user toggles a notification on or off, When this action occurs, Then the preview pane should automatically refresh to show updated examples relevant to the selected state.

A user encounters an error while viewing the preview notifications and wants to handle it gracefully.

Given the user attempts to access the preview pane and an error occurs, When the error is triggered, Then a user-friendly error message should be displayed, and the user should be able to retry without losing their previous selections.

User wants to ensure that all types of notifications are properly represented in the preview before they make their selections.

Given the user accesses the notification preferences, When they open the preview pane, Then it should include samples from all available notification categories to allow for comprehensive review.

The user has multiple notifications types enabled and wants to review changes before finalizing them.

Given the user makes selection changes in the notification preferences, When they click the 'Preview Changes' button, Then a summary of all impacted notification samples should display for user confirmation.

Email Integration for Notifications

"As a user, I want the option to receive notifications via email so that I can stay updated on critical information even when I’m away from my device."

Description

The feature will allow users to integrate their email accounts with push notifications, enabling them to receive critical alerts via email when necessary. This provides an alternative method of communication for users who may not always have access to their mobile devices or the app. Integration will involve seamless communication between the push notification system and email services, ensuring that users can receive timely updates through their preferred channels.

Acceptance Criteria

User successfully integrates their email account with the push notification system in DataFuse settings.

Given the user has an active email account, when they provide the necessary credentials and permissions for email integration, then notifications should be sent to the user's email when alerts are triggered in the app.

User customizes their notification preferences to receive alerts via email for urgent updates only.

Given the user is in the notification preferences section, when they select the option for email notifications and specify urgency criteria, then only those urgent alerts should be sent to the user's email.

User checks their email after making changes to notification settings for confirmation of email alerts.

Given the user has updated their notification settings, when a relevant alert is triggered, then the user should receive an email notification in their inbox within 5 minutes of the alert being triggered.

User attempts to integrate an unsupported email provider with the push notification system.

Given the user is entering credentials for an unsupported email service, when they submit the integration attempt, then they should receive an informative error message indicating the email provider is not supported.

User accesses their preferences and decides to disable email notifications altogether.

Given the user is in the notification preferences section, when they toggle the email notifications setting off, then they should no longer receive email alerts and a confirmation message should be displayed indicating the change has been successful.

Multiple users simultaneously receive email alerts for the same event within the application.

Given multiple users have integrated their email accounts and set the same alert preferences, when a specific data update occurs, then all affected users should receive their email alerts within the same time frame of 5 minutes.

Quick Data Sharing

Quick Data Sharing allows users to easily share key insights and performance snapshots with team members via text or email directly from the app. This feature facilitates collaborative discussions and decision-making on the go, ensuring that teams can act on data insights no matter where they are.

Requirements

Seamless User Authentication

"As a user, I want to sign in to DataFuse using my preferred login method so that I can access my data insights quickly and securely without hassle."

Description

Seamless User Authentication allows users to effortlessly sign into the DataFuse platform using various methods, including email/password, social media logins, and single sign-on (SSO). This requirement enhances user experience by reducing barriers to entry, promoting quick access to data insights. With a focus on security, the authentication process incorporates multi-factor authentication (MFA) to protect user accounts from unauthorized access. By implementing this feature, DataFuse ensures that users can securely and conveniently access their accounts, significantly improving user satisfaction and retention rates.

Acceptance Criteria

User logs into DataFuse using email and password for the first time.

Given a user has registered with an email and password, when they enter their credentials, then they should be successfully logged in and redirected to the dashboard.

User logs into DataFuse using a social media account.

Given a user has linked their social media account, when they select the social media login option, then they should be authenticated and redirected to the dashboard without entering additional credentials.

User accesses DataFuse through Single Sign-On (SSO) from their organization.

Given a user is part of an organization using SSO, when they select the SSO option and authenticate through their organizational identity provider, then they should be successfully logged in and see their dashboard.

User enables multi-factor authentication (MFA) during the first login.

Given a user has successfully logged in for the first time, when they are prompted to set up MFA and complete the setup, then they should receive a confirmation of successful MFA setup.

User attempts to log in with incorrect credentials.

Given a user enters incorrect email or password, when they click the login button, then they should see an error message indicating that the credentials are invalid and remain on the login page.

User logs into DataFuse after enabling multi-factor authentication.

Given a user has MFA enabled, when they log in and receive a prompt for the second authentication factor, then they should successfully log in after providing the correct second factor.

User requests a password reset through the authentication process.

Given a user has forgotten their password, when they click on the 'Forgot Password' link and enter their registered email address, then they should receive a password reset email with instructions.

Real-time Notification System

"As a user, I want to receive real-time notifications about important changes related to my data, so that I can react swiftly and make informed decisions on the go."

Description

The Real-time Notification System provides users with instant alerts and updates about significant changes in their data analytics. This includes alerts for unusual trends, performance metrics exceeding thresholds, and new insights available for sharing. By sending notifications directly to users' devices (via in-app notifications, SMS, or email), this requirement ensures that users are always informed and can act promptly on critical information. This feature will enhance decision-making speed and empower teams to respond effectively to real-time data challenges.

Acceptance Criteria

User receives an alert on unusual data trends detected in the analytics dashboard.

Given the user has set threshold levels for alerts, when unusual trends are detected, then the user receives an instant notification via in-app alert and email.

User receives a notification when a performance metric exceeds a predefined threshold.

Given the user has defined performance metrics, when any metric exceeds the threshold, then the user receives a real-time SMS notification.

User is notified about new insights available for sharing directly from the DataFuse application.

Given that new insights are generated, when the user accesses the app, then they should receive a notification displaying the summary of new insights available for sharing.

User preferences are stored and used to customize notification settings.

Given the user modifies their notification preferences, when they save the settings, then the adjustments should be reflected immediately in their notification delivery options.

User tests the notification system by triggering a manual alert.

Given the user triggers a manual alert for testing purposes, when the alert is sent, then the user should receive the alert on their designated channels (in-app, SMS, email) within 5 seconds.

User receives a summary of all notifications at the end of the day.

Given that the user has been receiving notifications throughout the day, when they log in at the end of the day, then they should be presented with a summary of all notifications received.

Customizable Dashboard Widgets

"As a user, I want to customize my dashboard with widgets that reflect the metrics I care about so that I can view my most important data at a glance in a way that suits my workflow."

Description

Customizable Dashboard Widgets allow users to personalize their DataFuse dashboards by adding, removing, and rearranging visual data representations such as graphs, tables, and summary cards. This requirement enhances user engagement by enabling individual users to tailor their experience based on their specific data needs and preferences. Users can choose which metrics and insights are most pertinent to them, fostering a more focused and effective analytical environment. This personalization will lead to increased utilization of the platform, improving overall user satisfaction and driving data-driven decision-making.

Acceptance Criteria

User accesses the dashboard customization feature to add a new widget displaying sales performance data.

Given the user is on the dashboard customization page, when they select 'Add Widget', then they should be able to choose from a list of available widgets, including the sales performance widget, and it should be successfully added to their dashboard.

User rearranges existing widgets on their dashboard to prioritize important metrics.

Given the user is viewing their dashboard, when they drag and drop widgets to rearrange them, then the widgets should retain their new positions upon refreshing the page or when re-accessing the dashboard.

User removes a widget from their dashboard that they no longer find useful.

Given the user has a widget displayed on their dashboard, when they click the 'Remove' icon on the widget, then it should disappear from the dashboard and not be visible in future sessions unless added again.

User saves a customized dashboard layout for future access.

Given the user has made changes to their dashboard layout, when they click the 'Save' button, then a confirmation message should appear, and the layout should be retained for all future visits to the dashboard.

User accesses their dashboard from a different device and retrieves their customized widget layout.

Given the user has saved a customized dashboard layout on one device, when they log in to DataFuse on a different device, then the dashboard should display the same customized layout and all previously configured widgets.

User filters the data displayed in a widget to view performance metrics for a specific period.

Given the user is viewing a widget with performance metrics, when they select a specific date range from a filter option, then the widget should refresh to display the data for that selected time frame only.

User adjusts the settings of a widget to change its visual representation from a bar graph to a pie chart.

Given the user is editing a specific widget, when they select 'Chart Type' and choose 'Pie Chart', then the displayed data should convert from a bar graph to a pie chart instantly, reflecting the same data set.

Automated Data Backup

"As a user, I want my data to be automatically backed up so that I can rest assured that my information is safe and can be restored easily in case of any issues."

Description

Automated Data Backup ensures that all user data and configurations within DataFuse are regularly backed up without requiring manual intervention. This requirement includes scheduled backups to secure cloud storage, ensuring that users' data is always protected and recoverable in case of issues. By employing end-to-end encryption during both backup and storage processes, DataFuse guarantees user data integrity and confidentiality. This feature significantly reduces the risk of data loss and increases user trust in the platform, supported by compliance with data protection regulations.

Acceptance Criteria

Automated backup occurs at predefined intervals to ensure data is captured regularly without user intervention.

Given that the user has configured the backup settings for the desired frequency, when the scheduled time arrives, then the system should successfully perform a backup of all user data and configurations to the designated cloud storage.

Users receive notifications related to backup completion or failure so they are informed of the status of their data protection.

Given that a backup process has been completed, when the backup is successful or fails, then the user should receive an email or in-app notification detailing the status of the backup.

Backed up data should be encrypted to ensure user data confidentiality and integrity during storage.

Given that the backup process is initiated, when the data is transferred to the cloud storage, then the data should be encrypted using AES-256 encryption standard prior to transfer.

Users need to restore their data from a backup to verify that the backup can be effectively executed.

Given that a backup exists, when the user initiates a restore process, then the system should successfully restore the user data and configurations to the original state within a defined time frame.

Automated data backup must comply with relevant data protection regulations such as GDPR or HIPAA to ensure legal compliance.

Given that a backup occurs, when the data is stored and processed, then the system should log compliance actions taken to ensure that the backup adheres to data protection regulations without user intervention.

Users should have a way to customize their backup schedule according to their operational needs.

Given that the user accesses the backup settings, when they make changes to the backup frequency, then the system should allow the user to save these changes effectively and reflect the new schedule in their backup configurations.

Collaboration Tools Integration

"As a user, I want to share my data insights directly within my collaboration tools, so that I can communicate findings effectively with my team and facilitate quick decision-making."

Description

Collaboration Tools Integration allows users to connect DataFuse with popular collaboration platforms such as Slack, Microsoft Teams, and Zoom. This requirement facilitates efficient communication by enabling users to share insights and dashboards directly within their preferred collaboration environment. Users can discuss data findings in real-time and make decisions faster, reinforcing teamwork and driving collective accountability. The integration will include secure sharing options and customizable settings to respect user preferences, ensuring robust and efficient collaboration without compromising data security.

Acceptance Criteria

User shares a dashboard link directly from DataFuse to a Microsoft Teams chat during a team meeting to discuss insights.

Given that a user is within the DataFuse application, when they click 'Share' on a dashboard, and select Microsoft Teams as the sharing option, then the dashboard link should be sent to the selected team chat without errors.

User integrates Slack with DataFuse to send alerts about critical data thresholds being met.

Given that Slack integration is enabled within DataFuse, when a critical performance metric reaches a predefined threshold, then an alert should be automatically sent to a specified Slack channel with relevant data details.

User customizes their sharing settings to restrict access to sensitive data when sharing a dashboard.

Given that the user is in the sharing settings of a dashboard, when they select 'Restricted Access' and choose specific team members to share with, then only the selected team members can access the dashboard, and others are denied access.

User initiates a conversation in Zoom with team members about insights shared from DataFuse.

Given that the user has shared a relevant dashboard in a Zoom meeting, when the team discusses the insights, then the conversation should log the specific dashboard and insights referenced for later review.

User shares performance snapshots to a group email directly from DataFuse after generating a report.

Given that the user generates a performance report in DataFuse, when they select 'Share via Email' and enter recipient addresses, then the report should be sent successfully to those addresses with no data loss or formatting issues.

User requests to revoke access to a previously shared dashboard in Slack.

Given that the user has shared a dashboard in Slack, when they select 'Revoke Access' in DataFuse, then the dashboard link should be removed from the Slack channel and no longer accessible to the members of that channel.

Enhanced Data Visualization Options

"As a user, I want to have more visualization options for my data, so that I can present insights in various formats that best resonate with different stakeholders."

Description

Enhanced Data Visualization Options provide users with a wider array of graph types, charts, and visual formats to represent their data within the DataFuse platform. This requirement offers customizable visual configurations that can adapt to the nature of the data being analyzed, making it easier for users to identify trends and insights. By implementing this feature, DataFuse enhances user understanding and engagement with data, facilitating deeper analysis and intuitive presentations for stakeholders. Users can export these visualizations for reports and presentations, further increasing the utility of the data insights provided.

Acceptance Criteria

User selects from various enhanced visualization options to create a customized graph that displays sales data trends for their team meeting.

Given a user is on the data visualization page, when they select 'Sales Trends' from the visualization options, then the graph displays a line chart of monthly sales data for the past year with correct values and labels.

User exports the created visualizations for inclusion in a presentation and sends it via email.

Given a user has created a visualization and clicks on 'Export', when they select the 'PDF' format, then the system generates a PDF file of the visualization that retains all visual elements and is ready for download.

User customizes a chart to represent unique metrics for their project and saves the settings for future access.

Given a user customizes a chart by changing colors, labels, and data points, when they click 'Save Configuration', then the settings are stored and can be accessed under 'My Saved Visualizations'.

User shares a specific visual representation of performance metrics with team members through the app during a remote meeting.

Given a user has a visualization on their screen, when they select 'Share via Email', then an email draft is created with the visualization attached and the user can add team members' addresses before sending.

User seeks to analyze data trends by comparing different visualization types side by side.

Given a user selects multiple visualizations, when they choose the option 'Compare', then the visualizations appear in a split view that allows for easy side-by-side analysis of data trends.

Product Details

Vision & Mission

Problem & Solution

Details & Audience

User Personas

Innovator Isla

Background

Needs & Pain Points

Needs

Pain Points

Psychographics

Channels

Analytical Andy

Background

Needs & Pain Points

Needs

Pain Points

Psychographics

Channels

Marketing Maven Mia

Background

Needs & Pain Points

Needs

Pain Points

Psychographics

Channels

Operations Optimizer Oliver

Background

Needs & Pain Points

Needs

Pain Points

Psychographics

Channels

Product Features

Annotation Hub

Requirements

Real-time Highlighting

Description

Acceptance Criteria

Commenting System

Description

Acceptance Criteria

Collaborative Workspace

Description

Acceptance Criteria

Tagging System

Description

Acceptance Criteria

Export Annotation Report

Description

Acceptance Criteria

Task Builder

Requirements

Task Creation Interface

Description

Acceptance Criteria

Task Assignment Functionality

Description

Acceptance Criteria

Deadline and Reminder Settings

Description

Acceptance Criteria

Visibility Control Options

Description

Acceptance Criteria

Task Progress Tracking

Description

Acceptance Criteria

Integration with Notifications System

Description

Acceptance Criteria

Shared Insights Board

Requirements

User Authentication

Description

Acceptance Criteria

Insight Upvoting System

Description

Acceptance Criteria